Skip to main content

Full text of "Siemens Analog Integrated Circuits Data Book 1976-77"

See other formats


to 
m 

z 

m 
Z 
tfl 



SIEMENS 



Data Book 1976/77 












Analog integrated 
y circuits 

te< rcuit 

Integrated circuits Integra 
cut iter dcircuN 
grated circuits * Ir ated c 
rcuits I 



d circ 






SIEMENS 



Analog Integrated Circuits 

Data Book 1976/77 



SIEMENS AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT 




mcmxcvh 



Published by Siemens AG, Bereich Bauelemente, Produkt-lnformation, 
BalanstrafSe 73, D-8000 Munchen 80 

For the circuits, descriptions, and tables indicated no responsibility is assumed as far as 
patents or other rights of third parties are concerned. 



Terms of delivery and rights to change design reserved. 

For questions on technology, delivery and prices please contact the Offices of Siemens 
Aktiengesellschaft in the Federal Republic of Germany and Beriin (West) or the Siemens 
Companies and Representatives abroad (see list of Sales Offices}. 



Contents 



Analog Integrated Circuits for Entertainment Applications 



Summary of types 

TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 
TBA 120 
TBA120 A 
TBA 120 S 
TBA 120 AS 
TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 

■ TBA 400 
TBA 400 D 

■ TBA 440 P 

■ TBA 440 N 

■ TBA 450 N 

■ TBA 460 

■ TBA 460 Q 
TBA 530 

T TBA 1440 G 

T TBA 1441 

TCA440 
TTDA 1037 
T TDA 1046 
T TDA 1047 

▼ TDA 1048 

▼ TDA 1055 

▼ TDA 2522 

T TDA 2560 

▼ TDA 2590 

SAS 560 S/570 S 
SAS 580, SAS 590 
S 041 E, S 041 P 
S 042 E, S 042 P 
UAA 170 
T UAA 180 



Page 

AM/FM IF amplifier (DIL package, 14 pins) 18 

AM/FM IF amplifier (QIL package, 14 pins) 18 

FM IF amplifier with demodulator (DIL package, 14 pins) 23 

FM IF amplifier with demodulator (QIL package, 14 pins) 23 

FM IFamplifier with demodulator(DIL package, 14 pins) 30 

FMIFamplifierwithdemodulator(QILpackage,14pins) 30 

FMIFamplifierwithdemodulator(DILpackage,14pins) 38 

FMIFamplifierwithdemodulator(DILpackage,14pins) 38 

Gain-controlled broadband amplifier (Package 5J10, DIN 41873) 47 

Gain-controlled broadband amplifier (DIL package, 14 pins) 47 

Video IF IC for black/white and colour TV sets 

(Controlforpnptunerprestages)(DIL16) 51 

Video IF IC for black/white and colour TV sets 

(Control for npn tuner prestages) (DIL 16) 51 

Stereo decoder (DIL package, 16 pins) 56 

AM/FMIFandAFamplifier(DILpackage,16pins) 59 

AM/FM IF and AF amplifier (QIL package, 16pins) 59 

R. G. B. Matrix preamplifier 64 

Video IF IC for black/white and colour TV sets 

(Control for pnp tuner prestages) 68 

Video IF IC for black/white and colour TV sets 

(Control for npn tuner prestages) 68 

AM receiver circuit 73 

AF power amplifier 88 

AM receiver circuit with demodulator 91 

FMIFamplifierwithdemodulatorforradiosets 98 

Controlled AM amplifier with demodulator and AF volume 

control 104 

PLL stereo decoder 1 07 

Synchronous demodulator combination for TV sets of 

PALStandard 112 

Luminance and chrominance combination for TV sets of 

PALStandard 116 

Horizontal combination forTV sets 121 

Switching amplifierfor4-channeltouchtuning (DIL 16) 128 

Switching amplifierfor4-channeltouchtuning (DIL 18) 134 

FM IF amplifier with demodulator 143 

Mixer 149 

ICfordriving LEDdisplay line(lightpointdisplay) 155 

ICfordrivingLEDIines(lightbanddisplay) 161 



▼ New type 



Not for new development 



Analog Integrated Circuits for Industrial Applications 

Summary of types 

Page 

Preface to Operational Amplifiers 171 

TAA131 Three-stage AF amplifier 175 

TAA521,TAA521 A,TAA522 Operational amplifiers 178 

TAA721,TAA722 Broadband amplifiers 183 

TAA 761 , TAA 761 A, TAA 761 W, TAA 762, 

TAA765,TAA765A,TAA765W Operational amplifiers 188 

TAA 861 , TAA 861 A, TAA 861 W, TAA 862, 

TAA 865, TAA 865 A, TAA 865 W Operational amplifiers 192 

TAA 761, TAA 762, TAA 765 

TAA 861, TAA 862, TAA 865 Test circuits and diagrams 197 

TAA 2761, TAA 2761 A, TAA 2762 

TAA 2765, TAA 2765 A Dual operational amplifiers 202 

TAA 4761 A, TAA 4765 A Quad operational amplifiers 205 

TBA 221 , TBA 221 A, TBA 221 B, TBA 221 W 
TBA 222, TBA 222 S 1, TBA 222 Q 1, 

TBA222 Q 2 Operational amplifiers 208 

TBA 830 G, TBA 830 R Microphone amplifiers 218 

TBB0747,TBB0747A Dual operational amplifiers 222 

TBB 0748, TBB 0748 B Operational amplifiers 225 

TBB1458,TBB1458B Dual operational amplifiers 234 

▼ TBB 2331, TBB 2331 B Dual operational amplifier 239 

T TBB 4331, TBB4331 A Quad operational amplifier with 

Darlington input 242 

TBC 0747 Dual operational amplifier 222 

TBC 0748 Operational amplifier 225 

TBC 1458 Dual operational amplifier 234 

T TBC 2332 Dual operational amplifier 239 

T TBE 2335, TBE 2335 B Dual operational amplifier 239 

▼ TBE 4335 A Quad operational amplifier with 

Darlington input 242 

TCA 105, TCA 105 W, TCA 105 B, 

TCA 105 BW Threshold switches 244 

TCA205A Proximity switch 250 

TCA 311, TCA 311 A, TCA 311 W, TCA 312 Operational amplifiers with Darlington 

TCA315,TCA315A,TCA315W input, TTL compatible 255 

TCA 321, TCA 321 A, TCA 321 W, TCA 322 Operational amplifiers, 

TCA 325, TCA 325 A, TCA 325 W TTLcompatible 262 

TCA 331, TCA 331 A, TCA 331 W, TCA 332 Operational amplifiers with 

TCA 335, TCA 335 A, TCA 335 W Darlington input 266 

TCA345A Threshold switch 271 



T New type 
4 



Page 

TCA671 Transistor array 275 

TCA871 Transistor array 275 

T TCA971 Transistor array 275 

T TCA 991 Transistor array 275 

TCA955 Motorspeed regulator 279 

TCA965 Window discriminator 284 

TDB 0555, TDB 0555 B Timer 290 

TDB0556A Dualtimer 296 

TDB 0723, TDB 0723 A Precision voltage regulator 300 

TDB 7805, TDB 7805 T Positive voltage regulator with 5 V output voltage 318 

TDB 7806, TDB 7806 T Positive voltage regulator with 6 V output voltage .319 

TDB 7808, TDB 7808 T Positive voltage regulator with 8 V output voltage 320 

TDB 781 2, TDB 781 2 T Positive voltage regulatorwith 12 V output voltage 321 

TDB 781 5, TDB 781 5 T Positive voltage regulatorwith 15 V output voltage 322 

TDB7818,TDB7818T Positive voltage regulatorwith 18 Voutputvoltage 323 

TDB 7824, TDB 7824 T Positive voltage regulatorwith 24 V output voltage 324 

TDB 7800, TDB 7800 T ..... .Diagrams 316 

TDC 0555 Timer 290 

TDC0723 Precision voltage regulator 300 

TDC7805 Positive voltage regulatorwith 5 Voutputvoltage 318 

TDC7806 Positive voltage regulatorwith 6 Voutputvoltage 319 

TDC7808 Positive voltage regulatorwith 8 Voutputvoltage 320 

TDC7812 Positive voltage regulatorwith 12 Voutputvoltage 321 

TDC7815 Positive voltage regulatorwith 15 Voutputvoltage 322 

TDC 7818 Positive voltage regulatorwith 18 Voutputvoltage 323 

TDC7824 Positive voltage regulatorwith 24 V output voltage 324 

TDC7800 Diagrams 316 

P 1 Active matrix point 329 

T New type 



Summary of Digital Integrated Circuits 

contained in Data Book 1976/77, German edition 
(Order No. B1572) 

1. TTL Series FL 100-7400 

With exception of the following types FLJ 331, FLJ 471, 74278, 74279, 74284, 74285, 74298, 
FLJ 101, FLQ 141, FLR 111, FLR 121, FLR 151, series FL 100 can also be supplied in temper- 
ature range 5. 

FLH 101 7400 Quadruple 2-input NAND-gate 

FLH111 7410 Triple 3-input NAND-gate 

FLH 121 7420 Dual 4-input NAND-gate 

FLH 131 7430 8-input NAND-gate 

FLH 141 7440 Dual 4-input NAND-powergate 

FLH 151 7450 Dual 2+2-input AND/OR-gate, inverting with expander node 

FLH 161 7451 Dual 2+2-input AND/OR-gate, inverting 

FLH 171 7453 2+ 2+ 2+ 2-input AND/OR-gate, inverting with expander 

FLH 181 7454 2+2+2+2-input AND/OR-gate, inverting 

FLH 191 7402 Quadruple 2-input NOR-gate 

FLH 191 S 7402 S 1 as FLH 191/195, however output 6.5 V/500 \iA 

FLH 201 7401 Quadruple 2-input NAND-gate with open collector output 

FLH 201 S 7401 S 1 as FLH 201/205, however output 15 V/250 fiA 

FLH 201 T 7401 S 3 as FLH 201/205, however output 5.5 V/50 ^A 

FLH 211 7404 Hexinverter 

FLH 221 7480 1 bit fulladder 

FLH 231 7482 2 bit fulladder 

FLH 241 7483 4 bit fulladder 

FLH 251 4929 Dual 2-input NAND-gate and quadruple inverter 

FLH 271 7405 Hexinverter with open collector output 

FLH 271 S 7405 S 1 as FLH 271/275, however output 15 V/250 [iA 

FLH 271 T 7405 S 3 as FLH 271/275, however output 5.5 V/50 [xA 

FLH 281 7442 BCD-decimal decoder 

FLH 291 7403 Quadruple 2-input NAND-gate with open collector output 

FLH 291 S 7403 S 1 as FLH 291/295, however output 15 V/250 \iA 

FLH 291 T 7403 S 3 as FLH 291/295, however output 5.5 V/50 \iA 

FLH 291 U 7426 as FLH 291/295, however output 15 V/50 \iA 

FLH 321 4930 Quadruple 2-input NAND-powergate 

FLH 331 4931 Dual 5-input NAND-gate 

FLH 341 7486 Quadruple 2-input exclusive OR-gate 

FLH 351 7413 Dual 4-input NAND-Schmitt Trigger 

7414 Hex NAND-Schmitt Trigger 

FLH 361 7443 Excess 3-decimal decoder 

FLH 371 7444 Excess 3-Gray-decimal decoder 

FLH 381 7408 Quadruple 2-input AND-gate 



FLH 391 


7409 


FLH 391 T 


7409 S 1 


FLH 401 


74181 


FLH 411 


74182 


FLH 421 


74180 


FLH 431 


7485 


FLH 441 


74 H 87 


FLH 451 


74 H 183 


FLH 461 


4934 


FLH 471 


4935 


FLH 481 


7406 


FLH 481 T 


7416 


FLH 491 


7407 


FLH 491 T 


7417 


FLH 501 


7412 


FLH 511 


7423 


FLH 521 


7425 


FLH 531 


7437 


FLH 541 


7438 


FLH 551 


7448 


FLH 561 


74184 


FLH 571 


74185 A 


FLH 601 


74132 


FLH 611 


7422 


FLH 621 


7427 


FLH 631 


7432 


FLH 641 


49703 


FLH 731 


49713 


FLH 731 


49713 S 


FLH 661 


7428 




7433 




74128 




7483 A 




74283 




74125 




74126 




74136 




74147 




74148 


FLJ 101 


7470 


FLJ 1 1 1 


7472 


FLJ 121 


7473 


FLJ 131 


7476 


FLJ 141 


7474 


FLJ 151 


7475 



Quadruple 2-input AND-gate with open collector output 
as FLH 391/395, however output 15 V/250 \iA 
4 bit arithmetic logic unit (ALU) 
Lookahead carry generator for ALU 
8 bit parity generator 
4 bit comparator 
4 bit complement unit 
Dual 1 bitfulladder 

Hexinverter with expander node and open collector 
Hexinverter with expander node 

Hexinverter with open collector output with 30 V/40 mA 
Hexinverter with open collector output with 15 V/40 mA 
Hexinverter with open collector output with 30 V/40 mA 
Hexbuffer with open collector output with 15 V/40 mA 
Triple 3-input NAND-gate with open collector output 
Dual 4-input NOR-gate with strobe and expander node 
Dual 4-input NOR-gate with strobe 
Quadruple 2-input NAND-powergate 

Quadruple 2-input NAND-powergate with open collector output 
BCD-7-segment decoder 
6 bit binary BCD converter 
6 bit binary BCD converter 
Quadruple 2-input NAND-Schmitt Trigger 
Dual 4-input NAND-gate with open collector output 
Triple 3-input NOR-gate 
Quadruple 2-input OR-gate 
Hex delay element 

Dual 3-input NAND-Schmitt Trigger with high input impedance 
49713 S 1 Dual 3-input NAND-Schmitt Trigger with high input impedance 
Quadruple 2-input NOR-gate 
Quadruple 2-input NOR-gate with open collector 
Quadruple 2-input NOR-buffer for 50-Q-lines 
4 bitfulladder 
4 bit fulladder 

Quadruple 1-input AND-gate with control input and tri-state output 
Quadruple 1-input AND-gate with control input and tri-state output 
Quadruple 2-input exclusive OR-gate with open collector output 
4 bit decimal BCD converter 
3 bit decimal BCD converter 
3+3-input JK flipflop 
JK-Master-Slave flipflop 
Dual JK-Master-Slave flipflop with reset 
Dual JK-Master-Slave flipflop with set and reset 
Dual D-flipflop 
Quadruple D-flipflop 



FLJ 161 


7490 A 


FLJ 171 


7492 A 


FLJ 181 


7493 A 


FLJ 191 


7495 A 


FLJ 201 


74190 


FLJ 211 


74191 


FLJ 221 


7491 A 


FLJ 231 


7494 


FLJ 241 


74192 


FLJ 251 


74193 


FLJ 261 


7496 


FLJ 271 


74107 


FLJ 281 


74104 


FLJ 291 


74105 


FLJ 301 


74100 


FLJ 311 


74198 


FLJ 321 


74199 


FLJ 331 


7497 


FLJ 341 


74110 


FLJ 351 


74111 


FLJ 361 


74118 


FLJ 371 


74119 


FLJ 381 


74196 


FLJ 391 


74197 


FLJ 401 


74160 


FLJ 411 


74161 


FLJ 421 


74162 


FLJ 431 


74163 


FLJ 441 


74164 


FLJ 451 


74165 


FLJ 461 


74166 


FLJ 471 


74167 


FLJ 481 


4932 


FLJ 491 


49702 


FLJ 501 


49704 


FLJ 511 


49705 


FLJ 521 


74115 


FLJ 531 


74174 


FLJ 541 


74175 


FLJ 551 


74194 


FLJ 561 


74195 




74109 




74173 




74176 




74177 



Decimal counter 

Divide-by-twelve counter 

4 bit binary counter 

4 bit shiftregister, reversible 

Reversible decimal counter 

Reversible 4 bit binary counter 

8 bit shiftregister, serial in/out 

4 bit shiftregister, parallel in, serial out 

Decimal counter with one clock input each for up and down count 

4 bit binary counter with one clock input each for up and down count 

5 bit shiftregister 

Dual J K- Master-Slave flipflop 

JK-Master-Slave flipflop with JK input 

JK-Master-Slave flipflop with J, K and JK inputs 

Eight D flipflop 

Universal 8 bit shiftregister, reversible 

Universal 8 bit shiftregister 

Programmable 6 bit rate multiplier 

JK-Master-Slave flipflop with data lockout 

Dual JK-Master-Slave flipflop with data lockout 

Hex RS-flipflop with common reset 

Hex RS-flipflop with separate reset 

Decimal counter for 50 MHz 

4 bit binary counter for 50 MHz 

Synchronous decimal counter with set and reset 

Synchronous 4 bit binary counter with set and reset 

Fully synchronous decimal counter with set and reset 

Fully synchronous 4 bit binary counter with set and reset 

8 bit shiftregister, parallel out 

8 bit shiftregister, parallel in 

Universal 8 bit shiftregister 

Programmable decimal rate multiplier 

Dual 8 bit shiftregister 

Quadruple D-flipflop with common reset 

Dual 4 bit binary counter for 50 MHz 

Dual decimal counter for 50 MHz 

Dual JK-Master-Slave flipflop with data lockout 

Hex D-flipflop with common reset 

Quadruple D-flipflop with common reset 

Synchronous 4 bit parallel shiftregister, reversible 

Synchronous 4 bit parallel shiftregister with JK inputs 

Dual JK flipflop with set and reset 

Quadruple D-flipflop with tri-state output 

Decimal counter for 35 MHz 

4 bit binary counter for 35 MHz 





74178 




74179 




74278 




74279 




74298 


FLK 101 


74121 


FLK 111 


74122 


FLK 121 


74123 


FLL 101 


74141 


FLL 111 


7445 


FLL 111 T 


74145 


FLL 121 U 


7446 A 


FLL 121 V 


7447 A 


FLL 131 


49700 


FLL 131 T 


49700 S1 


FLL 141 


49701 


FLL 141 T 


49701 S1 


FLL 151 


74142 


FLL 171 


74143 


FLL 171 T 


74144 


FLQ101 


7489 


FLQ 111 


7481 A 


FLQ 121 


7484 A 


FLQ 131 


74170 


FLQ 141 






74172 


FLY 101 


7460 


FLY 1 1 1 


74150 


FLY 121 


74151 


FLY 131 


74153 


FLY 141 


74154 


FLY 151 


74155 


FLY 161 


74156 


FLY 171 


74157 


FLY 181 


74120 




74284 




74285 



4 bit parallel shiftregister 

4 bit parallel shiftregister 

4 bit priority register 

Quadruple RS-flipflop with separate reset inputs 

Quadruple 2 bit dataselector with memory 

Monostable multivibrator 

Monostable multivibrator with reset 

Dual monostable multivibrator with reset 

BCD-decimal decoder-driver for indicator tubes 

BCD-decimal decoder-driver with open collector outputs 

as FLL 111, however outputs 15 V/80 mA 

BCD-7-segment decoder-driver with open collector outputs with 

30 V/40 mA 

as FLL 121 U, however outputs 15 V/40 mA 

Dual AN D-powerd river for 30 V/160 mA and dual 2-input NAND-gate 

as FLL 131, however outputs 60 V/160 mA 

Quadruple powerdriver for 30 V/80 mA 

as FLL 141, however outputs 60 V/80 mA 

Decimal counter, latch, decoder and driver for indicator tubes 

4 bit binary counter, latch 7-segment decoder and driver 

4 bit binary counter, latch 7-segment decoder and driver 

64 bit random access memory 

16 bit random access memory 

16 bit random access memory 

16 bit random access memory, 4 words of 4 bits 

256 bit random access memory with tristate outputs 

16 bit random access memory 

Expander for FLH 151, FLH 171 and FLH 511 

16 bit data selector/multiplexer 

8 bit data selector/multiplexer 

Dual 4 bit data selector/multiplexer 

4 bit binary decoder/demultiplexer 

Dual 2 bit binary decoder/demultiplexer 

Dual 2 bit binary decoder/demultiplexer with open collector outputs 

Quadruple 2 bit data selector/multiplexer 

Dual pulse synchroniziser 

Dual 4 bit parallel multiplier 

Dual 4 bit parallel multiplier 



2. LSL-Series FZ 100 

FZH 101 A, FZH 105 A Quadruple 2-input NAND-gate 

FZH 111 A, FZH 115 A Quadruple 2-input NAND-gate with N-input 

FZH 121, FZH 125 Dual 5-input NAND-gate 

FZH 131, FZH 135 Dual 5-input NAND-gate with N-input 



FZH 141, FZH 145 Dual 5-input NAND-powergate with N-input 

FZH 151, FZH 155 Dual AND/OR-gate with N-input 

FZH 161, FZH 165 Quadruple LSL-TTL-level-converter 

FZH 171, FZH 175 Dual 4-input NAND-gate with expander nodes N, and N-input 

FZH 181, FZH 185 Quadruple TTL-LSL-level-converter 

FZH 191, FZH 195 Triple 3-input NAND-gate with N-input 

FZH 201, FZH 205 Hexinverter with strobe inputs 

FZH 21 1, FZH 215 Quadruple 2-input NAND-gate with open collector output and N-input 

FZH 231, FZH 235 Dual 5-input NAND-gate with open collector output and N-input 

FZH 241, FZH 245 Dual 4-input NAND-Schmitt-Trigger with expander node N, and 

N-input 

FZH 251, FZH 255 Quadruple 2-input AND-gate with N-input 

FZH 261, FZH 265 Dual 2-input NAND-gate and quadruple Inverter 

FZH 271, FZH 275 Quadruple 2-input exclusive-OR-gate with N-input 

FZH 281, FZH 285 Quadruple 2-input NOR-gate with N-input 

FZH 291, FZH 295 Quadruple 2-input OR-gate with N-input 

FZJ 101, FZJ 105 JK-master-slave-flipflop with two J and K-inputs 

FZJ 111, FZJ 115 JK-master-slave-flipflop with N-inputs 

FZJ 121, FZJ 125 Dual JK-master-slave-flipflop with set and reset 

FZJ 131, FZJ 135 Quadruple D-flipflop 

FZJ 141, FZJ 145 Synchronous decimal counter 

FZJ 141 A, FZJ 145A Synchronous decimal counter with N-input 

FZJ 151, FZJ 155 Synchronous 4-bit-binary counter 

FZJ 151 A, FZJ 155A Synchronous 4-bit-binary counter with N-input 

FZJ 161, FZJ 165 4-bit shiftregister with N-inputs 

FZK 101, FZK 105 Timing circuit with N-input 

FZL 101 BCD-decimal decoder-driver for indicator tubes 

FZL 111 BCD-7-segment decoder-driver 

FZL 121, FZL 125 Short-circuit-proof power stage with open collector output 

FZL 131, FZL 135 Short-circuit-proof power stage with open emitter output 

FZL 141, FZL 145 Short-circuit-proof driver stage 

3. MOS-Circuits 

SAJ 131, SAJ 135 

SAJ 131-1, SAJ 135-1 Frequency divider 1000: 1 

SAJ 131 A, SAJ 135 A 

SAJ 131 A-l, 

SAJ 135 A-l Frequency divider 1000: 1 with external reset 

SAJ 141 Frequency divider 1000: 1, 100: 1, 10: 1 

SAJ 205 Staircase generator for electronic organs 

SAJ 341 4-decade counter (also for clock applications) 

SAJ 410 7-stage frequency divider for electronic organs 

S 120 

S 121 Push button dialler 

S 163 Automatic bass system for electronic organs 

10 



S 175 Triple programmable analog memory 

S 178 Video impulse generator 

S 181 Movie camera controller 

S 187 Frequency synthesizer 

S 190 Digital multimeter IC 

S551 j . 

S 552 Decoder for FM road-traffic information service, used in car radios 

S 554 Receiver 

S 556 Transmitter Infrared remote control system for TV sets 

S 607 10 k Bit ROM for character generators 

TDA 1195 Electronic selector switches for AF signals (four channels) 



11 



New Type Nomenclature for Integrated Circuits 1 



The code consists of: Three letters followed by a serial number 
First two letters 

A. Solitary circuits 

The first letter identifies the circuit as: 

S: Solitary digital circuit 

T: Analogue circuit 

U: Mixed analogue/digital circuit 
The second letter has no special significance, except the letter H which stands for hybrid 
circuits. 

B. Family circuits 

These are digital circuits related in their specifications and primarily designed to be 

mutually connected. 

The first two letters identify the family. 
The third letter: indicates the operational temperature range or exceptionally, another 

significant characteristic. 

A - No temperature range specified 

B - to + 70 °C 

C 55 to +125 °C If a circuit is designed for a wider temperature range, but does 

D 25 to + 70 °C not qualify for a higher classification, the code letter for the 

E 25 to + 85 °C narrower temperature range is used. 

F 40 to + 85 °C 

The serial number: may be either a 4-figure number (assigned by PRO ELECTRON) or the 

serial number of minimum 4 digits (combining figures and numbers) of an existing 

"house number". "House numbers" consisting of less than 4 digits are extended to a 

4-digit number by adding zeros (0) before them. 
A version letter: can be added to indicate a variant of a basic type. 

- For package variants the following letters are recommended: 
C: Cylindrical package F: Flat pack 

D: Dual in-line Q: Quadruple in-line 

- For other variants the version letter has no fixed meaning, except the letter Z which 
stands for types with customised wiring. 

Examples: GXB10000: Digital circuit, GX-family; temperature range: to 70 °C; circuit de- 
rived from the MC10000. 
TDA1000: Analogue circuit; temperature range: not specified; serial number: 
1000. 

Former code 

First two letters: same as new code. 

The third letter: indicates the function 

H - Combinatorial circuit N - Bi-metastable or multi-metastable 

J - Bistable or multistable sequential sequential circuit 

circuit (static) Q - Read-write memory circuit 

K - Monostable sequential circuit R - Read-only memory circuit 

L - Level converter (dynamic) S - Sense amplifier with digital output 

Y - Miscellaneous 

The third figure (of the serial number of three figures) indicates the operating temperature 

range. 

0- No temperature range specified 4 -+15 to + 55 °C 

1 - to + 70 °C 5 - -25 to + 70 °C 

2--55to +125°C 6--40to+85°C 

3 10 to + 85 °C 

1 ) Applied since 1973. 
12 



General Mounting Instructions 



1. Plastic plug-in package 

Plastic packages are soldered on the side of the printed circuit board opposite to the case, the 

pins are vertically bent and fit into holes at an equal distance of 7.6 x 2.54 mm and a diameter 

of .7 to .9 mm. 

The distance between the package and the printed circuit board is determined by shoulders 

(see picture). 

After inserting the package into the printed circuit board two or more pins should be bent at an 

angle of app. 30°. Thus the package need not be held down while soldering. 

The maximum allowable solder temperature for iron soldering amounts to 265 °C (max. 10 s) 

and for dip soldering 240 °C (max. 4 s). 



0.65min 





Flat-pack 

Soldering on the side of the printed board opposite to the case. After bending the leads ver- 
tically the case is inserted into holes of .6 to .8 mm diameter in the printed circuit board. The 
distance of the bend from the case may not be below .8 mm (see picture 1). 
After inserting the case into the printed circuit board two or more leads should be bent at an 
angle of app. 30° (see picture 1). 
Thus the case need not be held down while soldering. 
The leads should be clipped before soldering. 
Iron or dip soldering may be applied. 

The maximum solder times are: 

f max = 2 s for 300 °C solder temperature 

f max = 5 s for 250 °C solder temperature 




bending radius 0.1 mm 



13 



b) In case of soldering on printed circuit board (picture 2), holes are not necessary. The leads 
are connected to the printed circuit by iron soldering or spot welding. 

The maximum solder times are: 

tmax. = 15 s for 250 °C solder temperature 

f max = 12 s for 300 °C solder temperature 

f max = 7 s for 350 °C solder temperature 

Thereby the minimal soldering distance from the case must be at least 1.5 mm. 



^//^///>////////^^ 



fe^ 



tin solder 

picture 2 



ii^MIII 



tmmlll 



spot welding / 
conductor 



c) Miniature plastic package 
/. Bending of the leads 

When bending, the leads must not be stressed between leads and case. 
The distance of the bend from the case may not be below .4 mm; bending radius more than 
.5 mm. 

//. Soldering 

Iron soldering: Solder temperature 245 °C max. 10 s. The minimum soldering distance 

from case must be at least 1.5 mm. Maximum case temperature 150°C, 

no stress between leads and case. 
Spot welding \ Solder temperature 245 °C max. 4 s. The minimum soldering distance 
Dip soldering J from case must be at least 1.5 mm; maximum case temperature 150 °C, 

no stress between leads and case. 

3. Package 5 H 8 DIN 41873 and similar cases with 8, 10 and 12 pins 

The position of the case is arbitrary. The pins may be bent up to a minimum distance of 

1.5 mm from the case. 

The pins should be clipped before soldering. 

Iron or dip soldering may be applied. 

The maximum solder times are 

a) for dip soldering t max = 5 s for 250 °C solder temperature 

fmax = 4 s for 300 °C solder temperature 

b) for iron soldering t max = 15 s for 250 °C solder temperature 
fmax = 12 s for 300 °C solder temperature 



radius0.5mm 




tin solder 



gj-0 & 0.5*bis0.6* 



picture 3 
14 



Glossary of Terms 



1. Main terms 


2. Index terms 


a 


suppression 


AF 


audio frequency 


a 


intermodulation 


AM 


amplitude modulation 


AC 


alternating-current voltage 


amb 


ambient 


AF 


audio frequency 


B 


base 


AM 


amplitude modulated 


C 


collector 


B 


Bandwidth 


C 


capacity 


C 


capacity 


D 


differential 


CMRR 


common mode rejection ratio 


E 


emitter 


DC 


direct voltage 


eff 


effective 


f 


frequency 


fb 


feedback 


Af 


frequency deviation 


FM 


frequency modulated 


FM 


frequency modulation 


G 


generator 


G 


giga (10-) 


i 


input 


G 


gain 


IF 


intermediate frequency 


Hz 


cycles per second (Hertz) 


J 


junction 


/ 


current 


Mm 


limiting 


'cc 


supply current 


Ik 


leakage 


IF 


intermediate frequency 


mod 


modulated 


k 


harmonic distortion 


o 


offset 


K 


Kelvin 


OD 


overdrive 


k 


kilo (10 3 ) 


osc 


oscillator 


L 


inductance 


pp 


peak to peak 


m 


milli OCT 3 ) 


q 


output 


M 


mega (10 6 ) 


RF 


radio frequency 


m 


linearity 


s 


storage 


m 


modulation factor 


sy 


system 


MW 


medium wave 


S/N 


signal to noise 


P 


power dissipation 


th sam b 


thermal (system-air) 


Q, Q B 


Q-factor 


^ "Is case 


thermal (system-case) 


R 


resistance 


tot 


total 


RF 


radio frequency 


V 


open loop 


S/N 


signal to noise 


V 


voltage 


T 


temperature 






t 


time 






V, V 


voltage 






1/cc 


supply voltage 






v„ 


noise voltage 






w 


watt 






z 


impedance 






z 


Zener 







15 



Quality Data for Analog Integrated Circuits 



1. Warranty 

If incoming testing shows that the AQL (Acceptable Quality Level) figures stated are exceeded, 
the customer is entitled to refuse acceptance and demand replacement of the shipment re- 
ceived. 

2. AQL-figures 

The AQL-figures define the maximum number of defective components up to which a ship- 
ment received must be accepted. 

Electrical defects 

Single AQL, gradual electrical defects (1) .65 

Single AQL, critical electrical defects (2) .40 

2 AQL, electrical defects -65 

Mechanical defects 

Single AQL, gradual mechanical defects (3) 1.00 

Single AQL, critical mechanical defects (4) .65 

2 AQL, mechanical defects 1 00 

Breakdown of defects 

ad 1: Defects affecting the function in a minor way (electrical data too low or too high, 

noiss 6tc). 
ad 2: Catastrophic failures (no function, short circuits between the pins, no output) and 

defects seriously limiting the function (oscillation, high noise level, falling below 

maximum data by more than 50%). 
ad 3: Slight mechanical defects (missing type-marking, marking difficult to identify, 

wrong dimensions, heavy stamping burs at the pins, bent pins), 
ad 4: Catastrophic failures (broken or cracked packages, wrong type-marking, wrong 

position of the package-nose or marking of pin 1, pins not solderable). 

3. Receiving quality 

The figures shown in the table are warranty-figures. However, the Average Outgoing Quality 
(AOQ) of shipments is considerably higher, i.e. the proportion of defective components is 
much smaller than indicated by the AQL-figures. 

4. Random sample testing 

The AQL-figures are warranted for tests in accordance with random sampling test plan MIL 
Std. 105 D inspection level II. 

5. Rejections 

Returned IC's can be accepted only if the faulty samples are added to the rejected delivery. 



16 



Quality Figures for Analog Integrated Circuits 



Random-sampling test-plan for normal inspection (MIL-Std. 105 D, inspection level II) 



Lot-size 


sample 
size 


0.065 


0.10 


0.15 


0.25 


0.40 


0.65 


1.0 


1.5 


2.5 


4.0 


6.5 




Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


Ac Re 


2 to 8 

9 to 15 

16 to 25 


2 
3 
5 



i 


1 

\ 









1 




i 


1 

r 






01 


I 

01 
t 


I 


1 

01 


t 

01 


1 

\ 


26 to 50 
51 to 90 
91 to 150 


8 
13 
20 


01 

t 


1 

1 2 


♦ 

1 2 
23 


1 2 
23 
34 


151 to 280 
281 to 500 
501 to 1200 


32 
50 
80 


01 

t 


\ 

1 2 


♦ 

1 2 
23 


1 2 
23 
34 


23 
34 
56 


34 
56 
78 


56 

78 

1011 


1201 to 3200 

3201 to 10000 

10001 to 35000 


125 
200 
315 


01 

t 


t 

1 2 


f 

1 2 
23 


1 2 
23 
34 


23 
34 
56 


34 
56 
78 


56 

78 

10 11 


78 
1011 
1415 


1011 
1415 
21 22 


14 15 
21 22 

f 


35001 -150000 
150001 -500000 
500001 and more 


500 

800 

1250 


1 2 
23 


1 2 
23 
34 


23 
34 
56 


34 
56 
78 


56 

78 

1011 


78 
1011 
14 15 


10 11 
14 15 
21 22 


14 15 
21 22 

4 


21 22 

t 


I 


I 



Ac = permissible number of defective sample elements: lot accepted 
Re = exceeding number of defective sample elements: lot rejected 

Additional requirement 

As the combination "Acceptance and Rejection 1" has a low degree of significance the next 
larger sample-size is to be used. 

Our deliveries are subject to the "Allgemeine Verkaufsbedingungen fur Erzeugnisse und 
Leistungen der Elektroindustrie" (General Sales Conditions for Products and Performances 
of the Electrotechnical Industry) and the "Allgemeine Lieferbedingungen fur Erzeugnisse 
und Leistungen der Elektroindustrie" (General Delivery Conditions for Products and Per- 
formances of the Electrotechnical Industry). 



17 



AM/FM IF Amplifier 



TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 



Combined AM/FM IF amplifier for radio receivers. The circuit is suited for AC- and batteryop- 
erated sets. An additionally available control voltage (pin 12) permits control of a RF-pre- 
amplifier stage. 



• Good control for AM operation 

• Good limiting qualities for FM operation 

• Low current requirement 

• Low supply voltage dependance 



Package outlines 

TAA 991 D 



0.45x0.25 



_E3_E3_E3— Q_n_a_n_ 




U LJ kJ U LJ U U 



-19.2. 



0.3 

Plastic plug-in package 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
20 A 14 DIN 41 866 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



>-7,64).2- 



k6.4. 02 -H 
U-76'°'' 6 -J 



Type 



TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A289 
Q67000-A726 



TAA 991 Q 



045x025" 




fl rn ft n f\ nfl 



Dimensions in mm 



u u w ^ y 

—19.2.03 

Plastic plug-in package 
14 pins, quad-in-line 
similar 20 A 14 DIN 41 866 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Circuit diagramm 




Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 



11 

-30 to +125 

150 

120 



V 
°C 
°C 
K/W 



1i 



TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 



Range of operating 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



Vcc 

' amb 



Electrical characteristics (T a 



25°C) 



h 

I/13 

G v 
AG V 

-v fb 



4.5 to 11 
-15 to +18 



AM operation {f, F = 460 kHz, V cc = 5 V) 

Total current consumption (without signal) 

Collector current of Tr 3 (without signal) 

Stabilized voltage 

Voltage gain 

Control range 

Voltage starting control 1 ) 

Feedback voltage (V ieff = 50 \iV; f mod = 1 kHz; m = 80%) 

AF output voltage 

(l/ ieff = 50 |W; f mo6 = 1 kHz; m = 80%) 

Input voltage causing overdrive V, ( 

AM operation [f lF = 460 kHz, V cc = 9 V) 

Total current consumption (without signal) 

Collector current Tr 3 (without signal) 

Stabilized voltage 

Voltage gain 

Control range 

Voltage starting control 1 ) 

Feedback voltage (V ie „='\5 [iV, f mod =1 kHz, m=80%) 

AF output voltage (l/ ieff =15 ^iV, f mod =1 kHz, m=80%) 

Input voltage causing overdrive 

Harmonic distortion (l/ ieff =15mV, f mo<1 ='\ kHz, m=80%) 

AF output voltage (l/ ieff =15mV, ^=1 kHz, m=80%) 

Base current of Tr 6 (l/ ieff =15 mV,/ mod =1 kHz, m=80%) 

Input voltage starting prestage control 

Prestage control voltage \/ ieff >3°mV V 

Input impedance (\Z ieff = 50 [iV) 

FM operation (f iF = 10.7 MHz; V cc = 5 V; Af = 75 kHz; f, 

Voltage gain 

Input voltage for limiting 2 ) 

AF output voltage 

FM operation (f IF = 10.7 MHz; V cc = 9 V; Af= ±75 kHz; f mod = 1 kHz) 

Voltage gain "" 

Input voltage for limiting 2 ) 

AF output voltage (V ief1 = 100 mV) 

AM suppression (m = 30%) 

Input impedance (V ieff = 2 mV) 



15 



V 

°C 



3.6 


mA 


2 


mA 


2.8(2.6-3.2) 


V 


80 


dB 


50 


dB 


50 


fxV 


200 (>100) 


mV 


120 


mV 



mV 



^CC 


6 


mA 


h 


2 


mA 


1/13 


2.9(2.6-3.2) 


V 


G v 


90 


dB 


AG V 


60 


dB 


l/ief, 


15 


txV 


-V* 


200 (> 100) 


mV 


l/qAF 


120 


mV 


l/ie,f 


25 


mV 


k 


<10 


% 


l/qAF 


300 


mV 


h 


<30 


HA 


v IM 


1 


mV 


V, 2 


>2.8 


V 


V^2 


<.5 


V 


z, 


1250/100 


Q/pF 


'mod = 1 kr 


lz) 




G v 


76 


dB 


v, eif 


300 


txV 


l/ qAF 


200 


mV 


mod = 1 kHz 






G v 


86 


dB 


Vief, 


225 


jiV 


1/qAF 


300 


mV 


v F m/v am 


50 


dB 


z, 


150/70 


Q/pF 



1 ) Start of regulation is defined as the input voltage for which _lf!L = dB. 

2 ) Start of limiting is defined as the input voltage at which the AF output voltage has dropped by 3 dB; reference 
potential is V le „ = 100 mV. 



19 



TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 



Test circuit 




Application circuit 



\N, = 77 HF-litz 12x0.04Cul 
W,= 55 HF-litz 12x0.04Cul 



lOOnF 



*v, 



HF - Reg- voltage 



Stabilized 
voltage2.9V 



CC 



f IF =10.7MHz 



__1nF ±1nF 




W! = 77 HF-litz 12x0.04Cul 
W 2 =55 HF-litz 12x0.04Cul 



20 



TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 



AM operation (f, F = 460 kHz) 

AF output voltage versus 
input voltage 



0.8 



■t, 





- 


1 II III 






II 






II 












^cc = 9V ] 












Wi :1kHz 












m 


= 80% 






1 








]| 








1 








| 








1 








| 








j| 




















1 


































































































































' 













AF output voltage versus 
supply voltage 



50 



40 



30 























































H kj -a^v cunsr 
Amod^kHz 
m;80% 1 



























































































































































































































10 -6 10 -5 10 -4 10 -3 10 -2 l0 -1v 
— - Vieff 



2 



8 10 12V 
— «^cc 



Harmonic distortion versus 
input voltage 





Illlll 










m = 80% 






I 






I 










ill 










l 










1 






/--40 Hz 




1 
















f 


=1kHzi 










II / 




V. 






/ 















10" 5 10" 4 10~ 3 10" 2 10" 1 V 



Prestage control voltage v. 
input voltage 













I I mi 


T 














cc = 9\ 




t 












y 


/ 


t 




















t 




















t 




















t 




















t 




















it 




















t 




















t 




















T t 




















t 
















INI 




t 
















I 




t 
















1 




t 




















t 
















1 




t 






II 


III 








|| HI 




t 







10 _o 10 H 



10" Z V 



"left 



21 



TAA 991 D 
TAA 991 Q 



FM operation {f tF = 10.7 MHz) 

AF output voltage versus 
input voltage 



'AFeff 



mV 
500 

450 
'400 
350 
300 
250 
200 
150 
100 
50 







I 1 1 III 




mil 






III 






I 1 1 III 


















^cc-av 




























































































iim 


















af = /DKnz _ 




















TTTTTj 




































m--\ 


kHz 




























Lnfil 






n 






















n 






















M 






















H 






















11 






















M 






















If 
















i 






jf 









^AFeff 



mV 
500 

450 

>400 

350 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 





AF output voltage and input 

voltage starting limiting versus supply voltage 

500 





I I I I I I I 










_V M : A/ -75 kHz 

I/: -"ifl mVrnnsf 
























I I 








































\ 


\ 










































































V 


\f 




































































































































































V { : AY--75kHz 

































































































450 
400 | 
350 
300 1 
250-2 
200 1 
150 i 
100 
50 



10~ 5 10" 4 10" 3 10~ 2 10" 1 V 



2 4 6 




8 10 12 V 



Harmonic distortion versus 
input voltage 



AM suppression versus 
input voltage 



1.5 



0.5 











II 






II 






II 








































































1 "cc=9V 
f mod =1kHz- 












































































































III 


















LAf = 75kHz 






















"7m 












It 














H 












J 










1 




















A 


f = 50kHz- 








1 1 






















































1 










llll 













10-5 10^ 10" 3 10- 2 10" 1 V 

— I^iefff 






50 



40 



30 



20 





























FM:A/ = 75kHz 
AMm = 5fl% j_ 








































If f 


MA/ ' 


JRI/UtX 












' I 


M:m=80% 














1 


















I 




*^cc=Q V'jlljl 












1 


















J 


















I 


















1 











10~ 5 10" 4 10~ 3 10" 2 10" 1 10° V 



22 



FM IF Amplifier with Demodulator 



TBA 120 
TBA 120 A 



Symmetrical six-stage amplifier with symmetrical coincidence demodulatorforthe amplifica- 
tion, limiting and demodulation of frequency-modulated signals. Especially suited for radio 
receivers and the sound-IF units in TV sets. These circuits are applicable as limiter amplifiers, 
as controlled demodulators or modulators or as mixers with excellent suppression of the input 
frequency. 

• Outstanding limiting 

• Very good frequency stability of the converter characteristic 

• Wide range of operation (5 to 15V) 

• Very few external components (i.e. for hum suppression) 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TBA 120 
TBA 120A 



Q67000-A151 
Q67000-A175 



Package outlines 



TBA 120 



].45x0. 




-7.6*0.2- 



_n_n_n_n_n_jE3_Q_ 



u u u u u 
1 



-19.2. 



0,3" 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



TBA 120A 



045x025 



76-0.2 — ^ 

'6.4.02 *1i 



I— 7.6^- 




QnnnflnR 



—19.2.03 • 



Dimensions in mm 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, quad-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operating 

Frequency range 



14c 

T. 

h 

"thsa 



15 

-40 to +125 

150 

120 



5 to 15 
-15 to +70 
to 35 



V 
°C 
°C 
K/W 



V 

°C 

MHz 



23 



TBA 120 
TBA120A 



Electrical characteristics (7" amb = 25 °C, V cc = 12 V) 



Total current consumption 

IF voltage gain (f = 5.5 MHz) 

IF output voltage at limiting each output 

AF output voltage 

(f, F = 5.5 MHz,Af = ±25 kHz, V, = 10 mV, 

f mod = 1 kHz, Q B * 45) 

AF output voltage 

(f IF = 5.5 MHz,Af = ±50 kHz, V, = 10 mV, 

fmod = 1 kHz, Q B « 45) 

Harmonic distortion (f, F = 5.5 MHz, 

Af = ±25 kHz, V-, = 10 mV, 

^mod = 1 kHz, Q B « 45) 

Input voltage for limiting 

(f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 

f m0 d = 1 kHz, Q B * 45) 

f, F = 5.5 MHz 
fir = 10.7 MHz 

Output impedance (pin 8) 



Input impedance 



Range of volume control 

DC level of output signal (V, = 0) 
AM suppression 

(f IF = 5.5 MHz, l/i = 10mV,m= 30%, 
fmod = 1 kHz, Af= ±50 kHz) 





min 


typ 


max 




'cc 


12.5 


16.5 


20.5 


mA 


Gv 




60 




dB 


qpp 




240 




mV 


»AFeff 


.6 


.85 




V 


^AFeff 


1.2 


1.7 




V 


k 




1.8 


3 


% 


»l Mm 




50 


100 


^v 


^i 




15/7.8 




kQ/pF 


z, 




7.2/6.2 




kQ/pF 


R q 


1.9 


2.6 


3.3 


kQ 


»AFmax 










"'AFmin 




60 




dB 










^8 


6.1 


7.3 


8.6 


V 


3 AM 




55 




dB 



24 



TBA 120 
TBA120A 



Circuit diagram for TBA 120 and TBA 120A 




25 



TBA 120 
TBA 120 A 




Component data for various applications 



Sound IF in TV sets 


FM-IF in 


radio sets 




5.5 MHz 


10.7 MHz Mono 


10.7 MHz Stereo 


c, 


47 pF 


27 pF 


47 pF 


C 2 


220 pF 


120 pF 


150 pF 


c 3 


22 nF 


22 nF 


470 pF 


c 4 


56 pF 


27 pF 


30 pF 


c 5 


56 pF 


27 pF 


30 pF 


c 6 


1.5 nF 


470 pF 


330 pF 


L, 


20 turns 


20 turns 


15 turns 


L 2 


8 turns 


8 turns 


12 turns 


*i 


00 


00 


1 k 



A capacitive decoupling of supply voltage input 1 1 is not necessary. The 22 nF capacitor be- 
tween pins 8 and 11, together with the integrated resistor R 30, constitutes the de-emphasis 
and may be reduced if required. 

The distance of the peaks on the S-curve can be adjusted with the Q B of the phase-shifting cir- 
cuit. Zero crossing corresponds to resonance frequency. The two coupling capacitors of equal 
size connected between pins 6/7 and 9/10 should be dimensioned to produce approx. 
250 mV Dn at the tank circuit at resonance. 



26 



TBA 120 
TBA120A 



AF output voltage versus supply voltage 

f, r = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, f moa = 1 kHz, 
V ie „ = 10 mV, V AF ~ Q B (V ec -4 V) 





















































































































Q 




- /c; 




























« < 7 




























































































































































r\ 




— 
























/ 


^B 


R5J5 



































































































































































































































































































































































AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion v. input voltage 

V oc = 12V, f„ = 5.5 MHz,^lf = ±50 kHz, 

f moa = 1 kHz, Q B = 45 
V % 

1.8 



"AFeff 



t* 



I lllllll 1 1 


T]T 










(star 


of limiting) 


jtt 












\ 


3dB 










v ' 










































| 






















| 














J' 










| 
























tt 
























1 
























It 
























ffl 






















I 


i 






















It 
























It 
























tt 
























jtt 
























tt 
























\ 











2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16V 



5 10 2 5 10 3 5 10 V 

— - I'ieff 



AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion versus frequency deviation 

l/ cc = 12 V, f IF = 5.5 MHz, f moa = 1 kHz, 

V ie „ = 10 mV, Q B » 45 
V % 

2.2 



2.0 



1.6 



1.4 



1.2 



0.8 



0.6 



0.4 



0.2 























































































































































































' \ 


'k. F o« 






























































































































































ft* 









































































































































































































































































































































































f t 



AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion versus temperature of case 

l/ cc = 15 V, f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
Cod = 1 kHz, l/ lef , = 10 mV, Q B - 45 

2.4 



2.0 



0.8 



0.4 

































^ 


































































































* 



































































































































10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 kHz 
— -Af 



-20 20 40 60 80°C 



27 



TBA 120 
TBA120A 



AF output voltage v. Qe-factor 

V cc = 12 V, f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
f mod = 1 kHz, V AFe „ = 10 mV 
V„ prop (V ee -4 V) 



Current consumption versus 
supply voltage 



"AF eff 





















































































































Vaf 













































































































































































































10 20 



30 40 50 
— -fl R 



mA 
25 





































































































































































max 






























typ 






























































m 


n 





























































2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16V 
^cc 



Input voltage for -3dB limiting versus 
supply voltage 

f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
f mod = 1 kHz, Q B - 45 



uV 



"ieff 



OU 


































50 


































































40 


































































30 


































































20 


































































10 






































































































2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 V 
— - V„ 



Volume control versus 
potentiometer resistance 

V co = 12 V, f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
f moa = 1 kHz, V,*, = 10 mV, 
Q B = 45, /? v = 470 Q 















^AFefl 

t 

-10 
















/" 








/ 


f 
















-20 




/ 












y 








-30 




1 _ 










/ 








-40 




/ 










J . 








-50 




/ 










/ 








-60 













)fl 5 Ik 5 100k 

— •'tfpot 



28 



TBA120 
TBA 120 A 



AM suppression versus input voltage 

V cc = 12 V, f, r = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
Cod = 1 kHz, m= 30%, Q B « 45 



t)B 



U AM 





























50 


















































'i0 




















































30 


















































20 


















































10 


















































n 



























10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 liV 

— - *w 



AM suppression versus 
temperature of case 

V cc = 12 V, f„ = 5.5 MHz, f moi = 1 kHz, 
/n = 30%, l/, eff = 10 mV, Q B « 45 



dB 



"AM 

























50 










































40 










































30 










































20 










































10 












































n 























20 20 40 60 80°C 



IF amplification versus 
IF frequency 



Harmonic distortion v. Qg-f actor 

V co = 12 V, f, r = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
f moa = 1 kHz, l/ leff = 10 mV 



70 



G IF 60 

t 







^AFeff = IV const. 










































z fee "-12 V 
















/*■ 




















' t'cc =DV 
















































pec 


















14 I 11 












X - 6C 


M ., 


TBA12(T> 


M60 ^ 














VSy sb J1.3.4.12 K£J 















































































K 


gene 


roto 


--0.1 


% 






































































































/r~ 


Q 2 



































































10 20 30 40 50 60 MHz 

— ^flr 



10 20 30 40 50 

— -Q* 



29 



FM IF Amplifier with Demodulator 



TBA120S 
TBA 120 AS 



Symmetrical 8-stage amplifier with symmetrical coincidence demodulator for amplification, 
limiting and demodulation of frequency-modulated signals, especially suited for the sound IF 
units in TV sets and FM IF amplifiers in radio sets. The circuit is directly interchangeable 
with TBA 1207A (pin-compatible). 

• Outstanding limiting qualities 

• Very good frequency stability of converter characteristic 

• Wide range of operation (6 to 18V) 

• Very low external component requirement 

• Voltage for AFT 



Type 



TBA 120S 
TBA 120AS 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A490 
Q67000-A525 



Package outlines 

TBA 120S 



1.45x0.25 



_0— EL_n_Q_E3_ □_□_ 




U U kJ U U U U 



-19.2., 



Plastic plug-in package 

20 A 14 DIN 41866 14 pins, dual-in-line. 

Weight approx. 1.1 g 



H-7M,2- 



k6.4. 02 - 
k-7.6 ,afL 



TBA 120AS 



045x025" 




2-0.2 




1/ Q 

ft rn fl n fl nfl 



Dimensions in mm 



Plastic plug-in package 

20 A 14 DIN 4186 (similar) 14 pins, 

quad-in-line 

Weight approx. 1.1 g 



(for max. 1 min) 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 1 ) 
Storage temperature 
Z current 

Voltage 

Current 

Current 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Frequency range 



1 ) The circuit must not plugged in or out when supply voltage is switched on. 



v cc 


18 


V 


T s 


-40 to +125 


°C 


hz 


15 


mA 


^12 


20 


mA 


V 5 


4 


V 


h 


5 


mA 


h 


2 


mA 


T, 


150 


°C 


"thsa 


<120 


K/W 


l/co 


6 to 18 


V 




-15 to +70 


°C 


f 


Oto 12 


MHz 



30 



TBA 120 S 
TBA 120 AS 



Electrical characteristics (V cc = 12 V, 7" amb = 25° C, f = 5.5 MHz and 10,7 MHz) 



Total current consumption /? 5 = °° 

IF voltage gain 

IF output voltage at limiting (each output) 

Output resistance (pin 8) 

Shunt resistance 

Range of volume control 

DC level of output signal 
Potentiometer resistance 



Voltage 



- 1 dB down 
-70 dB down 

- 1 dB down 
-70 dB down 

Signal-to-noise distance 

(V, = 10 m\l,Af = ±50 kHz) 

Harmonic distortion 

(l/i = 10 mM.Af = ±25 kHz) 

Noise voltage (according to DIN 45405) 

Operation at 5.5 MHz (4f = ±50 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz) 

AF output voltage (V, = 10 mV) V AF 

Input voltage for -3 dB limiting V-, Mr 

AM suppression (m = 30%) 





min 


typ 


max 




he 


10 


14 


18 


mA 


■* cc 


11 


15.2 


20 


mA 


G v 




68 




dB 


"qpp 


170 


250 




mV 


/?«, 


1.9 


2.6 


3.3 


kQ 


"13-14 






1 


kQ 


* AF max 
»AF min 


70 


75 




dB 










V 8 


6.2 


7.4 


8.5 


V 


/?5 




3.7 


4.7 


kQ 


/?6 


1.0 


1.4 




kQ 


^5 




2.4 




V 


^5 




1.3 




V 


a SIN 


75 


85 




dB 


k 




1.3 


2.5 


% 


v n 




80 


140 


[iVs 



V-, = 500 (xV 
V, = 10 mV 



a AM 

z. 



Input impedance 

Operation at 10.7 MHz \Af = ±75 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz, m 
AF output voltage (V-, 



45 
60 



1.0 
30 

55 
68 
40/4.5 



60 



30%, Q B « 45) 



10 mV) 
Input voltage for -3 dB limiting 



•/ AF eff 
'ilim 



AM suppression 
Input impedance 



l/i = 500 m-V a AM 
l/, = 10 mV a AM 
Z. 



.4 


.7 




V 




50 


100 


|iV 


40 


50 




dB 


60 


68 




dB 




20/4 




kQ/pF 



V 
M.V 

dB 
dB 
kQ/pF 



31 



TBA120S 
TBA 120 AS 



Characteristics of the additive circuit 



Z-voltage (7 12 = 5 mA) 
Z-resistance 
Breakdown voltage 
Breakdown voltage (/ 3 = 500 |uA) 
Current gain (l/ CE =5V, / c = 1 mA) 





min 


typ 


max 




Vl2 


11.2 


12 


13.2 


V 


Rz 




30 


55 


Q 


VCBO 


26 


40 




V 


1/cEO 


13 






V 


Go 


25 


80 







Pins 3 and 4 are connected to collector and base of a transistor, respectively, which may be 
used as an AF preamplifier (/ c ^5 mA) or as a bass/treble switch (dc on- or off-switching of 
a RC-circuit). 

At pin 12 a Z diode (12 V) is accessible which can be used to stabilize the supply voltage of 
this integrated circuit or the voltage of other circuit elements in the set (7 Z < 15 mA). 
The integrated circuit TBA 120S is supplied in different groups. Parameter is the volume. 
A decrease of 30 dB requires a resistor between pin 5 and ground with a resistance value 
depending on the group number as shown below. The group number is imprinted on the 
plastic package. 



Group 



R 5 



II 



1.9 to 2.2 



IV 



2.1 to 2.5 



2.4 to 2.9 



2.8 to 3.3 



kQ 



Test circuit 



v,Hh 



♦ 12V 



100nF 22nF 

HhHH 

1U 8i 6 ? 7 



2.2 (JF 



^V. 




yfvolume control 



1.5 nF 

= (5.5MHz) 
470pF(10.7-MHz) 



32 



Circuit diagram 



TBA 120 S 
TBA 120 AS 



*n — m n — n 1- 




33 



TBA 120 S 
TBA 120 AS 



Recommended application circuit 5.5 MHz (10.7 MHz) 



ViHr 




= 1.5nF 
(470 pF) 



TBA 120S with ceramic filter (Murata) 

For a good far-away-selectivity the ceramic filter should be combined with a LC circuit 






Sound IF 


Sound IF inTVsets 


FM-IF in radio 


FM-IF in radio 




in TV sets 


of American Std. 


mono sets 


stereo sets 


c, 


1.5 nF 


2.2 nF 


470 pF 


330 pF 


c 2 


22 nF 


22 nF 


22 nF 


470 pF 


Ly 


8 turns 


8 turns 


8 turns 


12 turns 


*1 


00 


00 


00 


1 kQ 


R 2 


680 Q 


1 kQ 


330 Q 


330 Q 


Filter 


SFE 5.5 MA 


SFE 4.5 MA 


SFE 10.7 MA 


SFE 10.7 MA 


(Murata) 











34 



TBA 120 S 
TBA 120 AS 



'AFeff 

A 



AF output voltage versus 
supply voltage 

f, F = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
f moa = 1 kHz, V, = 10 mV 



0.5 

















V 45 








Q B ~-20 











20 V 



Total harmonic distortion 
v. input voltage 

l/ cc = 12 V, f 1F = 5.5 MHz, 

Af = ±50 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz, Q B = 45 






-*V; 



lO^pV 



'AFeff 
i 



0.5 



AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion v. frequency deviation 

V oc = 12 V, f lF = 5.5 MHz, f mod = 1 kHz, 
I/, = 10 mV, Q B « 45 











































































A "aF 






























































'/i- 






































































































































































100 kHz 



"AFeff 

4 



AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion v. Q B -factor 

V Be = -\2\l,Af= ±50 kHz, 
Coo = 1 kHz, I/, = 10 mV 



OA 





















"af 




















A 























tAf 



20 30 40 50 



35 



TBA 120 S 
TBA120AS 



DC output voltage versus 
supply voltage 



Current consumption versus 
supply voltage 







/ 
/ 
/ 

'' / 






/ 
/ 
/ 

/ / 


* 
s 




4 

/ 

/ 

/ j 

/ / 


f s 
/ 


/ 




/ / 
/ / 

/ 








t 















5 10 15 20V 
►Kt 



mA 



c 

* 20 

15 
10 
5 













































5 10 15 Z0V 
►Kt 



Volume control v. potentiometer resistance 

l/ cc = 12V,f IF = 5.5MHz,zlf = ±50 kHz, 
f mod = 1 kHz, I/, = 10 mV 



Volume control versus voltage to pin 5 

l/ cc = 12 V, f, F = 5.5 MHz,^ = ±50 kHz, 
f moa = 1 kHz, Q B « 45 






^AFeff -10 
k 



-70 



















V- 


1 


^ 


















































$ 
























^ 


o. 
^ 


A 






















Grc 


up< 




























k\ 


f 




















^ 


\ 























1.2 1.3 K 15 1.6 1.7 1.8 19 2.0 2.1 22 2.3 2.4 V 
►K 



36 



TBA120S 
TBA120AS 



AM suppression versus 
supply voltage 

f, F = 5.5MHz,zlf = ±50 kHz, 
fmod = 1 kHz, m = 30%, Q B » 45 



70 
°am 60 
I 50 
40 
30 
ZO 
10 

















l/j = 10 m 


1 








/ 










jV 


<" 






V300. 






y 


' 































































































AM suppression versus 
input voltage 

l/ oc = 12 V, f| F = 5.5 MHz.zlf = ±50 kHz, 
f^ = 1 kHz, Q B - 45 



70 








1 
















°AM 60 

A 

50 
















1 








bJ-- 

m- 


i50kHz 
30% 








i 








| 






40 
30 
20 

10 
















/ 










m- 


i 50 kHz 
80% 










- 






























1 
I 





























2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20V 
►Kr 



101 



10 3 



#/jV 



Input voltage for - 3 dB limiting 
versus supply voltage 

f IF = 5.5MHz,zlf = ±50 kHz, 
f mM = 1 kHz, Q B = 45 



AF output voltage versus 
input voltage 

l/ cc = 1 2 V, f mod = 1 kHz, Q B = 45 



JUV 



4U 










30 






































10 


















n 











mV 
1400 



"AFeff5SMHz 
i 



1200 



1000 



5 10 15 20 V 
►Kr 



600 



400 

















- 


-^5.5 MH; 


,^f=±50k 


Hz 






1 (s 


illllll I i mini 
T 3dB 
art of limiting) 










1 nun 1 1 1 mil! 






I \w 




ki 1 11 11 








'Iff 


3dB 
(start of limiting) 






luff 


"Will I'M Illllll 




Mil 1 ! 


illllll 1 

MHz.^f=i 


TT1IIIII 




u [rf' z "io. r 


75 kHz 











































mV 
1100 



900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 
lO 4 10 5 |jV 



37 



FM IF Amplifier and Demodulator 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



TBA 120T 

• Input and demodulator are designed for use with ceramic resonators. 

• Additional output before volume control (constant audio signal) forthe connection of head- 
phones and video recorders. 

• Additional audio input for connection of video recorders (playback). 

• Constant audio output voltage between 10 and 18 V supply voltage of the same level as 
TBA 120S operating at 15 V supply voltage. 

• Insensitive against hum from the supply voltage therefore very little need for smoothing 
capacitors. 

• As there is very little residual IF voltage on the audio output, there is no interference of the 
video-IF due to harmonics of the sound-IF. 

• No selection for volume control characteristic is necessary. 

TBA 120U 

• This circuit incorporates all the advantages of TBA 120T but input and demodulator are 
designed for use in connection with standard LC-circuits. 



Type 



TBA 120T 
TBA 120U 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A919 
Q67000-A920 



Package outlines 

TBA120T/U 



] .45x0.25 




1,5 max I L f 



-76<0.2- 



k6A. 0i2 *t 



J3_n_E3_E3_E3_£3_E3. 



LJ LJ E3 E3 Q E3~~ EJ" 

1 7 
■ 19.2.m • 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Voltage 

Current 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Frequency range 



Vcc 


18 


V 


h 


150 


°C 


T s 


-40 to +125 


°C 


v 5 


6 


V 


U 


5 


mA 


"thsa 


<120 


K/W 


l/cc 


10 to 18 


V 




-15 to +70 


°C 


f 


Oto 12 


MHz 



38 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



Electrical characteristics (V cc = 12 V, 7" amb = 25 °C) 



Total current consumption 
IF voltage gain V e /V 14 (If = 5.5 MHz) 
Output voltage with limiting at each output 
Output impedance Pin 8 

Pin 12 
Shunt resistance 
Input impedance 
Internal impedance 
DC level of output signal (V-, = 0) 

Stabilized voltage 

Residual IF voltage without deemphasis 

AF gain (AF not controlled) 

Down control 

(/?4_ 5 = 5 kQ, R 5 -i = 13 kQ) 

Range of volume control 

(referred to pin 8) 

Resistance 

Input voltage for limiting 

(f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz) 

Hum suppression 

Signal-to-noise distance 

Noise voltage (according to DIN 45405) 

TBA 120 T only: 

Input impedance {f iF = 5.5 MHz) 

AM suppression 

(f lF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, V, = 500 u.V, 

f mod = 1 kHz,m = 30%) 

AF output voltage 

{f lF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz) 

TBA 120 U only: 

Input impedance (f, F = 5.5 MHz) 

AM suppression 

{f lf = 5.5 MHz,zlr" = ±50 kHz, V, = 500 jxV 

f mod = 1 kHz,™ = 30%) 

AF output voltage 

(f IF = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, V, = 10 mV 

f mod = 1 kHz,Q B ~45,Ar = 4%) 

Harmonic distortion 

(/i F = 5.5 MHz, Af= ±50 kHz, V-, = 10 mV, 

f^t = 1 kHz, Q B * 20) 



Gv 

Vqpp 

^q8 

fiq12 

"13-14 

^13 

/? 14 

^8 
1/12 

v 4 
v a 

v e /v 3 

Vaf/b 

* AFmax 
''AFmin 
/?4-5 ) 

v inm 

v a /v u 
v, 2 /v u 

a SIN 



z, 

3 am 



l/ 8e ff 

V-IO off 



Z, 

^12eff 



9.5 



4.2 

24 
70 

1 

80 
50 



650 
400 



15/6 
50 



850 
600 



typ 



13.5 

68 

250 

1.1 

1.1 

2 

12 

4 

4.9 

4.8 

20 

30 

7.5 

30 

85 



30 

35 
30 
85 
50 



17.5 



800/5 
60 



900 
650 



40/4.5 
60 



1200 
1000 



5.3 



34 



10 
60 



150 



mA 

dB 

mV 

kQ 

kQ 

kQ 

kQ 

Q 

V 

V 

V 

mV 

mV 

dB 

dB 

kQ 

jiV 

dB 
dB 
dB 



Q/pF 
dB 



mV 
mV 



kQ/pF 
dB 



mV 
mV 



If DC volume control is not used, pin 4 has to be connected directly to pin 5. 



39 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



Block circuit diagram 



14o- 



2o- 

13o- 



11 
9% 



"only TBA 1Z0T 
2, only TBA 120U 




i 6 6 l/ ref = 4.8V 

9 5 4 e 



40 



TBA 120 T 
TBA120U 



Recommended application circuit (5.5 MHz) 



■V n AF AF AF 



SFE 5,5 MA 56 P F 

<HOHr H 

1^1 



TBA 120 T 11 

Or 
TBA 120U 




CDA5.5MC 



: 330pF 



TBA120T 



Lt : 20 turns 15 x 0.05 CuLS; Q ~73 

L 2 : 9 turns 0.25 CuLS; Q o ==40 

Coil Assembly Vogt D41 - 2165 (2438) without gaussion core 

M 820 Ohm is no longer necessary for TBA 120T, as resistance is integrated. 

2 ) Omitting the electrolytic capacitor 47 |i,F on pin changes volume-control range. 



41 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



Z voltage versus supply voltage 



AF output voltage v. supply voltage 






3.U 














48 


























4.6 


























4.4 
























4.2 


























4D 















10 12 14 16 18 V 

































Hi 
























"%~ 


































recommended range _^ 
of operating voltage 



























0dB = 77DmV e . 



10 12 14 16 18 V 



Total current consumption 
versus supply voltage 



mA 
18 



* 16 






6 8 10 12 14 16 18V 
"^11 



42 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



AF output voltage and disturbance voltage versus input voltage 

(Input wired with SFE 5.5 MA/Murata) 



TBA 120 U 



V AFB 









Jf- + 50 kHz k-]b°/l AF- output voltage with deemphosis 

^H 4-t 1— ■ — i-: — t-i 1 1 , 




-9 


y 


' -70 -6 


-50 -40 -3 


-20 -1 





\ dB — -V\ 










AM-sl 












ett u 












































I 




































































\~- 








m=80% J 




























/ 


stub 




















































^ 




30(JV 




m=0 






' -1I/W7 












mod 































10 
-20 
-30 
-40 
-50 
-60 
-70 
-80 
-90 
-100 
OdBs 770mVeff 



AF output voltage and disturbance voltage versus input voltage 

(Input 60 Q impedance, broadband) 



TBA 120 U 

Vkz i 2//= - ±50kHz;/r=3%7with deemphosis 




43 



♦10 

^AFB 
disturb 

A - 10 
-20 

-30 

-40 

-50 



-90 

-100 









^=±50 kHz, A- =3% 


AF- output voltage 


1 




90 * 




l 4 






_ 


V\ 


f 1 








?nnm 


V 
















jpp 


ress 


on 
























AM 


-s 






























































































^'disturb 




m = 


BU% 














^ 














m=30% 






f 


H=1k 


\7 




\ 






















with CDA 5.5 


AZ 


\ 










30uV 

ill 


m = 


















1 s 

k 















770mV eff 



5 

4 
3 
2 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



AF output voltage (pin 8), disturbance voltage and harmonic distortion versus input voltage 

dB TBA 120 T % 



Harmonic distortion versus volume control 



% 

10 

p 










































i — ' 




















8 
































7 
6 
5 




































1 


i^-noise 


1 omf 
























(inct.mec 


sunn 


litier 








































4 
3 
2 




































i 1 


)dB = y uc 


„ = 900mV ocros 


5 IF(pin14) 














\\ 


/ 


]/ 


! 


/ 


~\ 


/0dB2 V K 


FB = 1-15V 










\ 


s^/_ 




— — 


/ 


\ 






(pin 3) 


1 

n 














— • 


-r 















-70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -1 



10 20 30 40 

► ^ 



44 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



AF output voltage (pin 8) versus potentiometer resistance and versus ratio of resistance 

dB 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 28 3 32 - 



-10 



"AF8 



20 
-30 
-40 
- 50 



-110 



^5/1 





















































































5 


























5kft 


JlOkJ 




























r 




































i acros 


%\y 


















-\ 








\^ 




v-v 


(AF)' 


















**• 


r* ' 





















































































0-5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 kft 
with electrolytic capacitor 47 jjF from pin 11 to ground +- R t 



AF output voltage (pin 8) versus voltage feeding into pin 5 

V, RF = 60 mV e „, f lr = 5.5 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, f mot = 1 kHz, V cc = 18 V 




45 



TBA 120 T 
TBA 120 U 



Circuit for direct connection to video recorders 



Video recorder 

♦12V/free 
("4)y v(1) 



NF 



47kft BA 127 
13o- C=Z) Kh 




1kft 



330ft 
47nF 



AF amplifier 



Socket (1): Switching voltage: at playback: + 12V 

at recording: free 
Socket (4): Simultaneous in and output for AF 

Function: 

When switching voltage applied the emitter follower, BC 238, on the output is blocked and the 
buffer stage, BC 308, is switched on. It includes a pre-emphasis to balance the de-emphasis at 
the AF-output. The IF-amplifier is put out of operation by the diode, BA 1 27, and the 47 k Ohm 
resistor. The remote controllable volume regulator in the TBA 120 T/U is used for recording 
and playback. 



46 



Gain-controlled Broadband Amplifier 



TBA400 
TBA400D 



Gain-controlled 3-stage monolithic integrated broadband amplifier with symmetrical input 
and output, especially suited for application as video IF amplifier in TV sets. 

• 75 dB gain, 60 dB control range 

• Very good linearity of gain over the entire control range 

• Distortion-free processing of input signals up to 240 mV eff 

• Noise figure at 30 dB down-control typically 8 dB 



Type 



TBA 400 
TBA 400D 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A228 
Q67000-A623 



Package outlines 

TBA 400 



TBA 400D 



0.45x0.25 



00.45 



5\ 


-9.5*°' B - 




_A 








- 


-J- 

GD 


_„ ,5 -0.5^ 




«-03 


t 

4 — 



Package 5 J 10 DIN 41873 
(similar to TO 100) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 




Dimensions in mm 




_n_n_E3_E3_n_f3_Q_ 



U LJ kJ U U LJ U 



-19.2. 



0,3 

Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



h7,6=0,2-h 



1*6.4.^-1 
— 7.6*°- 6 -> 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Control current 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Frequency 



1/cc 
' amb 
f 



14 

1 

150 

-40 to +125 

100 



V 

mA 

°C 

°C 

K/W 



7 to 14 


V 


-15 to +80 


°C 


to 200 


MHz 



47 



TBA400 
TBA400D 



Electrical characteristics (l/ cc = 12 V, T amb = 25 °C) 



Total current consumption 

Output current 

Difference in output currents 



Control voltage 

Control current (G Vmin/ V 6 = 4 V) 
Input impedance (f=36 MHz) 

Output voltage 

(f=36 MHz, I/; = 1 20 mV, 

f mod = 1 kHz, m = 80%, k= 5%) 

Input voltage 

(f=36 MHz, l/ 6 >4V, f mod =1 kHz, 

m=80%,* = 5%) 

Voltage gain 
(f=36 MHz, Q B =9) 

Voltage gain 

Control range 
(f = 33 to 40 MHz) 



* cc 



V e =0 


I r-1* 


l/ e = 4V 


1 7-1 a 


Gvma> 


V 6 


WVmin 


V 6 




U 


"Vmax 


Z, 


Gvmin 


Z, 


V 6 <1V 


»qeff 


V 6 =4V 


'qeff 




1/imax eff 



l/getf 
l/ieff 



l/ieff 
Gvmax 



2.7 



4.0 



1.1 



typ 



55 



25 
4.5 

.4 
.5 



.33/17 
1.5/0 
2.0 
2.9 

240 



75 
73 
60 



32 
6.3 

.9 
1.6 

1 

33 



mA 
mA 

mA 

mA 

V 

V 

^A 

kQ/pF 

kQ/pF 

V 

V 

mV 



dB 
dB 
dB 



Test circuit 




U =3turns0.25CuLS 
L2 =5turns0.25CuLS 



48 



TBA400 
TBA400D 



Circuit diagram 




pin-numbers in brackets refer to TBA400 
Application circuit for 39.2 MHz 



10pF 1pF 






Li =1 turn 
1-2 = 9.5 turns 
l-3= 12.5 turns 
1-4=4.5 turns 




49 



TBA400 
TBA400D 



Power gain versus input frequency 

l/ cc =12V, !/„= 16 mV const 



z7G P 



100 
90 



















































k 


s. 
















^ 


























<i 










60 


J\ ft° 


60 


TBA/ 

] 
60 


,00 

4" 


Jo 



50 100 150 200 MHz 



Total current consumption and output 
currents v. control voltage 

V eD = 12V 



25 





















'CC 










/ 7 ./ 


3 





































h.U 



7- J 8 



2.5 



1 2 3 4 5V 
*" K:ontr 



Noise figure versus attenuation 

l/ co = 1 2 V, / : =36MHz 



Voltage control versus attenuation 

1/ CC =12V, / r =36MHz 




'contr 



10 20 30 40 50 ( 

attenuation — »- 



10 20 30 40 50 60dB 

attenuation — »► 



50 



Video IF IC for Black/White and Colour TV Sets 



TBA440 P 
TBA440N 



This circuit comprises a high-gain controlled video IF amplifier, a controlled demodulator 

and two low-resistance video outputs with positive and negative going signal as well as the 

complete key control and delayed tuner control. 

P and N are differentiated only in the polarity of the control voltage for the tuner prestage: 

TBA 440 P is suitable for tuner prestages with PNP transistors and TBA 440 N for NPN prestages. 

P and N types are able to control the PIN diode attenuators common today without additional 

transistors. 

• Complete video IF in one integrated circuit 

• Wide range of control with low noise and high levels of control 

• High sensitivity 

• Controlled demodulator - therefore minimum 1.07 MHz interference 

• Low-resistance video outputs of positive and negative video signals 

• Internal temperature stabilization 

• White levels of video signals at outputs 11 and 12 are independent of battery voltage 

• White and black levels are adjustable separately 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TBA 440 P 
TBA 440 N 



Q67000-A91 1 
Q67000-A910 



Package outlines TBA 440 P/N 



0.45x0.25 




m 

1.5max J 



o 



1.1*0.1 f 



M6-0> 



I--76*"- 6 - 



nFinFinnnn 



a — U UJ — E3-E3 - E3— E3~ 



Plastic plug-in package 

20 A 16 DIN 41866 

DIL16 

Weight approx. 1.2 g 

Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Voltage at pin 5 
Voltage at pin 4 
Voltage at pin 14 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 
Ohmic resistance between pins 8 and 9 
Storage temperature 

Operation range 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



"13 


15 1 ) 


V 


V 5 


20 


V 


v. 


5 


V 


v» 


5 


V 


T, 


150 


°C 


"thsa 


100 


K/W 


^8-9 


20 


ohms 


f S 


-40 to +125 


°C 


Vl3 


10.5 to 15 


V 


' amb 


-25 to +60 


°C 



briefly 16,5V 



51 



TBA440 P 
TBA440N 



Electrical characteristics 

(7" amb = 25 °C; 1/ 13 = 13 V; all data with reference to ground unless otherwise stated) 



Current consumption (l/ 13 = 15 V) 



Dc output voltage 

(V; = 0) 

DC output voltage 

(V, = 0) 

White level deviation 



/? 14 = oo 

/?14=0 

/? 14 = oo 

/?14=0 



Resistance for AV U = 1 V 
AGC threshold l/ 10 = sync pulse level 
for/? 10 _n = 
Control slope 

Sync pulse level with async or 
without gating pulses 
Control current for tuner prestage 
(V 5 >2 V) 

(TBA 440 P: 10 dB following AGC 
TBA 440 N: 10 dB previous to AGC) 
IF control voltage for max gain 

min gain 
Gating pulse voltage 
Residual IF voltage (basic frequency) 
Output current to ground 
Output current to l/ 13 
Input impedance at 



Input voltage 1 ) for l/ n = 3 V pp 

Video bandwidth 

AGC range 

Intermodulation with reference 

color carrier (1.07 MHz) 



max gain 
min gain 





min 


typ 


max 




/13 


28 


40 


52 


mA 


I/11 


4.1 


5.1 


6.1 


V 


Vu 


6.6 


8.4 


10.2 


V 


1/12 


.5 


1.1 


1.8 


V 


^12 


1.2 


2.4 


3.5 


V 


AV U /AV, 3 




.15 






AV, 2 /AV, 3 




.05 






^14-3 




1 




kQ 


»/io = Vu 




1.2 




V 


fr| 0-1 1/I/11 




4.5 




kQ/V 


"sync 




.2 




V 


h 


11 


18 


27 


mA 


v. 







.5 


V 


1/4 


2.5 




5 


V 


-v 7 


2 




3 


V 


1/11; 1/12 




50 




mV 


^11 '1 ^12 






5 


mA 


^11 / ^12 






-1 


mA 


^1 —16 




1.8/2 




kQ/pF 


^1-16 




1.9/0 




kQ/pF 


v, 


70 


100 


200 


IaV 


D 

"video 




7 




MHz 


AGs, 


52 


58 




dB 


a 2 ) 




55 




dB 



1 ) V m effective sync pulse level at 60 Ohms via transformer 3:5. 

2 ) measured with demodulator capacitance 22 pF at any position of the control. 

V u = 0.3 to 1.5 l/pp (yellow). IF carrier level d cc = -2 dB; sound carrier level -24 dB with reference to the video carrier. 



52 



TBA440 P 
TBA440N 



Block diagram 




1 TT 



potentiometer only if necessary; otherwise normal resistor 



V1, V2 IF AGC stages 

V3 IF amplifier stage 

M Mixer 

VV Video amplifier 

IW Impedance buffer 

B Limiter amplifier 

RV Control voltage amplifier 

SWV Threshold amplifier 

TK Temperature compensation 

TV Key amplifier 



53 



TBA440 P 
TBA440N 



Noise figure v. attenuation 
(measured at video frequency) 

-l/ fb = 3 V, V cc = 15 V, f = 36 MHz, 
Af= 3MHz,/? G = 500 Q 











































































































































































\ 


'11 = 3V 
k =15V 
















\> 
















f =36MHz 
Af =3MHz 


























R^ =500f2 



































































10 20 30 40 

— *- attenuation a 



Control voltage v. attenuation 

-V 1b = 3 V, V co = 15 V, f = 36 MHz, 
/? G = 500 Q 



0.5 









































































































































































































' V ]} =3V 
V zt =15V 1 


































- / =36MHz - 
/?„ -5nnft 







































































































































































































10 20 30 40 50 BOdB 
*- attenuation a 



Tuner control current versus attenuation 

R G = Parameter 

TBA 440 P 





















^t 










f ( 
































/? 6 =4.Zk 


2.5 


kl 1. 


3k j 1.4 


kl 0.75k 




















, 


> 


J 






' ) 



k 
I 16 

I 14 
12 
10 



Tuner control current versus attenuation 

R G = Parameter 

TBA 440 N 



^ 












\" 


^ 


\- 


N 




\ 


\ 


\ 


\ 


\ 






\ 


\ 


\ 


1 










[ 1 








i 






i 






















1 


Rf-m 


5.5 


<1 4 


5kl 39 


kl 30 


<1 




V 


V 


V 


V 





-10 -20 



-30 -40 -50 -60 
*- attenuation a 



-10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 dB 
►attenuation a 



54 



TBA440 P 
TBA440N 



IF application with TBA 440 P or TBA 440 N 




55 



Stereo Decoder 



TBA450N 



0) 

E 

Q. 
O 


> 

"O 



Integrated stereo decoder according to matrix procedure. Automatic mono-stereo switching 
and manual stereo-mono switching (forced mono). Driver for indicating lamp up to 100 mA. 



Type 



TBA 450N 



Ordering code 



Q67000-A621 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




M6 ! ».M 



6A.Q2"*' 



a_E3_Q_C3_C3-_n__E3_El 



y u y — tJ y y y lj 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Auxiliary voltage 

Lamp voltage 

Current for stereo indication 

Storage temperature 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



1/cc 


18 


V 


" aux 


3 


V 


K 


18 


V 


/, 


100 


mA 


7". 


-40 to +125 


°C 


7-j 


150 


°C 


"thsa 


120 


K/W 




4.5 to 18 


V 


' amb 


to +70 


°C 



56 



TBA450N 



Electrical characteristics (7 amb = 25°C, V cc = 15V) 

Total current consumption (/, = 80 mA) 
Input resistance 
Output resistance per channel 
MPX input voltage 
Output voltage per channel 
Saturation voltage of lamp driver (1^ =80 mA) 
Harmonic distortion {f AF ='\ kHz; l/ qpp = 350 mV) 
Auxiliary voltage for switching from mono to stereo 

from stereo to mono 
Attenuation at 19 kHz 

at 38 kHz 

at 67 kHz (SCA signal) 
(without additional circuit) 
Cross-talk attenuation 



Balance 



f AF = 6.3 kHz 
f AF = 10 kHz 



*■ cc 

v ipp 

Vqpp 
^CEsat 

k 

v 5 

3pT 
a SCA 

a c t 
a c t 

a bal 



20 

>25 

4.5 

<2 

2 

<1.5 

<0.5 

>0.71 

<0.47 

>40 

>40 

>35 

>36 
>30 
<0.2 



mA 

kQ 

kQ 

V 

V 

V 

% 

V 

V 

dB 

dB 

dB 

dB 
dB 
dB 



Block diagram 




57 



TBA450N 



Recommended application 

ground 



38 kHz 



19 kHz 



38 kHz 



"tc 



MPX 




1 ) For an easier total tuning with improved cross-talk attenuation (regarding the entire frequency range) it is recommended 
to use a combination of a 9.1 kQ resistor and a 2.5 kQ potentiometer (P 3 ) in series instead of the fixed resistor /? 4 . 

2 ) In case of reduced requirements, the 19 kHz trap consisting of L, and Cj may be omitted and potentiometer P 2 be 
replaced by a fixed resistor of 220 Q. 

3 ) The value of damping resistor Ft; depends on the DC resistance of coil 1^. For an overall Q = 30 of the tank circuit 
Rs will be approximately 3 kQ. 

58 



AM/FM IF and AF Amplifier 



TBA460 
TBA460Q 



Combined AM/FM IF amplifier with AF pre-amplifier. A high level of integration as well as 
excellent characteristics of both amplifiers permit a universal application in battery and AC- 
operated receivers. 

IF unit • good control characteristics for AM operation 

• good limiting characteristics for FM operation 

AF unit • good frequency characteristics 30 Hz ... 70 kHz 

• high driver current 130 mA, P max (with AD 161; AD 162) = 10 W 

• small harmonic distortion: up to 8W, k <1% 

Type Ordering codes 



TBA 460 
TBA 460Q 



Q67000-A284 
Q67000-A579 



Package outlines 

TBA 460 



0.45x0.25 



TBA 460 Q 




h 1 — 76-0.2- 



wi 



0.45x0.25 



(*6.4. 02 --l 
k-76* - 6 -' 



£3_s_n_n_n_n_n_Q 



u y u — u y u y u 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 




fl rn 


H 


n 


A 


n 


A 


n 


Z3 


u u 

1 


i_i 


y 

20. 


i_i 


y 


lj 


b 
8 






3.2 









Dimensions in mm 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 (similar) 
16 pins, quad-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage IF unit 
AF unit 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 



Range of operation 

Supply voltage IF unit 
AF unit 
Ambient temperature in operation 



^colF 


12 


V 


VccAF 


18 


V 


T. 


-40 to +125 


°C 


T, 


150 


°C 


'■thsa 


120 


K/W 


^ccIF 


5 to 12 


V 


»ccAF 


5 to 18 


V 


' amb 


to +70 


°C 



59 



Electrical characteristics (V cc = 9 V, 7" amb = 25 °C) 



TBA460 
TBA460Q 



Total current (without signal) 
Partial current (without signal) 



/11 



IF unit, AM operation (f IF = 460 kHz, f AF = 1 kHz, m 

Stabilized voltage 
Voltage gain 

Range of control (d\/ AF <10 dB) 
Voltage for starting control 1 ) 
Feedback voltage {V, = 15 fxV) 
AF output voltage {V, = 15 jxV) 
Input voltage starting overdrive (k = 10%) 
Input voltage starting pre-stage control 
Voltage for prestage control V, < 200 jiV 

I/, > 3 mV 



Vie 

AG V 

AG V 

Vi 

-l/, b 

I/af 

I/OD 
V; 
1/15 
1/15 



8 

80%) 
2.8 



2.8 



typ 



29 

11 



90 

60 

15 

200 

120 

25 

.9 



IF unit, FM operation (f IF 

Voltage gain 

Input voltage for limiting 2 ) 

AF output voltage at limiting 

AM suppression 

(FM: Af= ±75 kHz; AM: m = 50%) at limiting 

AF unit 

Current consumption 

Diode voltage 

Quiescent voltage gain 

Output voltage (G v = 45 dB; k = 10%) 

Harmonic distortion 

(V qeff = 2 V; G v = 45 dB; /? G = 1 kQ) 

Signal-to-noise ratio (V q = 1 V) 

Voltage/frequency characteristic (±3 dB) 

Maximum permissible collector current T13 

Noise voltage 

(referred to the input, R G = 1 kQ) 



10.7 MHz; f AF = 1 kHz; Af = ±75 kHz) 



AG V 

»AF eff 

V FM /V* 



hi6 

»/7/6 

Gvo 

»qeff 

k 

3s/N 

'q1000 
^max 



60 



86 
500 
350 
50 



22.5 

.7 

72 

3.2 

.3 



14 



2.95 



.5 



30 Hz to 70 kHz 



130 
2.5 



mA 
mA 



V 

dB 

dB 

HV 

mV 

mV 

mV 

V 

V 

V 



dB 
HV 
mV 
dB 



mA 
V 
dB 
V 

% 

dB 



mA 
^V 



*) Start of control is defined as that input voltage for which 



~aVZ 



dB. 



2 ) Start of limiting is defined as that input voltage for which the AF output voltage is down 3 dB. Reference potential is 
V: = 100 mV. 



60 



TBA460 
TBA460Q 



Circuit diagram 



15 14 

o 



R3 R1 



16 



R9 



VD1 
VD2 
37D3 

VD4 



13 10 11 

P 9 







R2 







R7 



> 




o— * »— * 



T2 




R12 D5 




T10 



R10 



— 1 T7 T8 }— , 



o 



R4 







R6 



D-D 



R5 



T9 



D 



R11 



T11 



D 



R13 RK 



R15 

-CD- 



■O^n 



| -4f Ti? 




<f 







R16 



6 6 6 

12 5 9 



If the AF unit is operated separately, pin 5 should be connected to pin 1. 



61 



TBA460 
TBA460Q 



czn — r 



Test circuit 



62 




TBA460 
TBA460Q 




63 



RGB Matrix Preamplifier 



TBA530 



TheTBA 530 is an integrated circuit for colour TV receivers incorporating a matrix preamplifier 
for RGB cathode or grid drive of the picture tube without clamping circuits. The chip lay-out 
has been designed to ensure tight thermal coupling between all the transistors in each channel 
to minimize and equalize thermal drifts between channels. Also, each channel follows an 
identical lay-out to ensure equal frequenc behaviour of the three channels. 

This integrated circuit has been designed to be driven from the TBA 520 synchronous 
demodulator integrated circuit. 



Type 



Ordering code 



TBA 530 



Q67000-A360F1 



Package outlines 



053x0.32 




16 


9 

n n F* PI F=l F1 n 


r- 


1 


U kj u U L=J U tJ 

8 

21.85 max ► 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Currents 

Total power dissipation 
Ambient temperature in operation 
Storage temperature 



v 8 


13.2 




V 


-< 1 = I-\ 1 = •» 1 4 


10 




mA 


^10 = M3 = M6 


50 




mA 1 ) 




400 




mW 1 




-20 to + 


60 


°C 


T. 


-20 to +125 


°C 



At increased voltages due to external failures (e.g. collectorbasis breakdown in the output transistors) a maximum 
current of 50 mA is permittet between pins 16 and 8, 13 and 8, 10 and 8. The max.mum allowable d.ss.pat.on in this 
case is 500 mW. 



64 



TBA530 



Electrical characteristics (l/ 8 = 12V, T amb - 
black level: l/ R _ 

Input DC voltage 



Input signal voltage 



Gain of color channels 1 ) 
(f= .5 MHz) 



Ratio of gain of luminance amplifier 
to colour amplifier 
DC output voltage 



Input impedance of colour difference 
amplifiers at f= 1 MHz 
Input impedance of luminance amplifier 
at/^1 MHz 

Bandwidth of all channels (3 dB) 

Total current consumption 



25°C, 

■= Vr,_. 



I/ b _y=7.5V, 1/ Y =1.5 V) 



Vr-y 


= v 2 


7.5 


V 


Vg-y 


= v 3 


7.5 


V 


Vb-y 


= i/ 4 


7.5 


V 


^Y 


= v 5 


1.5 


V 


I/r-y 


= v 2 


1.4 


v PP 


Vg-y 


= v 3 


.82 


v pp 


Vb-y 


= 1/4 


1.78 


pp 


Vy 


= V B 


1 


Vpp 


G 2 




100 




63 




100 




G, 




100 




''RGB- 


y/I/y 


1 




Vr 




165 


V 


^G 




165 


V 


^B 




165 


V 


^iRGB 


-Y 


60/3 


kQ/pF 


z iy 




20/10 


kQ/pF 


B 




6 


MHz 


* cc 




30 


mA 



') G is defined as the voltage ratio between the input signals at the pins 2, 3, 4 and the output signals at the collectors 
of the output transistors. 



65 



Circuit diagram 



TBA530 




66 



TBA530 



Application circuit 



jn — 



\—i' 



20 jjH 



i-G 



t6- A, 5 



!* % 



V- fr" nr— f 



TBA 530 



hmh 



2.7kft| hkft 



2.7kft 



(R-Y) -(G-Y) -(B-Y) Y 



<H K 



1 0.1(JF 

4.7nF s±5 ^ 

>L -L -L 



h235V 



12V 



km 



3.9kft 



;25|jF 




67 



Video IF IC for 

Black/White and Colour TV Sets 



TBA 1440 G 
TBA 1441 



The types TBA 1440 G (for pnp tuner prestages) and TBA 1441 (for npn tuner prestages) have 
been developed from TBA 440 P/N. Their decisive improvements are 

• Reduced residual IF at outputs 11 and 12 

• Reduced residual IF at pin 13 
•Considerably improved intermodulation distance 

• Excellent tuning attitude even with low-ohmic tank circuit at demodulator 

The IC's contain a high - amplifying controllable video IF amplifier, a controlled demodulator 
and two low-resistance video outputs with positive- and negative-going signals as well 
as the complete keyed control and delayed tuner control. 

• Large control range with low noise and wide dynamic range 

• High sensitivity 

• Controlled demodulator, so minimum 1.07 MHz disturbances 

• Internal temperature stabilization 

• The white levels of the video signals at the positive and negative video output are in- 
dependent of the operating voltage. 

• The whites and black levels can be adjusted separately 



Package outlines TBA 1440 G, TBA 1441 

H— 76 -0.2- 



0.45x0.25 




1,5max J 



T 



u^oTt 



•6.4.02 
k76*°-M 



Type 



TBA 1440 G 
TBA 1441 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1022 
Q67000-A1224 



nnnnni"ii"ii"i 



a — q— E3 — lj lj u u LJ 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Voltages 



Ohmic resistance between pins 8 and 9 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 
Junction temperature 
Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

1 ) briefly 16.5 V 
68 



v, 3 


15 1 ) 


V 


v 4 


5 


V 


V 5 


20 


V 


l/ 14 


5 


V 


^8-9 


<20 


Q 


"thsa 


100 


K/W 


7-j 


150 


°C 


T s 


-40 to +125 


°C 


^13 


10.5 to 15 


V 


' amb 


-25 to +60 


°c 



TBA 1440 G 
7BA1441 



Electrical characteristic (l/ 13 = 13 V; f UF 
ground, unless otherwise stated) 



Current consumption (1/ 13 = 15 V) 
DC voltage at output 11 
(l/ 13 =15V; V-, = 0) /? 14 -3 = « 

*14-3 = 

DC voltage at output 12 
(1/ 13 = 15 V; I/; = 0) 

/? 14 _ 3 = 00 

^14-3 = 

White level deviation 

Resistance for A V-,-, = 1 V 
AGC threshold 1/ 10 = sync pulse level 
for/? 10 -n = 

Resistance for sync pulse level 
deviation of 1 V 
Sync pulse level with async 
or without gating pulses 
(peak level control) 
Control current for tuner prestage 
(V 5 >2 V) 

(TBA 1440 G: 10 dB after AGC 
TBA 1441 : 10 dB previous to AGC) 
IF control voltage for max gain 

for min gain 
Gating pulse voltage 
Residual IF (basic frequency) 
Output current to ground 

to+l/ 13 
Input impedance at max gain 

at min gain 
Input voltage 1 ) for l/ n = 3 V pp 
Video band width (-3 dB) 
AGC range 

Intermodulation with reference 
colour carrier 2 ) 
Output impedance 



38.9 MHz; T a 



25 °C; all data with reference to 





min 


typ 


max 




/l3 


34 


47 


60 


mA 


Vu 




5.5 




V 


Vu 




9.6 




V 


1/12 




1.9 




V 


1/12 




3.5 




V 


AV U /AV, 3 




100 




mV/V 


AV, 2 /AV, 3 




20 




mV/V 


"l 4-3 




8.5 




kQ 


V10 = Vii 




1.9 




V 


"10-11 




2.4 




kQ 


M1 sync 




.5 




V 


h 


10 


15 




mA 


v. 







.5 


V 


v 4 


2.5 




5 


V 


-v 7 


2 




5 


V 


1/11; v, 2 




10 




mV 


111', I-\2 






5 


mA 


h 1 ; ^12 






-1 


mA 


^1-16 




1.8/2 




kQ/pF 


^1-16 




1.9/0 




kQ/pF 


v, 


70 


100 


300 


|xV 


D 

° video 


6 


7 




MHz 


AGsj 




55 




dB 


a 




45 




dB 


Zq 8-9 




2/2.5 




kQ/pF 



J ) According to test circuit: V, = effective sync pulse level at 60 Q 
2 ) Test level a cc = -3 dB 

3 SC = -20 dB referring to picture carrier 



69 



TBA 1440 G 
TBA 1441 



.y^v 



Test circuit 




V1,V2, V3 amplifiers 

M mixer 

TV key amplifier 



SGI peak rectifier 

VV video amplifier 



TBA 1440 G 
TBA1441 



Noise figure v. attenuation 
(measured ad video frequency) 

-I/a, = 3 V, V ac = 15 V, f = 36 MHz, 
Af = 3 MHz,/? G = 500 Q 











































































































































































Vy\ =3V 

V zz =15V 






























f =36MHz 

Af =3MHz 


























/? G =500Q " 



































































10 20 30 40 50dB 

— *- attenuation a 



Control voltage v. attenuation 

-V, b = 3 V, V cc = 15 V, f = 36 MHz, 
/? G = 500 Q 



0.5 





































































































































































































" Kn =3V 
tc ;15V 


































■ / =36MHz 





































































































































































































10 20 30 40 50 6 
*- attenuation a 



Tuner control current versus attenuation 

R a = Parameter 

TBA 1440G 



y 5 

4 16 

14 
12 
10 





















^^f( 










/ 1 
































/? 6 =4.2k 


2.5 


k » 1 


)kj 1.4 


kl 0.75k 






















> 


J 






' 



I 16 

I 14 
12 
10 



Tuner control current versus attenuation 

R G = Parameter 

TBA 1441 















\ 


N^ 










\ 


\ 












\ 


























, 




I 


























/? 5 =8.0k 


55 


I 4 


5k\ 39 


kl 30 


<l 




I 


I 


V 


V 


\ \ 



-10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 
^-attenuation a 



-10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 dB 
►attenuation a 



71 



TBA 1440 G 
TBA 1441 



Application circuit 

suitable for connection of video 
recorders (75 Q) 




I — r ' r <-- \ __ ~| == 

lh^\* * ^|| I t — ,, 1 1 1% ^x_! ,£| 
L '-l-h 1 ' 5 



ZV- 



72 




AM Receiver Circuit 



TCA440 



TCA 440 is a monolithic IC, especially developed for AM receivers up to 50 MHz. It includes 
a RF prestage with AGC, a balanced mixer, separate oscillator and an IF amplifier with AGC. 
Because of its low current consumption and of its internal stabilization the TCA 440 is perfectly 
suited for battery operated portables, car and home radios either. 

• Balanced circuit 

• Separately controllable prestage 

• Multiplicative push-pull mixer with separate oscillator 

• High large capability even with 4.5 V supply voltage 

• 100 dB feedback control range in 5 stages 

• Direct connection for tuning meter 

• Minimum external components 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TCA 440 
TCA 440 
TCA 440 



Q67000-A669 
Q67000-A669 S2 
Q67000-A669 S3 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




M6=0.2-H 



16 9 



o — Ens — y y u y u 



t-6.4.02 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



» cc 

T. 
h 

"thsa 



15 

-30 to +125 

150 

120 



4.5 to 15 
-15 to +80 



V 
°C 
°C 
K/W 



V 
°C 



73 



TCA440 



Electrical characteristics (l/ cc = 9 V, T a 



25 °C, f mF = 600 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz) 



Total current consumption at V cc = 

V„ = 



RF level deviation for 
(m = 80%) 

AF output voltage for l/ iRF 
(symm. measured at 1-2) 
m = 80%: 



4.5 V 
9 V 
l/cc = 15 V 
AV AF = 6 dB 
AV* F = 10 dB 



30% : 



V mF = 20 (xV 
1/iRF - 1 mV 
Vi RF = 500 mV 
l/ jBF = 20 (xV 
l/ iRF = 1 mV 
l/. RF = 500 mV 



Input sensitivity 

(measured at 60 Q, f iRF = 1 MHz, m = 

i * j- * S + N 

at signal-to-noise distance 



N 
S + 


N 


N 
S + 


N 



= 30%/0%,/? Q 
- 6dB 

= 26 dB 

= 58 dB 



RF unit 

Input frequency range 

Output frequency f IF = f osc - f iHF 

Control range 

Input voltage (for 600 kHz, m = 80%) 
for overdrive (k AF = 10%), symmetrically 
measured at pins 1 and 2 (mean carrier value) 

IF suppression between 1-2 to 15 
RF input impedance 

a) unsymmetrical coupling at G RFmax 

GRFmin 

b) symmetrical coupling at G RFmax 

^RFmin 

Mixer output impedance 
(pins 15 or 16) 



AG RF 
AG RF 



* AFeff 
^AFeff 
'AFeff 
'AFeff 
'AFeff 
'AFeff 

540 Q) 
l/ iRF 

V.RF 

Vipp 



f iF 

AGs, 



iRFpp 



'iRFeff 
9iF 



7 

10.5 

12 

65 

80 



140 

260 

350 

50 

100 

130 



to 50 

460 

38 



2.6 

.5 

20 

2/5 

2.2/1.5 
4/5 
4.5/1.5 

250/4.5 



mA 

mA 

mA 

dB 

dB 



mV 
mV 
mV 
mV 
mV 
mV 



^V 
HV 
mV 



MHz 

kHz 

dB 



Vpp 

V 
dB 

kQ/pF 
kQ/pF 
kQ/pF 
kQ/pF 

kQ/pF 



74 



TCA440 



IF unit 

Input frequency range 

Control range at 460 kHz 

Input voltage (mean carrier value) at G min 

for overdrive (£ AF = 10%), measured at pin 12 

(60 Q to ground, f, F = 460 kHz, 

m = 80%, f mod = 1 kHz) 

AF output voltage for 1/ MF at 60 Q (pin 12) 

(f mod = 1 kHz) V, F = 30 nV, m = 80% 
l/ IF = 3 mV, m - 80% 
l/ IF = 3 mV, m = 30% 

IF input impedance (unsymm. coupling) 

IF output impedance (pin 7) 



AGs, 



»AFeff 


50 


» AFeff 


200 


''AFeff 


70 


z, 


3/3 


z a 


200/8 



Oto 2 
62 

200 



MHz 
dB 

mV 



mV 

mV 

mV 

kQ/pF 

KQ/pF 



Tuning meter 

Recommended instruments: 500 \iA (Ft, = 800 kQ) 
or 300 (xA (/?i = 1.5 kQ) 
The IC offers at pin 10 a tuning meter voltage of 600 mV EMP max. with a source impedance 
of approx. 400 Q. 

Selection 

TCA 440 is selected in 2 groups as concerns the output voltage V 7 : 

Parameter: V cc = 8 V, l/ ilF « 4.5 mV eff , m = 30%, f lF = 455 kHz, f AF = 1 kHz. 

TCA 440 I: V 7 = 40 to 80 mV eff 

TCA 440 II: V 7 = 55 to 100 mV eff 

The number of the group is stamped on the IC. 

Function 

As you see in the circuit diagram the TCA 440 comprises two control loops independent of 
each other which are working on the prestage and the IF stages. By the AGC of prestage an ex- 
cellent large signal handling is obtained. A voltage of 2.6 V pp on the IC input is handled nearly 
distortionless. The push-pull mixer is operating multiplicatavely. Thereby are resulting par- 
ticularly few harmonic mixing products and whistling points. The oscillator which is separated 
from the mixer is also apted excellently for short waves. From AGC of the RF amplifier a vol- 
tage is derived for a tuning meter which is connectable directly. The symmetric composition of 
the circuit allows a high stability against oscillating and, at the same time, an AGC range of 
more than 100 dB. The bridge circuit of the mixer suppresses very well the RF frequencies. 
Thereby the otherwise feared tendency of oscillating at low frequencies of the range of 
medium waves is disappearing. 



75 



TCA440 



Block diagram 




76 



TCA440 



Circuit diagram 




77 



TCA440 



Application example for MW 




78 



Prestage control 



TCA440 




40 dB 

► attenuation <46 v 



The input is not power matched and can be driven with a higher resistance. V, is chosen so 
that a constant V 15 is obtained (50 mV PB ). 



IF control 




60 dB 

JGy attenuation 



l/i F (469 kHz; m = 80%; f mod = 1 kHz) is chosen so that always a constant l/ AF is obtained 
(200 mVJ. 



79 



TCA440 



AF output voltage versus RF input voltage 



"AFeff 




10 J mV 



Application for MW 

AF output voltage versus output frequency 
Harmonic distortion versus modulation frequency 

f RF = 1 MHz, f, F = 456 kHz, V oc = 9 V, 
/77 = 30%,l/ RF =50mV eff 



Pass band figure versus 
input frequency, 
measured from input to output 
of the circuit 





10kHz 



1432 K40 1448 1456 1464 1472 kHz 
► f 



80 



TCA440 



Harmonic distortion versus detuning 
(parameter is modulation frequency) 

y c c = 9 V, f^ = 1.455 MHz ± Af, m = 30%, 
f, = 1 MHz, f, r = 455 kHz, V m? = 20 mV ef , 



A 12 
A 































































j/ivw 


■ 
















4kHz \ 






















— 2kHz 


















2kHz 




























1kHz 









-10 



6 6 10kHz 

detuning Af 



Harmonic distortion versus detuning 
(parameter is RF input voltage) 

V cc = 9 V, f osc = 1.455 MHz ± Af, m = 30%, 
f, = 1 MHz, f, F = 455 kHz, V mF = 20 mV e „ 



k 7 

A 



- 10 





rru80% 




i i 
fiqure2: V m = 2mV eff 
.figure 20: /jrf = 20mV e ff 








200 








figure 200: Krf =200 mV e f"f 






200 / 






















2 >> 
























2u\ 


















2 




















7^<L 











































-2 



10kHz 



detuning A/ 



81 



Test circuit for noise figure 



00 



TCA440 








c: 
o 


o 

00 
















2 a 

o To 


e 


E 


























"? § 




N 




J= 






s 
















° o 




11 




(/> 










3 

u 


<0 


u 




3 

u 




= 2- * 


o 


o 


O 




■- £ 




£ 




<S 


tf — 




"~ 




c 


c 









S 8 2 S £ S 



6 < 

O 



c=H 



<l ^ O O O <N (M <*> 



82 



TCA440 



AF output voltage and noise 
figure v. RF input voltage 

(switching position 1) 



Signal to noise distance v. 
RF input voltage 

(switching position 2) 



mV„, 



101 



10° 



-H 


H- 


























































































































—- 




= - 


















































































26dB 
























R G --5 


,0ft 






















































































































































— 














































































I 


II 




I I 


I 


I I 










I 


II 


I 


I III 



n"3 m" 2 in' 1 inO ml in2„ 



10° 10"' 10' 1 10 u 10 ' 10'mVeff 



dB 
80 

60 
50 
40 
30 
20 
10 








































































































































R 


G = 


540 ft 






























II 


, 


II 




II 


I 


I 


II 




III 


Mil 



10" 3 10" 2 10~ 1 10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 mV 
**V iRf at 60ft 



Signal to noise distance v. 
RF input voltage 

(parameter is generator impedance) 
(switching position 1) 



40 























































































j 










































4.8 








































240 ft 
i \> 










































\ 


\ 


]ft 


































y*f 


15 


1 


































































1 





■l/< PF crt 60ft 



W mVeff 



83 



TCA440 



Application example for MW 

Prestage control is derived from IF control 



320pF 



~r~100nF 



i ii 

2,2 K 

^ra'.r^ i 
t r^P K !° H ii 7pF 



♦ 4,5-15V 



o"AF 




Ll 


105 turns 


12x0p4CuLS 


L? 


7 " 


0,10 CuL 


L3 


80 « 


12x0,04CuLS 


L 4 


35 " 


ii 


L S 


15 » 


0,10CuL 


L fl 


20 « 


12xO,04CuLS 


Lq 


50 'l 


ii 


MO 


22 " 





Lii 


400 " 


004 CuL 



Li -L2 with Vogt coil set D 21- 2375.1 
L3-L,-! with Vogt coil set D41-2519 



84 



TCA440 



Test figures for application example for MW 
Harmonic distortion and AF output voltage 
versus RF input voltage 
measured symmetrically at pins 1 and 2 

f, = 1 MHz, f mod = 1 kHz, f IF = 455 kHz, V co = 9 V 



% mVeff 
400 



300 



200 



2- 









































J 










I 
















hr 


(IT 


-. 


B0%) 














/ , 




1 
















k 








! 


'.f 


(m 


--2 


0%) 














11 
















\ 


\ 




























kin 


~k 


)0 

ft 


%)jl 
iV30° 


1^ 




Mlllll 



lOmV 



85 



TCA440 



Application example for MW using varicap diodes BB 113 

-0*V rr U.5-15V) 



urata SF 4550 




M 105 turns 12x0,04CuLS 
L 2 7 " 0,10 CuL 



80 



12x0,04CuLS 



Li - L2 wit* 1 Vogt. coil set D 21 -23751 
L3 - Ln with Vogt coil set D41- 2519 



U 35 " " 

L 5 15 I' 0/IOCuL 

L 8 20 " 12x(yKCuLS 

L 9 50 » „ 

L 10 22 " u 

L n A00 « 



V D =85V- 
V D = 30V • 



fj = 800 kHz 
1 L s 1620kHz 



5 M 30 



25 



0,06 Cu* 

Conversion conductance versus oscillator voltage 







































































> 


. 






























































































S - 115 -. IlB' 
v P1-2 h-2 


t pi 


n 1 




























/, = 1MHz, m 
f =45^ kH7 


= 07 

z 






















'if ^ j 

\l - * l 

1/3 = 


V 
mV 















10 mV P | 



]mV„ 



86 



IVeff 

V osc at 5 ( 4 with capacitance to ground) 



TCA440 



Test figures for application example for MW using BB 1 13 

f, = 1 MHz, f maa = 1 kHz, f, F = 455 kHz, V cc = 9 V, 
V; Rr measured symmetrically at pins 1 and 2 



% mVjff 
15-, 300 



250 



200 



150 





























_ n 
















V H 






























(m=: 


0%) 














































I 






| ^ 


(m= 


30%) 


V f 


71 = 80%) 1 


")j. 




















II 






1 N 


^ 




*(m = 3C 


%) 















10° 



10 1 



10 3 mV 



i RF 



Tuning meter voltage versus IF control voltage 

(parameter is impedance of tuning meter) 



mV 

















/r,=15k$V 


500 














V 
















\ 














/?, -- 1 kft 
















' \ 






400 


































300 
















































/?-5 


00 ft 


200 






























Rr-2 


50 ft 


100 


































n 



















200 400 600 BOOmV 



Example for moving coil 
instruments 

R. for full-scale deflection 



1.5 kQ 


100 m-A 


1.5 kQ 


170 u.A 


2 kQ 


200 nA 


350 Q 


500 [iA 



87 



AF Amplifier with Thermal Shutdown 



TDA 1037 



Preliminary data 

AF amplifier for use in radio and TV sets. Its wide supply voltage range allows manifold 
use. The amplifier has class-B push-pull output and is furnished in single-in-line package. 
The integrated shutdown protects the IC from overheating. 



• Large supply voltage range: 4 V to 28 V 

• High output power up to 8 W 

• Large output current up to 2.5 A 

• Simple Mounting 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 1037 



Q67000-A1229 



Package outlines 




1 



0.4 - Q1 



l>l 



3.5 



Plastic package 
Single-ln-Line, 9 pins 
Cooling fin 
Weight approx. 1.9 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output peak current (not periodical 

Output current (periodical) 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistance (system-case) 

Storage temperature 



Range of operation 

Supply voltage 
Ambient temperature 



n operation 



"CO 


28 


V 


'q 


3.5 


A 


'q 


2.5 


A 


t) 


150 


°C 


"thsc 


12 


K/W 


T s 


-40 to +125 


°C 


v cc 


4 to 28 


V 


' amb 


-25 to +85 


°C 



88 



TDA 1037 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (with reference to test circuit; 7" amb = 25°C; f, = 1 kHz) 



Output DC voltage 

l/cc = 24 V 

V cc = 18 V 

l/ cc = 14 V 
Quiescent current consumption 

l/cc = 24 V 

V cc = 18 V 

l/ cc = 14 V 

Input DC current 
V cc = 24 V 
l/ cc = 18 V 
l/cc = 14 V 

Output power {k= 10%) 

l/ cc = 24V,/? L = 16Q 
l/ cc = 18V,/? L = 8Q 
l/cc = 14 V, R L = 4Q 

Input sensitivity (P q = 5 W) 
l/ cc = 24V,# L = 16Q 
l/ cc = 18V,/? L = 8Q 
l/ cc = 14V,/? L = 4Q 

Input impedance 

Frequency range (-3 dB) 

Total harmonic distortion 
(P q =.05...3 W; 1/ CC =14V;/? L = 4Q) 

Voltage gain 

with negative feedback 
without negative feedback 

Mains hum suppression 

(V cc = 14 V; fl L = 4Q; f hum = 100 Hz) 

Noise voltage ace. DIN 45405 

(with reference to input; R G = 100 kQ) 





min 


typ 


max 




l/ 2 
l/ 2 
l/ 2 


11 

8 

6.4 


12 

9 

7.2 


13 
10 
8 


V 
V 
V 


h+h 




15 
13 
12 


25 
22 
20 


mA 
mA 
mA 


Is 

h 




1 

.6 

.4 




H-A 
[iA 
(xA 


p« 
p« 




5.5 
5.0 
5.0 




W 
W 
W 


l/i 
l/i 
I/, 




150 
110 
80 




mV 
mV 
mV 


/?i 


1 


5 




MQ 


^ 


35 




20000 


Hz 


THD 




.3 




% 


G v 
G v 


33 


36 
70 


39 


dB 
dB 


"hum 




38 


10 


dB 
jxV 



89 



TDA 1037 



Circuit diagram 





A.n d 3 5? t ibj — i — m m t> — <■ 

Ltf °5 °6 °7 



4 



-o9 



Test and application circuit 







1 



TDA 1037 



Y 



1000p/30V 



100M 
30V 



1m 



3 4 



6 
470|j 



12V 



56 



30V 



Y 



-OK 



=s ^ Pi ioou o: 

2.7n 100 kM -L M -^ 

1111 H30V 



-^♦K rr 



90 



AM Receiver IC with Demodulator 



TDA1046 



Preliminary data 

TDA 1046 is a monolithic IC suitable for AM receivers up to 30 MHz in car radios as well as 
mains-operated radio sets. For the use in high-quality radio sets the TDA 1046 is preferred 
to the TCA 440. TDA 1046 contains a controlled RF pre and intermediate stage, a multi- 
plicative push-pull mixer with separate oscillator, controlled IF amplifier, full-wave de- 
modulator, active low pass, as well as an amplifier to directly feed a field-strength indicator 
instrument. By means of its amplitude-controlled oscillator, the TDA 1046 is particularly 
suited for applications with varicap diodes. The circuit is balanced. 

• Provision of internal AGC-voltage 

• High capability for large signals 

• Internal demodulator 

• Internal AF filtering 

• Direct feed of a logarithmical field strength indicator (range 90 dB) 

• High AF output voltage with low distortion factor 

• Minimisation of external components 

• Provisions for additional RF-circuit 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 1046 



Q67000-A1092 



Package dimensions 



0.45x0.25 




1.5max f 



(V76to.2- 



1.1*0.1 f 



16 
n 


n 


n F=r i-i 


n 


n 


9 
n 


=3 


1 


UJ 


LJ u tJ 


u 


uj 


8 


zu -0.2 









•6.4.02* 
k76* - 6 - 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Operating voltage 
Thermal resistance 
Junction temperature 
Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Operating voltage 
Oscillator frequency 
Input frequency RF part 
IF part 
Ambient temperature in operation 



V 7 



V 7 

'osc 
'iRF 
/5.F 



18 


V 


120 


K/W 


150 


°C 


-40 to +125 


°C 


8 to 18 


V 


.5 to 31 


MHz 


to 30 


MHz 


.2 to 1 


MHz 


-15 to +85 


°C 



91 



TDA1046 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (V 7 = 10 V, T amb = 25 °C, f mod = 1 kHz, f iRF = 1000 kHz) 
according to application circuit 



Current consumption 

AF output voltage and distortion factor 
m = 80%; y iRF = 2.5 mV eff 

m = 80%; i/ iRF = 25 mV eff 

m = 30%; l/ iRF = 2.5mV eff 

m = 30%; »/ iRF = 45mV eff 

Total range of AGC 

(variation of AF voltage^ V 6 < 6 dB) 

Input voltage for AGC triggering 
with tuned LC circuit 
with wide-band circuit 

Input sensitivity 

(measured at 60 Q; m = 30% /0%) 

♦ ■ i ♦ ♦■ S + N 

at signal-to-noise ratio 



N 
S + N 


N 
S+ N 



N 



Instrument current 
(l/ ee =15V;atG mln ;l/ 11 <V 7 -3V) 

AF output impedance 



= 6dB 
= 26 dB 
= 53 dB 



TWA, 

1/af 

THD„ 

V* F 

THD t) 

V* F 

THD„ 



AG 



Vlyp 



»l 9-10 
'I 9-10 



V.rf 

l/iRF 
V iR F 
/ll 



18 

800 

.8 

800 

1.5 

280 

.6 

300 

.9 

85 



19 
28 



2.5 
14 
1 
1.5 

3 



mA 

mV eff 

% 

mV eff 

% 

mV eff 

% 

mV eff 

% 

dB 



^V 
^V 



M-V 

mV 

mA 

kfi 



92 



TDA 1046 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics RF stage 

(V 7 = 10 V, 7" amb = 25 °C, f mF = 1000 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz, m = 95%, f IF = 450 kHz) 

according to test circuit 1 

Oscillator voltage (f osc = 1.45 MHz) 

AGC range of RF prestage 

Voltage gain 

Voltage gain of RF stage 

Input impedance 

Input voltage for prestage AGC-triggering 
Input voltage for overload (THD mod = 10%) 
Reference voltage (/ 16 < 1 mA) 





V, 6 


600 


mV ss 




AGs, 


40 


dB 




G v 


40 


dB 




G\i 13-9/10 


20 


dB 


Z\ 9-1 


= Z\ 1 0-1 


2/5 


kQ/pF 




Z\ 9-10 


4/5 


kQ/pF 




V\ 9-10 


1 


mV eff 




»i 9-10 


2 


*ss 




^ie' 


3.3 


V 



Electrical characteristics IF stage 

(V 7 = 10 V, r amb = 25 °C, f„ = 450 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz, a?7 = 95%) 

according to test circuit 2 

AGC range at 450 kHz AG 

Input voltage for overload (THD = 10 %) V 3 

AGC-triggerring-level at 450 kHz V 3 

Input impedance Z 3 

AF output voltage (l/ 3 = 10 mV^ u m = 50%) V AF 



45 


dB 


120 


mV eff 


.6 


mV eff 


3.3/3 


kQ/pF 


360 


mV eff 



93 



TDA1046 



Test circuit 1 - RF 



115 turns 



0....300pF 330pF 




Test circuit 2 - IF 



°*Kr 









_9 

JO 

5 






14 


22uF5 




22 uF 


1 




94 



TDA 1046 



Block diagram and application circuit 



to o > □ 
;p ^ f 1 ; T3 O a 







95 



TDA 1046 



Prestage control 

according to test circuit 1 

V cc = 10 V; 7" amb = 25 °C; f IRF = 1000 kHz; f mod = 1 kHz; 
m = 80%; V, F = V q = const. 

V 
5 



















































































































































































































































































i r" 





-90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 

»► V;w 



IF-stage control 

according to test circuit 2 

l/cc = 10 V; r amb = 25 °C; f llF = 450 kHz; f mod = 1 kHz; 
^af = V 6 = const. 











































































































) 






















J 








' 























































































-60 -50 -40 -30 -20 "10 OdBMV eff 

v.. , r 



96 



TDA 1046 



AF output voltage, total harmonic distortion, instrument voltage versus RF input voltage 

V cc = 15 V, Coupling with wide-band circuit 



mV ef . 
1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 



































JH 


HD(m=80% 

\ 

HD{m=30% 


) 






















r> 




hf 


(m=8 


3%) 
















1 
1 


































L 










































\ a 


1 2.2 k 












A y 










V L 


F (m= 


30%) 
















£ 












1 














)£_• 


~~^ 










/< 


1 

• 








< 


// 



























-120 -100 



-60 -40 -20 



0dB*1V eff 



THD V* 

4 A 



97 



FM IF Amplifier with 
Demodulator for Radio Receivers 



TDA1047 



Preliminary data 

TDA 1047 is a monolithic, symmetrical, 8-stage amplifier with symmetrical coincidence 
demulator designed for amplification, limiting and demodulation of frequency-modulated 
signals, especially suited for the FM-IF part of radio sets. The TDA 1047 offers provisions 
for the feeding of an amplitude indicator, either positive or negative going mono-stereo 
voltage, AFT output (push-pull-current output) with automatic switch-off, squelch adjustable 
for more than 40 dB range of input signal and depending on detuning. 

• Excellent limiting qualities 

• Excellent frequency stability of demodulator characteristic 

• Large range of operating voltage between 4 and 18 V 

• Low current consumption 

• Externally adjustable squelch 

• Few peripheric components 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 1047 



Q67000-A1091 



Package dimensions 



0.45x0,25 




18 

F=l 


n F= F-l F=l 


10 

E=l 1=1 F»l Fl 




1 


U U kJ U 


u u u y 
9 









U-iG®- 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 18 DIN 41866 
18 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.3 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Operating voltage 
Thermal resistance 
Junction temperature 
Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Operating voltage 

Frequency 

Ambient temperature in operation 



V12 

"thsa 



18 

120 

150 

-40 to +125 



V, 2 


4 to 18 


f 


Oto 15 


' amb 


-25 to +85 



V 

K/W 
°C 
°C 



V 

MHz 

°C 



98 



TDA1047 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (l/ oc = 12V; 7" amb = 25°C; f x 

according to application circuit 

Current consumption (/ 14 = 0) 

Voltage for field strength indicator (/? 14 = 3.3 kQ) 

l/i=160 mV eff 

Vi= 16^V eff 
Maximum current 
Voltage for squelch adjustment (approx. log.) 

V-,= 8mV eff 

^ = 16^, 
Maximum current 
AF output DC voltage 
AF output voltage (1/, = 10 mV) 
Internal DC voltage of output emitter follower 
Total harmonic distortion (V,= 10 mV) 
Input voltage for limiting 
Input resistance 

AF output resistance 1 ) (emitter follower output) 
Threshold of detuning-depending squelch 
(referring to f= 10.7 MHz) 
Switch off voltage for AFT 
Input resistance 
Voltage for AFT off 
IF output voltage for limiting 
Input resistance for demodulator circuit 
Recommended volt, for demod. circuit 2 ) 
Threshold for AF off 
AF on 
Internal resistance for AF switch off time constant 



= 10.7 MHz; f mod = 1 kHz; Af= ±75 kHz) 



y 14 

1/14 
/14 

v 7 

V 7 
h 
THD 

I/, 

Ai18 
Af 

AU 2 

R\2 

l/ 3 

1/8-11 

"9-10 

V9-10 

I/13 

1/13 



12 

2.5 
10 
3.6 



2.5 

3.6 

2.1 

300 

200 

.4 

30 

>10 

<1 

±100 

>20 

100 (>40) 

>.8 

500 

5.4 

500 

.85 

.6 

500 



mA 

V 

mV 

mA 

V 

V 

mA 

V 

mVe,, 

\iA 

% 

^V 

kQ 

kQ 

kHz 

mV op 

kQ 

V 

mVpp 

kQ 

mV 

V 

V 

Q 



) The output resistance /? q7 can be reduced by connecting of a resistor of at least 2.7 kQ between pin 7 and ground. 
) The recommended voltage at the demodulator circuit l/ 9 _ 10 can be adjusted by the capacitors C 8 _ 9 and C 10 _ 11( which 
are also influencing the voltages l/ 14 and \/ 15 . 



99 



TDA1047 



If the slider of potentiometer P is grounded, the field-strength-dependent squelch is 

switched off. , ^ , . 

If pin 13 is grounded, both the field-strength- and the detunmg-dependent squelch are 

switched off. , .... . c . 

The noise level between the transmitters becomes more or less audible, when pin b is 
loaded with a resistance to +12 V in case of "squelch on". Noise attenuation increases with 
the size of the resistance (/? >10 kQ). 

Pin connections 

Pin 1 Ground 

2 Sensor input for AFT switch off 

3 AFT switch off time constant 

4 Low-pass capacitor for detuning-dependent AF switch off 

5 AFT output (push-pull output) 

6 Low-pass capacitor for suppression of switch off clicks in case of detuning and 
insufficient field strength 

7 AF output (emitter follower with constant-current source) 

8 Output of limiter amplifier 

.q J Phase shifting circuit 

1 1 Output of limiter amplifier 

12 Positive operating voltage 

13 Input for amplitude-dependent switch off 

14 Instrument connection and stereo switching voltage (positive going) 

15 Squelch and stereo switching voltage (negative going) 

^ J Feedbacks for IF amplifier 
18 IF input 



100 



TDA 1047 



Block diagram and application circuit 




101 



AF output voltage, total current consumption vs operating voltage 

V MF = 60 mV eff wide band, pin 13 to ground, l/ 9 - 10 = 500 mV pp 



TDA1047 



AF eff 



0,775V=0dB 



-10 



-20 



-30 

















































^AF 

























/ 


















/ 
























^tot 















































mA 
« Art 



30 



AF output-, indicator-, squelch-voltage vs input voltage 

l/ 12 = 15 V, f= 10.7 MHz,Af= ±75 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz, 

1/ 9 _ 10 = 500 mV pp , wide band measured by 100 nF, THD = .4% 


























































V 
























■ l AF 




























































































































X 


W= 3 - 3k "> 








































^ 



































OdB^O.775 V eff 



-10 



-20 



■40 



-120 



-100 



-40 



50 
0dB*600mV eff 



102 



AF output voltage, noise voltage versus input voltage 

f = 10.7 MHz, Af= ±75 kHz, 1/ 12 = 15 V 



TDA 1047 



'AF-'n 
A 



0.775 V eff *0dB 
-20 
-40 
-60 

















II 






mil 


" 




llll 






I 










X 


































F 
























26dE 
















































/ 


\M su 


ppressi 


on 




















^-m 


=30 


/. 












































































































^n 












tt 






J 


m-O^V 












I 





































































10~ 3 10~ 2 10" 1 10° 



10 2 10 3 mV e(f 



103 



Controlled AM Amplifier with 
Demodulator and AF Volume Control 



TDA 1048 



Preliminary data 

The monolithic integrated circuit TDA 1048 contains a gain-controlled push-pull amplifier, 
a demodulator, and a DC volume control. The AF outputs are referred to ground and 
stabilized against hum of the supply voltage. 

The IC TDA 1048 is particularly suited for the use in the sound section of TV sets of French 
Standard (amplitude modulation). 

• High input sensitivity 

• Distortion-low control 

• Distortion-low demodulation 

• Volume control by D. C. voltage 

• Internally stabilized supply voltage 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 1048 



Q67000-A1090 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




-7.6*o.2-h 



16 

n n 




9 




ZD 




1 


u u y u 


8 


zu. 02 





■"6.4.Q2— 4 

-7.6*°M 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output current 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



v cc 


16.5 


V 


Iu 


5 


mA 


"thsa 


120 


K/W 


T, 


150 


°C 


T s 


-40 to +125 


°C 


" CC 


10 to 15 


V 


' amb 


to +60 


°C 



104 



TDA1048 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (V cc = 12 V; f t = 40 MHz, T amb = 25°C) 

Total current consumption 
Output DC currents of amplifier 
Input voltage for starting of control 
(measured via input transmitter 3:5) 
AF output voltage (m = 80%) 
Range of volume control 
Output resistance 

Load resistance 

Stabilized voltage 



/l2 = /7+/8+/l1 


37 


mA 


h = h 


4 


mA 


1/i 


200 


jxV 


I/af 


<1 


v Pff 


" AFmax' " AFmin 


>70 


dB 


^q3 


150 


Q 


°q10 


100 


Q 


^?L3 


>5 


kQ 


^L10 


>5 


kQ 


^11 


4.8 


V 



Block diagram and Test circuit 



volume control 




AF controlled 



"AF "iAF 

not controlled 



105 



TDA 1048 



Application circuit for 39.2 MHz 



02V 




volume Uf nl , 7 ,,n— 
control AJ m L1 ^l 

33 pF 33pF gturns 33pF- 390pF 



8.2k 4.7 k 



wire loop— c ; 

1 h 



9:1 



1.5:9 



47nF 



T47nF 

1_3 

47nF 

1 T 



47nF 



,j^l^ 



TDA 1048 



VOGT coil set D41-2165 (2438) 

without gaussion core 
wire: 0.25 CuLS 



22pF 

..T 



HH 

1UF 



6 r O 

K]AF "iAF 

not controlled 



«pFj L 



7 [8turns 



T 

!47pF 



47nF 



!47pF 



l^ F controlled 



AF output voltage versus potentiometer resistance 



v ° 



































































































47uF 


=r 3 4,7k 










F^r 


-1 


1 9 


8 ' 2k " 
<tTPot 






\ 








\ 












^ 


f 















1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 kQ. 



106 



Stereo Decoder 

according to Phase-Locked-Loop Method 



TDA 1055 



Preliminary data 

The TDA 1055 is a PLL stereo decoder. It is used in time multiplex (switch) operation or 
frequency multiplex (matrix) operation. The IC has an automatic pilot-dependent mono/ 
stereo switch and a connection for the stereo-indicating lamp. The lamp current is internally 
limited to max. 40 mA. The adjustment of the stereo base width from stereo to mono is 
continuously carried out by means of the auxiliary voltage l/ aux . l/ aux can be derived from 
voltage l/ 14 of TDA 1047. By means of the variable base width, this stereo decoder is best 
suited for car radios. The switch Mo/St serves for switching on forced mono. With the 
switch St-Such stereo transmitters can be selected. Mono transmitters remain mute, when 
the switches Mo/St and St-Such are opened. By means of the input OP, slight frequency 
corrections can be done according to the following formula so that height reductions are 
balanced. Thus, cross-talking can be improved. 



V, 



V, 



r-~1 + C/? i: 



• Deemphasis either before (matrix) or after (switch) demodulation of (L-R) signal 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Continuously adjustable stereo base width 

• Automatic pilot-dependent stereo switch 

• Mute switch of mono transmitters (Stereo-Such) 

• Frequency correction of MPX signal 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 1055 



Q67000-A1145 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




1-7.6=0.2—1 

B 



I— 76*06-1 



n f-i 


F=l n n PI n F=l n 


> 




1 


9 
23 max - 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 18 DIN 41866 
18 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.3 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Auxiliary voltage 

Stereo- Such voltage 

Lamp voltage 

Current for stereo indication 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 



'cc 


18 


V 


l/aux 


4 


V 


14,-s 


4 


V 


Vlp 


18 


V 


'IP 


40 


mA 


'■thsa 


120 


K/W 


h 


150 


°C 


h 


-40 to +125 


°C 



107 



TDA 1055 



Preliminary data 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Electrical characteristics (V cc = 15 V, 7" amb = 25°C) 

Total current consumption without lamp 
MPX input voltage 1 ) 
Output voltage per channel with stereo 
Input resistance 
Output resistance 

Total harmonic distortion (l/ qeff = 1 V, f= 1 kHz) 
Cross-talk attenuation at 1 kHz 
Attenuation at 19 kHz 2 ) 
38 kHz 2 ) 
76 kHz 2 ) 

67 kHz (SCA signal) 2 ) 
Saturation voltage lamp driver (7, p = 30 mA) 
Switch threshold for stereo 
Switch hysteresis 
Channel separation control range 

(L-R) = -40 dB mono 

(L-R)= dB stereo 
Control range 

(L+R)= dB normal 

(L+ R)= 40 dB stereo-such. 



l/cc 
' amb 



THD 

3 PT19 

a PT38 

a PT76 

a SCA 

l/sa. 

I/PT 



v a 



l/s.-s 



8.5 to 18 
-25 to +70 



30 
<3 
3 

ace. external circuitry 
5 

<.3 

>40 (>40) 
>30 (>30) 
>40 (>30) 
>50 (>50) 
>35 (>40) 
<2.0 
>10 
5 

<.6 
>2.7 

<.7 
>2.2 



V 
°C 



mA 
V PP 
V PP 

kQ 

% 

dB 

dB 

dB 

dB 

dB 

V 

mV e 

dB 

V 
V 

V 
V 



1 ) In case of OP amplification 1/ 0P = 1 for all MPX frequencies. When height increasing the MPX signal, the OP output 
voltage must not exceed l/„ M px = 3V pp . 

2 ) The figures without brackets are for switch operation, those with brackets are fore matrix operation. 



108 



Matrix operation 



TDA 1055 



L,: 240 turns, 0.12 CuL 
L 2 : 480 turns, 0.12 CuL 
Coil Set: 
SL 2540 (Vogt) 




U- <t Q_ ~ ^= 



109 



TDA1055 



Switch operation 




U.<Q.h.| 



110 



TDA 1055 



Channel separation depending on auxiliary voltage 1/ aux 

(y aux can be taken from the TDA 1047 [pin 14] as field-strength-dependent voltage) 



40 













f I 

d 




c 






/b 


I 




Q 








































































































































































/ I 






\y 








































2.5 3,0 



3.5 
► V 





/?, /? 2 


*3 


a 


56k 56k 


00 


b 


56k 100k 


00 


c 


00 


00 


d 


110k oo 


330 



4.0 V 



111 



Synchroneous Demodulator Combination 
for PAL Colour TV Sets 



TDA 2522 



Preliminary data 

The monolithic integrated circuit TDA 2522 entains a 8.8-MHz colour subcarrier oscillator 
with divider stage for the production of both 4.4-MHz reference signals. 

• Circuit for the production of the chrominance signal control voltage and a reference voltage 

• Circuit for the production of the colour-killer and identification signal 

• Colour-killer delay 

• Two synchronous demodulators for (B-Y) and (R-Y) signals 

• Matrix for (G-Y)-signals 

• PAL flipflop and PAL switch 

• Blanking in the synchroneous demodulators 



Type 



TDA 2522 



Ordering code 



Q67000-A1230 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




F-76*0.2- 



-6.4.02-' 

-7.6* - 6 - 



nnm r^F^nnn 



a — u kJ — y y y u 
1 
- 20- n , 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 (SOT-38) 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1 .2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Storage temperature 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Total power dissipation 



» 11/ 4m ax 


14 


V 


T. 


-20 to +125 


°C 




-20 to +60 


°C 


"tot 


600 


mW 



112 



TDA 2522 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (l/ P(11/4) = 12 V, 7" amb = 25 °C) 

Typical current consumption 

Ratio of demodulated signals at l/ F(B -Y) = ^f<r-y) 

Matrix for (G-Y)-signal 

Input resistance of the chrominance signal inputs 

Input capacitance of the chrominance signal inputs 

Output voltages of colour difference signal 

DC voltage at the colour difference signal outputs 

Impedance of the colour difference signal outputs 



H/2 ripple voltage at (R-Y)-output 

Input resistance of the 8.8 MHz oscillator 

Output resistance of the 8.8 MHz oscillator 

Total holding range 

Key pulses (at pin 15) coming from horizontal 

combination TDA 2590 

Colour sync, signal keying ON 
OFF 

Blanking ON 

OFF 



^P(11) 


40 


mA 


^(B-Y) 


1.78 V (R _v, 




(G-Y) 


-0.51 (R-Y) -0.19 (B-Y) 


"chlR-Y) 


>800 


Q 


"ch(B-Y) 


>800 


Q 


r 

•■'ch(R-Y) 


<10 


pF 


Cch(B-Y) 


<10 


PF 


»(R-Y) 


>2.4 


pp 


»(G-Y) 


>1.35 


pp 


l/(B-Y) 


>3.0 


Vp P 


V 3 /4 


5.6 


V 


V2/4 


5.6 


V 


1/1/4 


5.6 


V 


^(R-Y) 


250 


Q 


^(G-Y) 


250 


Q 


Z(B-Y) 


250 


Q 


v H/2 


<10 


mV pp 


''9/4 


270 


Q 


^10/4 


200 


Q 


Af 


±500 


Hz 


^5/4 


>7.5 


V 


^16/4 


<6.5 


V 


l/ 15 /4 


>2.0 


V 


i/15/4 


<1.0 


V 



113 



Preliminary data 



TDA2522 



Electrical characteristics (contin.) 

Voltage at pin 14 

without colour sync signal 

with colour sync signal 

(peak-to-peak value) of 0.25V at pins 5 and 6 
Reference output voltage 
Chrominance signal control voltage 
(depending on l/ 14/4 ) at ±/ 13 Si200 ^A 

atl/ 14/4 ^5.5V 
Phase difference between reference signal and 
colour syncsignal at ±400 Hz frequency deviation 
Colour killing at 

or at 
Colour setting at 

or at 
Colour setting delay (by C Y at pin 16) 



V-I4H 



I/-I4/4 


5.5 


^12/4 


7.0 


V13/4 


.5 . . 


^13/4 


<1.0 


qp 


±5° 


^14/4 


>6 


Vl*4 


12 


^14/4 


<5.6 


^16/4 





*Y 


24 



7.0 



5.0 



V 
V 
V 
V 
ms/nF 



114 



TDA2522 



Block diagram with application hint 

•12V 
11 



A-(R-Y) 
3 



A-(G-Y) 



4-(B-Y! 



nnzr— 



F L 



(B-Y)6 



reference ^ 
oscillator 



ii - 



2-1 divider with 
90° output 
signals 



phase discrimina- 
tor colour 
burst gate 



output stage 



Ref(B-Y) 



Ret 



IR-Y) 



colour 
killer 



output stage 



T 



output stage 
1 



(G-Y) 
matrix 



(R-Y) 
demodulator 



PAL-flipf lop with 
identification 



I 



H/2 demodu- 
lator colour 
burst amplifier 



PAL-switch 



controt 
voltage 
amplifier 




Jl 



"Ref 



K R for TDA 2590 



(B-Y) 
demodulator 



J~L 



threshold 
detector 



15 

key pulses from 
TDA 2590 



115 



Luminance and Chrominance Combination 
for PAL TV Sets 



TDA2560 



Preliminary data 

The monolithic integrated circuit TDA 2560 contains 

luminance amplifier 

with adaptation circuit for Y-delay line 

contrast and brightness adjustment 

blanking and keying 

additional video output with positively directed synchronous level 

chrominance amplifier 

with controlled chrominance signal amplifier 

saturation and contrast adjustment 

direct driving of the PAL delay line 

common output for chrominance and colour sync signal (without influencing the colour 

sync signal amplitude by contrast and saturation adjustment) 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 2560 



Q67000-A1231 



Package outlines 



0.45x025 




16 


9 




=) 




1 


u u y y y u u 

8 




tU-yt 



F-76'0.2- 



l»6.4. r 
k-76'Hfi-, 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 (SOT-38) 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Storage temperature 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Total power dissipation 



* 8/5 max 


14 


V 


7". 


-25 to +125 


U C 




-25 to +65 


°C 


'tot 


930 


mW 



116 



TDA 2560 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (V PiB/5) = 12 V; 7" amb = 25 °C) 
according to application circuit 

Current consumption I P 

Luminance amplifier 2 ) 

Input current 

Input impedance 

Contrast adjusting range 

Brightness adjusting range (black level) 

Brightness adjusting voltage 

Black level shifting by contrast adjustment, 

picture contents and temperature 

3 dB band width 

BAS output voltage with positively directed sync level 

Black level clamping pulse 3 ) 

Blanking pulses 4 ) 

for V at output (pin 10) 

for 1.55 V at output (pin 10) 

Chrominance amplifier 

Input voltage 

Reachable output signal 5 ) 

Control range of the chrominance signal amplifier 

Starting of the chrominance signal control 6 ) 

Contrast synchronism (at 10-dB contrast variation) 

Saturation adjustment range 7 ) 

Colour sync signal gating 3 ) 

Signal-noise ratio at nominal input voltage 

Phase shifting of the colour sync signal to the 

chrominance signal 



46 



/l4 

^14/5 


.2 

150 
>20 


VlO/5 

Vl1/5 


1 ..3 
1 ..3 


AV 


<±20 


B 


5 


Vl6/5 

1/7/5 


3.4 
8 


1/9/5 
l/ 9 /5 


3 
6 


1/2/1 

l/ 6 /5 


4..8C 

2 

>30 


1/3/5 


1.1 
±1 


^s 


+6.. 


1/7/5 

S/N 


2 

>50 



■50 



mA 



mApp 

Q 

dB 

V 

V 

mV 
MHz 

Vp p 

V 

V 
V 



mV p 
Vpp 

dB 

V 

dB 

dB 

V 

dB 



<±5° 



See remarks next page 



117 



TDA 2560 



Remarks to the previous page 

1) Supply voltage range V P = 9 . . . 14 V, 
admissible hum voltage V P = 100 mV pp 

2) The gain of the luminance amplifier can be influenced by the load resistance R g at pin 13. The scattering of the gain is re- 
duced to a minimum, since it depends only from the scattering of the relationship between Y delay line end resistor and the 
resistor R g . 

3) Key pulses (from TDA 2590) for colour sync signal keying and for black level clamping are sent to pin 7. 

The black level clamping becomes effective at + 8 V, key pulses must be in that time that clamping only becomes effective at 
the back slope of the black shoulder. 

The colour sync signal gate circuit, which switches the gain of the chrominance signal amplifier during its return to 
maximum, becomes effective at +2 V. 

4) The luminance signal is keyed via pin 9: 

when the key pulse reaches +3 V, the luminance signal output (10) is blanked; 

at +6 V, a standard level of approx. 1.55 V is keyed which can be used for clamping. 

5) Chrominance signal and colour sync signal are both available at pin 6. The colour sync signal is not influenced by con- 
trast and saturation adjustment; it remains stable by means of the control voltage of TDA 2522. 

The ratio of the chrominance signal to the colour sync signal is at nominal contrast (3 dB below maximum) and at nominal 
saturation (6 dB below maximum) the same at the output and at the input. 

6) When the voltage becomes more negative, the gain is reduced. 

7) Linear range up to -40 dB 



118 



Block diagram 



IDA 2560 




brightness 



, . luminance signal 
" >10 output 
g blanking and /or 
keying pulses 



chrominance signal 
<( g output and 
Y colour burst 



control voltage 
from TDA 2522 



contrast 



■HI 

saturation^ 



keypulses 
from TDA 2590 



119 



TDA2560 



Application circuit 



chrominance 

signa 

input 



chrominance 
signal 

control voltage 
saturation +12 Vo- 
control 



chrominance 5.6kQ±2°/< 
signal 
colour burst 
keypulses °- 
from TDA 2590 



y\ 



,12V o- 




56 kQ rS brightness 

JIOkQ adjustment beam current 

180kQ T limitm 9 

o+12V 

-o luminance signal 



blanking and/or- 
"*° keying pulses -I L 



Contrast adjustment 




Saturation adjustment 



saturation 



16/5 




120 



Horizontal Combination for TV Sets 



TDA2590 



Preliminary data 

The monolithic integrated circuit TDA 2590 is adapted to the integrated colour circuits 
TDA 2522 and TDA 2560 

with line oscillator according to the threshold switch principle 
phase comparation between sync pulse and oscillator (qpj 

phase discriminator qp 2 for phase position between line flyback pulse and oscillator 
capture range extension by coincidence detector cp 3 
time constant and gate switching (VCR operation) 
sync pulse separation stage 
blanking circuit for interference signal 
vertical sync pulse separation stage 

production of key pulses for colour sync signal and for line flyback blanking pulses 
phase shifter for control pulse 
switching of control pulse width and switch-off 

output stage with separate supply voltage for direct triggering of thyristor deflection 
circuits 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDA 2590 



Q67000-A1232 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




fflffi 



1.5max 



JiWl 



16 

n 


fi n F-i f-i n 


9 




=> 




1 




8 


' U -U.2 


* 



^76*0.2- 



r»6A()2"* 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 (SOT-38) 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Ambient temperature in operation 

Storage temperature 

Voltages 



Currents 



' amb 


-20 to +60 


°C 


T. 


-25 to +125 


°C 


l/p<1/16) 


13.2 


V 1 ) 


*pi(2n6) 


18.0 


V 


1/4/1 6 


13.2 


V 


±^9/16 


6.0 


V 


±VlO/16 


6.0 


V 


» 1 1 /1 6 


13.2 


V 


^2M 


400 


mA 


— ^3M 


400 


mA 


h 


1 


mA 


±h 


10 


mA 


~h 


10 


mA 


/11 


2 


mA 



1 ) with power supply 



121 



TDA 2590 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (V Pone) = 12 V; 7" amb = 25 °C) 

Inputs 

Sync pulse separating stage (pin 9) 
Input switching voltage 
Input switching current 
Input leakage current (at l/ 9 = -5 V) 

Interference signal blanking circuit (pin 10) 

Input modulation voltage 

Input switching voltage 

Input modulation current 

Input switching current 

Input leakage current (at 1/ 10 = -5 V) 

Line flyback pulse input (pin 6) 

Input current 
Input switching voltage 
Input voltage limitation 
Input resistance 

Switching to VCR operation (pin 11) 

Input voltage 

Input current 

or 

Input voltage 

Input current 

Switching of control pulse widths (pin 4) 

forf=6|xs input voltage 

input current 
forf= Mjxs+tc input voltage 

input carrent 
forf=0 (l/ 3 = 0) input voltage 1 ) 



v 9s 


.8 


V 


^9s 


5 to 100 


(i,A 


^9lk 


<1 


yJK 


* 1 0mod 


1.0 


V 


Vi.o. 


1.4 


V 


MOmod 


5 to 100 


HA 


^10s 


150 


fiA 


^10lk 


<1 


^A 


h 


>10 


^A 


v es 


1.4 


V 


v ei 


-0.7/+1.4 


V 


R\6 


400 


Q 


Vu 


Oto 1.5 


V 


^ii 


>200 


\iA 


V^^ 


9.0 to 13.2 


V 


Iu 


1 to 2 


mA 


V* 


9.4 to 13.2 


V 


U 


>200 


\iA 


1/4 


Oto 4 


V 


-u 


>200 


^A 


h 





V 



') or input 4 open 
122 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (contd.) 



TDA 2590 



Outputs 

Vertical sync pulses, positive (pin 8) 

Output voltage 

Output resistance 
Colour sync key pulses, positive (pin 7) 

Output voltage 

Output resistance 
Line flyback blanking pulses, positive (pin 7) 

Output voltage 

Output resistance 
Control pulses, positive (pin 3) 

Output voltage 

Output current, average value 

Output resistance for front slope 

Output resistance for back slope 

Oscillator (pins 14 and 15) 

lower threshold voltage 
upper threshold voltage 
Reverse current 

Phase comparison cp 1 sync pulse/ oscillator (pin 13) 

Control voltage range 

Control current 

Output leakage current at l/ 13 = 4 . . . 8 V 

Output resistance, l/ 13 = 4 . . . 8 V 

Output resistance, 1/ 13 <3.8 V7>8.2 V 

Output of the time constant switch (pin 12) 

Output voltage 

Output current 

Output resistance, l/ n = 2.5 . . . 7.0 V 

Output resistance, V u < 1.5 V/>9 V 

Coincidence detector qp 3 (pin 11) 

Output voltage 

Output current, no coincidence 

Output current, with coincidence 



V 8 



v 3 

—■ ^3AV 



M 4thl 
M4thu 



Vl3 

^13q 
^13 
Aq13 



Vl2 

±/l2 
^q12 
fiq12 



-/ii 



11 (§10) 
2 

11 (§10) 
400 

2.5 to 3.5 
400 

10.5 
2.5 
2.5 
20 



4.4 
7.6 
±.47 



3.8 to 8.2 

1.9 to 2.3 
<1 

high ohmic 
low ohmic 



6.0 
<1 
100 
30 



.5 to 6.0 

.1 

.5 



Vp P 
kQ 

v pp 

kQ 

Vpp 

Q 

Vpp 
mA 
Q 
Q 



V 
V 
mA 



V 

mA p 

|xA 

1 ) 
2 ) 



V 

mA 
Q 
kQ 



V 

mA 

mA 



1 ) Current source output 

2 ) Emitter follower 



123 



TDA 2590 



Preliminary data 

Electrical characteristics (contd.) 

Phase comparison q> 2 line flyback pulse/ oscillator (pin 6) 



Control voltage range 

Control current 

Output and/or input resistance 

at 1/ 6 = 5.4...7.6 V 

at l/ 6 <5.4V/>7.6V 
Input current with blocked phase detector 
and V 6 = 6.5 V 

Operating data at i/ P( i/i 6 ) = 12 V 

and the indicated external circuitry 

Sync pulse separation stage (pin 9) 

Input signal (BAS) 
Input key current 

Interference signal blanking circuit (pin 10) 

Input signal (BAS) 

Input key current 

Admissible superposed interference signal 

Vertical sync pulse separation 

Delay between front slopes of input signal and 

output signal 

Delay between back slopes of input signal and 

output signal 

Output voltage 

Output resistance 

Oscillator 

Oscillator frequency (unsynchronized) 
with C osc = 4.7 nF, /? osc = 12 kQ 
Scattering of oscillator frequency 
Frequency-adjusting level 
Adjusting range for the indicated 
external circuitry 

Dependence of the oscillator frequency 
from the supply voltage 

Frequency modification with supply 

voltage lowered to 4 V 

Temperature coefficient of oscillator frequency 



±4m 



T q/i6 



^S on 
^V off 
/7q8 



U 

AfJAI 

Af 
AfJf Q 

Af 

rc f 



5.4 to 7.6 
1 

high ohmic 
8 



3 to 4 
<100 



t/io 


3 to 4 


MOk 


<100 


V10 


<7 



12 

— W on 
11 

2 



15.625 

< + 5 
31 

±10 

<±0.05 

<±10 
<±1(T 4 /K 



V 
mApp 

1 ) 
kQ 

jiA 



V 2 ) 

v pp / 

HA 



V : 
v pp 



^is 



Vpp 
kQ 



kHz 

% 3 ) 
Hz/nA 

% 



% 3 ) 
3 ) 



1 ) Current source switching 

2 ) Admissible range 1 to 7 V 

3 ) Scattering of external components is not considered. 



124 



TDA 2590 



Preliminary data 
Operating data (contd.) 

Phase comparison (p 1 sync pulse/oscillator 

Control sensitivity 

Scattering of control sensitivity 

Catching and holding range 

Scattering of catching and holding range 

Time constant switch 

Coincidence detector q> 3 

Phase comparison q> 2 line flyback pulses/oscillator 

Admissible delay between front slope and 
line flyback pulse (t u = 12 |xs) 
Static control error 



Sep 


2 


kHz/us 


ASq> 


±10 


% 1 ) 


Af 


±780 


Hz 


A(Af) 


±10 


% 1 ) 



compare electrical characteristics 
compare electrical characteristics 



'dm ax 

AtlAU 



15 
<.2 



2.6 
<.7 



.1 

30 

<10 



Total phase position 

Phase position between mid sync pulse and mid 

line flyback pulse At 

Phase position tolerance A (At) 

Total phase position and phase position of front slope of control pulse is set automatically 
by phase comparison cp 2 . 

For any additional setting: 

Voltage supply A V/At 

Current supply AI/At 

Scattering of supply current A(AI) 



[iS 
[iS 



V/jis 
\i A/ \is 
% 1 ) 



Colour sync signal key pulse 

Phase position between mid sync pulse at input and 
back slope of colour sync signal key pulse at V= 7 V 
Width of colour sync signal key pulse 



At 
t 



6.75 (5.8 to 7.7) 
5.0 (4.3 to 5.6) 



[IS 
[iS 



1 ) Scattering of external components is not considered. 



125 



TDA 2590 



Preliminary data 
Operating data (contd.) 
Control pulse switch 

Control pulse output 

Duration of control pulse 

at »/ 4 S9.4V 

at 1/ 4 §4V 
Control pulse switch off with supply voltage 

Key pulse 

Duration of key pulse 

Time between front slope of key pulse 

and mid of sync pulse 

Time between back slope of key pulse 

and mid of sync pulse 



compare electrical characteristics 



t 
t 


6.0 (4.5 to 7.5) 
14 ns+td 
^4 


[iS 

V 


t 


8 


[iS 


At 


4(^2.75) 


fiS 


At 


4(^2.75) 


[xs 



126 



TDA 2590 



Block diagram with application note 




127 



Switching Amplifier for 4-Channel Touch Tuning 



SAS 560 S 
SAS570S 



The monolithic integrated circuits SAS 560 S and SAS 570 S are particularly suited for radio 
and TV sets, elevators etc. Each stage can be selected with very low current. Two outputs 
are available for each stage: one for tuning voltage and the other for channel indication 
and/or bandswitch. The high input sensitivity allows its use in equipments without mains 
isolation. 

• High input sensitivity 

• Low saturation voltage of switching transistors 

• Low temperature drift of the output switching transistor for the tuning voltage 

• Schmitt-Trigger-Circuit ensures for the SAS 560 S switching of stage 1 in case of setting 
of supply voltage 



Type 



Ordering code 



SAS 560 S 
SAS 570 S 



Q67000-S30 
Q67000-S31 



Package outlines 



0.45x025 




H6=0.2-h 



16 

n 






9 




=> 




1 






8 




zu -0.2 







-6.4.02"* 

k7.6*°-M 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 1 

Supply voltage 2 

Voltage 

Driver current 

Max. driver current, f max <2s 

Tuning current 

Max. tuning current, t max <2s 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 1 
Supply voltage 2 
Ambient temperature in operation 

128 



V 8 
V 2 

h. I A. 
h, U, 
h 

"thsa 

7. 



V 7 



i ^13' ^15 


/ ^13' ^15max 


h. 


h 


h 


'6m ax 



36 


V 


26.5 


V 


6 


V 


55 


mA 


100 


mA 


1.5 


mA 


10 


mA 


150 


°C 


120 


°K/W 


-40 to +125 


°C 


1 1 to 35 


V 


5 to 25 


V 


to +70 


°C 



SAS 560 S 
SAS 570 S 



Electrical characteristics (V 7 = 33 V, l/ 8 = 12 V, 7" amb = 25°C, according to test circuit) 



Voltage at pin 2 (/? k = 15 kQ) 

during touching 

after touching 
Saturation voltage of driver outputs 

Saturation voltage of tuning voltage 

outputs 

Temperature drift of saturation 

voltage of tuning outputs 

(7- amb =25...55°C) 

Current consumption 

during touching 

after touching 
Current consumption (without load) 
Input current 

Reverse current of driver outputs 
Reverse current of tuning voltage 
outputs 





min 


typ 


max 




V2-1 


4.3 


4.7 


5.1 


V 


V2-1 


2.6 


3.2 


3.7 


V 


V^5-& 1/13-8^ 




.9 


1.5 


V 


M1-8- I/9-8 




.9 


1.5 


V 


Kl-7, V4-7, 




.15 


.5 


V 


V*-7, l/ 6 -7 




.15 


.5 


V 


1/3-7, I/4-7, 




.3 


1 


mV/deg 


1/5-7, V 6 -7 




.3 


1 


mV/deg 


/ 7 


3.3 


4.3 


5.3 


mA 


/ 7 




4.7 


5.7 


mA 


/ 7 


.7 


1.4 


2.1 


mA 


^10' ^12' ^14/ ^16 




100 


300 


nA 


^9' *11» '13' M5 






10 


|iA 


/ 3 , /4, / 5 , h 






1 


[iA 



After simultaneous selection of more than one channel, only one channel will be selected. 
After switching off l/ 8 , the last selected channel is stored so long as V 7 supply is maintained. 
SAS 560 S only: On application of supply voltage l/ 7 , channel 1 
(outputs 6 and 9) is automatically selected. 



Test circuit 



T al 







C = 560pF 



129 



SAS 560 S 
SAS 570 S 



Block circuit diagram 





=A 



Z) — • 



ZJ 



130 



SAS 560 S 
SAS 570 S 



Saturation voltage of driver outputs 
versus current of these outputs 



Saturation voltage of tuning voltage 
outputs versus current of these outputs 



V 
1.2 


















mV 
200 






f 










5 1 - 1 

if" 


















-3 190 


















£ 180 


, 


i 

1.0 


















, 


' 170 




















Ififl 


0.9 


















150 


















0.8 


















140 


















130 


0.7 
06 


















120 


















110 


















100 


C 


1 


] 2 


3 3 


4 


5 


6 

— ► 


7 
Vll. 


] 8 
3.15 


3 mA 




0.2 04 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 mA 
*"'6.5.(,.3 



131 



SAS 560 S 
SAS 570 S 



Application circuit I 




132 



SAS 560 S 
SAS 570 S 



Application circuit II as ring counter circuit 




133 



Switching Amplifier for 4-Channel Touch Tuning 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



The monolithic integrated circuits SAS 580 and SAS 590 have been developed from 
SAS 560 S/570 S which are being further produced. SAS 580 is the basic component for 
the first 4 channels. By adding any number of SAS 590, the number of channels can be 
extended by 4 channels each one. 
The new ICs offer with even less external circuitry higher operating comfort: 

• Integrated ring counter for remote control saves external components and permits higher 
frequency 

• Potentiometers are switched by sliders. External diodes are unnecessary 

• The outputs are able of directly driving filamental lamps, LED's, neon lamps or nixie tubes 

• Complete function for supply voltage between 10 and 36 V, i.e. the supply voltage can be 
strongly reduced during stand-by operation, a selected channel remains switched without 
any additional circuitry 



Type 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-S28 
Q67000-S29 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




h-76=0.2 -H 



18 
n 


n 


F=l n 


r\. 


n 


n 


n 


10 
n 


) 


LJ 

1 


k? 


u u 


QX - 


-a- 


T3T 


-Q- 


T3 

9 

















■-6.4.Q2- 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 18 DIN 41866 
18 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.3 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Current consumption 

(for operation with higher voltage than 36 V, 

a series resistor is required) 

Driver current 

forf max <2s 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 
Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



Vl6 
/16 






36 
15 


V 

mA 


h 
nthsa 

T. 




h 

'9m ax 


55 

100 

150 

120 

-40 to +125 


mA 

mA 

°C 

°K/W 

°C 


V,6 

' amb 






10 to 36 
to +70 


V 
°C 



134 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



Electrical characteristics (see test circuit, 1/ 16 = 30 V, T amb = 25 °C) 



Internal current consumption 

channel switched 

channel not switched 
Voltage at pin 18 (/? c = 3 kQ) 

during touching 

after touching 
Saturation voltage of driver outputs 

R L = 1 kQ 

R L = 30 kQ 
Reverse voltage of driver outputs 

/ rev = 1 00 |lA 

7 rev = 5 fiA 
Tuning voltage 

Input current of tuning voltage inputs 
Offset voltage of tuning switches 1 ) 

Temperature drift of tuning voltage 
switches (r a mb 20 . . . 50 °C) 1 ) 
Impedance of tuning output 
(/,, < ± 30 jxA) 

Trigger current for channel switching 
Input threshold voltage of switch 
amplifiers (/ 2 , I 4 , I 6 , I a = 80 nA) 
Switch frequency of ring counter 





min 


typ 


max 




/1 

/l6 


4.5 
3.0 


7.0 
5.0 


9.5 
8.5 


mA 
mA 


I/18S 


3.4 
2.6 


3.8 
3.0 


4.2 
3.4 


V 
V 


v* v* v 7 , v 9 

V* V* V 7 , V 9 




.8 
30 


1.5 
60 


V 
mV 


v* v„ V 7 , V 9 
Vy V„ V 7 , V 9 
v„ v„ V„ 1/ 15 

^12' ^13' ^14' ^15 
M2-11/ » 13-11 
M4-11/ M5-11 


60 
50 
.5 


150 


V16-2 
300 
±100 
±100 


V 

V 

V 

nA 

mV 

mV 


^q11 




3 


5 


mV 
kQ 


^2> I^i !&• Ib 


20 


80 


200 


nA 


v* v+ V & V e 

fro 




5.5 
10 




V 
kHz 



1 ) measured between switched input and pin 11. 



135 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



Test circuit 



tuning voltage 

ring counter 

11 ]lO Pin 17/ 
SAS 590 




\Tq1 \Tq2 \T fl3 \ Ta4 V° 5 V a6 \ Ta? \ Ta8 



SAS 580 is absolutely necessary for testing SAS 590,- 

otherwise no function 

SAS 580 can be tested single. 



Functional test 

1. SAS 580: After applying supply voltage l/ 16 , channel 1 is selected, i.e. the tuning voltage 

is switched from pin 15 to pin 11 and the lamp at pin 3 is switched on 

2. SAS 580: 1/ 17 < .5 V means stand-by operation, i.e. even when selecting another channel, 

the channel previously selected remains stored. Selection of a new channel is 
not possible. A stored channel must come on again after closing S1. 

3. SAS 580: Positive pulses at pin 18 with time > 70 us per IC, rise time < 1 |xs and ampli- 

tude 15 V (according to test circuit) reset to channel 1. 

4. Positive pulse at pin 18 with time 2,5 \is, rise time < 1 \is and amplitude 15 V 
(according to test circuit) must switch to next channel. 

5. At a channel change, the capacitor which operates as a load on pin 11 is 
reversely charged with a current of approx. ± 50 \iA. 



136 



Integrated Circuits for Sensor Channel Selection SAS 580 

SAS 590 



Summary 

The integrated circuits SAS 580/590 have been developed for electronic channel selection in 
radio and TV sets with varicap diodes. The selection can be carried out by merely touching the 
sensor plates. By selecting a stage, a pre-set tuning voltage is switched and a driver stage op- 
erated which are controlling the band selection and the channel indication. For the indication, 
it can be chosen between neon lamps, nixie tubes, LED's or filamental lamps. 
Each integrated circuit contains 4 channel memories. An internal ring counter allows con- 
tinued switching from channel to channel. The IC's can be lined up in any number. 

Concept 

The concept is that already the first IC SAS 580 is a fully functioning unit which can be extended 
by adding further IC's. The number of channel memories per package resulted from the neces- 
sary functional extent and the number of pins at disposal. The DIL 18 package houses 4 chan- 
nel memories. Picture 1 shows the block diagram of the SAS 580. 

Each stage consists of a RSflipflop which is set either from input by input amplifier A, or in the 
ring counter function by amplifier fK^. At the same time, a previously selected stage is reset via 
the coupling resistance R c which is common to all stages. 

The RS flipflop controls two switches. Switch St switches the tuning voltage preselected with 
the potentiometer to the tuning output pin 1 1, switch S 2 sends a signal to the output for chan- 
nel indication and band selection. 

Instead of the ring counter amplifier A 2 , the SAS 580 contains in the first stage a switching 
stage which sets the IC automatically at the first stage after application of the supply voltage. 
The SAS 580 also contains an auxiliary circuit SB by means of which all inputs can be blocked 
(stand-by operation), and a current generator CG as common operating resistance for the 
separator amplifier OP's of all stages. 

Realisation of switching functions 

Picture 2 shows the circuit of one stage. The amplifiers A, and A 2 have two stages each (T 3 , T 4 
and T u T 2 ). The gain of A, is designed so that the memories can also be selected by bridging 
the key Ta with the finger. The RS flipflop is set by T 6 . This is maintained by T 7 . Since the volt- 
age at the coupling resistance R c is during the switching procedure higher than the holding 
voltage at T 7 , each switching procedure annuls an existing holding state. 
The tuning switch S, and the indication switch S 2 are controlled by the holding circuit (T 8 , T 9 , 
R 7 , R 8 ). The switch ^ can supply a maximum current of 55 mA. By short-circuit between base 
and emitter (T^), S 2 obtains a reverse voltage V CES ~ 60 V. 

Switching through of the tuning voltage 

The switching through of the tuning voltage was subject to particular care during develop- 
ment. 

For adjusting the tuners, voltages between .5 V and 28.5 V with low temperature drift are 
necessary. As shown in block diagram, picture 1, switching through is carried out by means of 
operational amplifiers as impedance transformer circuit. A small input current and a low out- 
put impedance are the advantages of this circuit. The current source CG serves as operating 
resistance for the amplifiers of all stages, even for those of further components. 
By selecting a memory, the respective operational amplifier is connected to the operating re- 
sistance. Operational amplifier and current source are adapted to each other so that the opera- 
tional amplifier works with almost symmetrical currents. Differing l/ BE -voltages and a resulting 
temperature drift are thus avoided. 

Figure 3 shows the dimensions of the operational amplifier and the current source as well as 
the test circuit used for the drift tests carried out. 

The resistance R p corresponds to the potentiometer resistance. Tests were carried out with 
/? p = 25 kQ, which corresponds to a 100 kQ potentiometer in its most unfavourable position. 

137 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



Figure 4 shows the test results in the interesting temperature range, represented as voltage 
difference between input and output. The test was carried out for different tuning voltages. As 
can be seen, the temperature drift is inferior. 

The application 

The described Integrated Circuits can be used in all cases where a channel selection 1-outof-n 
shall be carried out. They have been developed in consideration of the particular requirements 
of radio and TV sets. Figure 5, therefore, shows, as example of a typical application, a circuit for 
the selection of 8 channels in a TV sets. Each channel may, with the pre-selection switches, be 
assigned to all transmitting bands. The selected channel is indicated by a nixie tube. Continued 
switching from channel to channel is obtained by positive pulses to pin 18. 
Figure 6 shows an application circuit forfilamental lamps or LED's as indicating elements. The 
displays are in series to the band switches so that the diodes from application, figure 5, are not 
needed. 



138 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



Block circuit diagram 




■<>-<>■ 



DP 



I r 



r l*J R$- K UJ RS - 




Jl" 



T. ! 




n 'f 



116 "7 



1 



■* 4 




hi, 



tn 



T. 



picture 1 



ii4 ''5 



e 



ug 



© 



. Tq i Tq 



139 



Circuit: one channel 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 




r-ri 



picture 2 
140 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 




mV l/p-parameter 
5 



z/K 



= 1. .28 V 



picture 3 



Application circuit I 













l/p = 28V 


















l/ p = 20V . 
























^10V - 














— It — 




|/p=1V 



picture 4 



ji- 



/?r 2.7k 100 k 



count pulses 



171 16 



P, P„ 



) 



SAS 580 



C=10nF 
/?=10Mfi 
D = BAY 45 



22nF 



ITi 



Band 
I n E 



D 






. 



Ti 



Ti 



> 



> 



— rzzi — 



40 55 °C 



ZTK33 

$TAA550 

30 k 



15k 



JC 



SAS 590 



ITi 



. r \ 



'Ti 






i? 



-cT t 



ZM 1180 



-200V 



tovaricap diodes 



27 k 



? 



) x 100k 



47 k 



\ /, A A 



! 



3.3M 



r 



-o+l/ 



picture 5 



141 



SAS 580 
SAS 590 



Application circuit II 



Jl — 

countpulses 



to varicap diodes 




picture 6 



142 



FM IF Amplifier with Demodulator 



S041 P 
S041 E 



S 041 is a symmetrical, six-stage amplifier with symmetrical coincidence demodulator for the 
amplification, limiting and demodulation of frequency-modulated signals. S 041 is particu- 
larly suited for sets where a low current consumption is of importance, or where major 
supply voltage fluctuations occur. 

Pin connexions correspond to the well known TBA 120. However, pin 5 of S 041 P is not 
connected internally. The S 041 is especially suited for applications in narrow-band FM 
systems (455 kHz) and in usual FM IF systems (10.7 MHz). 



Type 



Ordering codes 



S041 
S 041 



Q67000-A529 
Q67000-A694 



Package outlines 

S 041 P 



0.45x0.25 



n n n M Ft f^i n 




F— 76*0.2- 



t 



»6.4. 0i 2* 



u u u u 
7 



-19.2. 



0,3 — 

Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



S 041 E 



00.45 




Package 5 J 10 DIN 41873 

(similar to TO 100) 

10 pins 

Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 



Supply voltage 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 

S 041 P 

S 041 E 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Frequency range 

Ambient temperature in operation 





S 041 P 
S 041 E 






15 

-40 to +125 

150 


V 
°C 
°C 


'■thsa 
"thsa 


120 
190 


°K/W 
°K/W 


"cc 

f 

' amb 


4 to 15 
Oto 35 
-25 to +85 


V 
V 
°C 



143 



S041 P 
S041 E 



Electrical characteristics (V cc = 12 V, 7" amb = 25 °C) 



Total current consumption 

IF voltage gain (f, F = 10.7 MHz) 

IF output voltage at limiting 

(each output) 

AF output voltage 

(f lF = 10.7 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 

V, = 10 mV, / mod = 1 kHz, Q~35) 

Harmonic distortion 

{fie = 10.7 MHz,zlf = ±50 kHz, 

V-, = 10 mV, f mod = 1 kHz, Q«35) 

Deviation of AF output voltage 

(l/ cc = 15 V^4 V, Af = 10.7 MHz, 

Af = ±50 kHz, f mod = 1 kHz) 

Input voltage for limiting 

(fi F = 10.7 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 

V, = 10 MHz, f moa = 1 kHz, Q«35) 

Input impedance for 10.7 MHz 

for 455 kHz 
Output resistance (pin 9) 
Voltage drop at AF ballast resistence 
AM suppression 

(1/i = 10 mV,zlf = ±50 kHz, m = 30%, 
fmod = 1 kHz) 

All connections mentioned in the index are referring to S 041 P (e.g. !/„). 





min 


typ 


max 






4.0 


5.4 


6.8 


mA 


Gy 




68 




dB 


*& MOpp 




130 




mV 


'AFeff 


100 


170 




mV 


k 




.55 


1.0 


% 


AV AF 




1.5 




dB 


V \ Mm 




30 


60 


nv 


Z; 




20/2 




kQ/pF 


z t 




50/4 




kQ/pF 


/? q 


3.5 


5 


8.5 


kQ 


1/11-8 




1.5 




V 


a AM 




60 




dB 



Test circuit 




2Z0pF 



12 turns 
0.25 Cut S 



pin connections in brackets are for S 041 E 



144 



S041 P 
S041 E 



Circuit diagram 

S;=o — ♦— CZ3 




145 



S041 P 
S041 E 



Application circuit for 10.7 MHz (VHF-FM-IF) 

and 455 kHz (narrow band FM) 



22pF(470pF) 



nF 



120ft 



iuu Mr — i—" ^^- 

(0.1 mF) ± l lOOnF q_ 



!8pF(220pF) 




-OF 



220pF y 
~ nF) O 2 



18pF(220pF) 



data in brackets for455 kHz (narrow- band FM) 
pin connections in brackets refer to S 041 E 



Coils 



10.7 MHz 



455 kHz 



Li 

Coil set 



15 turns/. 15 CuLS 
12 turns/. 25 CuLS 
D 41-2165 



71.5 turns/12x. 04 CuLS 
71.5 turns/12 x. 04 CuLS 
D 41-2393 of Messrs. Vogt 



146 



S041 P 
S041 E 



Current consumption versus 
supply voltage 





I i 












\ ] 


l 






! t ~~ 
























1 






























































































1 


! 










> 


,' 
















^ 






















^ 




















y 


S" 












1 












> 




























































































i 
























mean va 


ue 














" max vaiu 





























































































































































15 V 



mV 
250 



AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion versus supply voltage 

f IF = 10.7 MHz, Af= ±50 kHz, 
f mod = 1 kHz, Q = 35 



"AFeff 



200 



150 



100 



50 



























































V M 










































fl 
















ft 
















w 


\ 




k 

























2 4 6 




10 12 14 16 V 



'CC 



i 



DC output voltage difference 
versus supply voltage 

(without signal) 




10 12 14 16 V 
*-V„ 



yV 



Input voltage for limiting 
versus supply voltage 

f, f = 10.7 MHz, Af = ±50 kHz, 
Cod = 1 kHz, Q = 35 



U 1/ n 


















1 


i m IHU 

120 
mn 




































80 

60 
40 




















I 
















\ 
















\ 


L 












20 
































10 12 14 16 V 

*~V rr 



147 



S041 P 
S041 E 



AM suppression versus 
supply voltage 

f w = 10.7 MHz.Af = ±50 kHz, 

l/, = 10 mV, f moA = 1 kHz, m = 30% 



70 
60 

so 




































) 


\ 












'i0 




s 














30 
20 
10 

n 



































































AF output voltage and harmonic 
distortion versus Q-factor 

V cc = 12 V, f, F = 10.7 MHz, 
Af= ±50 kHz, A mod = 1 kHz 





























Au 


eff. / 


















'k^Q L 






/r gene 


rator .0,3% 





mV 
300 



'AFeff. 

4 



200 



100 



2 4 



8 10 12 14 16 V 



'CC 



10 20 30 40 5C 
► Q- factor 



148 



Mixer 



S042P 
S042E 



The S 042 is an universally applicable symmetrical mixer for frequencies up to 200 MHz. It can 
be driven from an external source or from the built-in oscillator. The input signals are 
suppressed at the outputs. In addition to the usual mixer applications in receivers, con- 
verters and demodulators for AM and FM, the S 042 can be used as an electrical polarity 
switch, multiplier etc. 

• Wide range of supply voltage 

• Numerous application possibilities 

• Few external components 

• High conversion transconductance 

• Low noise figure 



Type 



S042 P 
S 042 E 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A335 
Q67000-A627 



Package outlines 

S 042 P 



0.45x0.25 




-7.6=0.2- 



—6A-02- 



14 






n 


n 


8 
























1 


UJ 


-19.2.0; 




u 


1 










m 



S042 E 



00.45- 





~9.5' as - 




t 














- 


■ -*. 


1 








—11.5 * ' 5 ^ 




«-0.3 


t 

m — 




Package 5 J 10 DIN 41873 

(similar to TO 100) 

10 pins 

Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 



Supply voltage 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance S 042 P: 
S 042 E: 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 





S 042 P 






S 042 E 




*cc 


15 


V 


T. 


-40 to +125 


°C 


T, 


150 


°C 


"thsa 


110 


K/W 


"thsa 


190 


K/W 



4 to 15 
-15 to +70 



V 
°C 



149 



S042P 
S042E 



Electrical characteristics (V cc = 12 V, T amb = 25 °C) 



Total current consumption 

Output current 

Output current difference 

Current 

Power gain 

(fi = 100 MHz, f osc = 110.7 MHz) 

Breakdown voltage 

(/ 2 , 3 = 10mA, V 7 , 8 = 0V) 

Output capacity 

Conversion transconductance 

Noise figure 





min 


typ 


max 




/ cc =/ 2 +/ 3 +/ 5 


1.4 


2.15 


2.9 


mA 


h=h 


.36 


.52 


.68 


mA 


h-h 


-60 




+ 60 


mA 


h 


.7 


1.1 


1.6 


mA 


G P 


14 


16.5 




dB 


v* v 3 


25 






V 


Cz-U/ C 3 _ M 




6 




pF 


s= h - h 
v 7 -v e V^V 8 

F 




5 
7 




mS 
dB 



All connections mentioned in the index are referring to S 042 P (e.g. I 2 ) 



Test circuit 



f, =100MHz 




f, r - 10.7MHz 



3/3 turns 



pin connections in brackets are S 042 E 



150 



S042P 
S042E 



Circuit diagram 




o 1.4.6.9.14(10) 



b 6 

12 10 

(8) (6) 

connections m brockets refer to S 042 E 



A galvanic connection between pins 7 and 8 and pins 1 1 and 13 through coupling windings 
is recommended. 

Between pins 10 and 14 (ground) and between pins 12 and 14, a resistance of at least 200 Q 
may be connected to increase the currents and therefore the conversion transconductance. 
Pins 10 and 12 may be connected through any impedance. In case of a direct connection be- 
tween pins 10 and 12, the resistance from this pins to 14 must be at least 100 Q. Depending 
on the layout, a capacitor (10 to 50 pF) may be required between pins 7 and 8 to prevent 
oscillations in the VHF band. 



151 



S042P 
S042E 



mA 

4 



Total current consumption 
versus supply voltage 









































s 


' 


y 












y 


S 


y 


y 










s 


4 




,* 












/ 


/ 


.' 












*» 


^ 


^ 










*' 


^ 


^' 


y 








y 


y 


.' 


S* 







































4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 V 
-^cc 



yA 



Output voltages versus 
supply voltage 



J 600 
























— »«* — 
r 1 




















500 
400 
300 
200 








_...i i — 






— -i— 






















~T~ 
















































100 








































































4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15V 

► Vrr 



Power gain versus 
supply voltage 



dB 



10 

16 














































12 
10 
8 
6 



























































































4 5 6 7 



9 10 11 12 13 14 15V 



152 



S042P 
S042E 



Application circuits 

VHF mixer with inductive tuning 




10.7 MHz 



Mixer for remote-control receivers, 
without oscillator 



.♦4...14V 




/,60kHz 



.4.6.9.14(10) 



pin connections in brackets refer to S 042 E 



HOI— 1 

26.66 MHz 
pin connections in brackets refer to S 042 E 



For overtone crystals is recommended an 
adequate indictivity between pins 10 and 12 
to avoid oscillations to the fundamental tone. 



153 



all pin connections refer to S 042 P 



S042P 
S042E 



Mixer for short wave application 
in self-oscillating operation 



4 ...14V 



460 kHz 




#T^ 



4.7nF 



-1 -^ 



40 turns 



Differential amplifier with internal 
neutralisation, also suited for limiting, 
for frequencies up to 50 MHz, at 
higher currents up to 100 MHz 




1.4.6. 9. 14 



154 



Integrated Circuit for Driving LED Lines 
(light spot display) 



UAA170 



Integrated circuit for driving 16 light emitting diodes. By connecting two UAA 170 's in 
parallel 30 LED's can be driven. In analogy to the input voltage, the discrete LED's are 
forming at the output a light spot. With external circuitry (modification of /? 4 ), the light 
transition can be arranged between "smooth" and "abrupt". The basic brightness of the 
LED's can be modified by (R 7 + R B ) or by a phototransistor. 



Type 



Ordering code 



UAA 170 



Q67000-A940 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




^6-0.2- 



*6.4. 2 H 



nFinFinnnn 



y u u — U kj kj U LJ 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Input voltages 
Load current 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



1/ 10 

1/1V l/l* 1/13 
/14 

T s 

'•thsa 



' ami 



18 

6 

3 

-40 to +125 

150 

120 



10.5 to 18 1 ) 
-25 to +85 



V 

V 

mA 

°C 

°C 

K/W 



V 
°C 



M The lower limit is only valid for a forward voltage of the LED's of approx. 1.5 V; the lower limit increases according 
to higher forward voltage. 



155 



Electrical characteristics (l/ 10 = 12 V; 7" amb 25 °C) 



UAA170 



Current consumption (/ 14 = 0; 7 16 = 0) 

Control input current 

Reference input current 

Voltage difference for smooth light transition 

Voltage difference for abrupt light transition 

Stabilized voltage 7 14 = 300 \iA 

/ 14 = 5 mA 
Reference input voltage 

Voltage difference 

Tolerance of forward voltages of LED's 

mutually 

Internal limited diode current for LED's 





min 


typ 


max 




/10 




4 


10 


mA 


/ll 


-2 




2 


H-A 


^12' '13 






3 


[iA 


^12/13 




1.4 




V 


^12/13 




4 




V 


l/ 14 




5.0 


6.0 


V 


V,4 


4.5 






V 


" ref max 


1.2 




6.0 


V 


I'ref min 







4.9 


V 


^12/13 


1.2 




6.0 


V 








.5 
50 


V 
mA 



The values of the resistances /?, to R 5 can be varied in wide ranges provided that the 
relationships mentioned below are observed. 



R 2 = /?3 + /?4 



D A 1/ 

rI 3 — " contr min 

"ref "contr max 



Block circuit diagram 



phototransistor or resistor ^stab- 5V 

16 




UAA170 



Application circuit 



BP101/I/II/III 
phototransistor 




Figure 2 



1- l/contr: e.g. tuning voltage for varicap diodes. 

2. The voltage difference between pins 12 and 13 adjusted by/?! to/? 5 and l/ re , corresponds to 
the range of the control voltage l/ contr which is indicated by the diodes. The highest voltage 
indicated linear is determined by the voltage of pin 13, the lowest by the voltage of pin 12. If 
the control voltage rises above or falls below this range, either the first or the last diode 
lights up. 

3. A stabilized voltage (approx. 5 V) is coming from pin 14 to pin 16 via a resistor. The size of 
the resistor is decisive for the diode current. If a phototransistor is used, the diode current is 
additionally controlled by ambient light. 

4. If instead of 1 6 LED's only 4, 8, or 1 2 shall be used, this may be realized by switching a single 
LED with the cathode from plus voltage (pin 10) to H instead of a group of 4 LED's (e. g. to 
pin H). Iftwoorthree groups of fourare replaced, pins G and/or E are connected in parallel 
to pin H. 



157 



Scale Display with Luminescence Diodes UAA 170 



Scale displays by means of a wandering light point are particularly suitable for indicating ap- 
proximate values. Applications of this kind can be used for level sensors, VU-meters, 
tachometers, radio scales etc. When using the displays in measuring equipment, multicoloured 
luminescence diodes are offering as range limitation. Ring scales are obtained by a circular ar- 
rangement of the diodes. The IC UAA 170 has especially been developed for driving a scale of 
16 luminescence diodes. The circuitry of the component is shown in figure 2. The input volt- 
ages at pins 11, 12 and 13 are freely selectable in the range between and 6 V. Any kind of ad- 
justment, as for instance to 18 V, is enabled by suitable voltage dividers. The D. C. value l/ contr is 
always assigned to a certain spot of the diode chain. The voltage difference AV contr for switch- 
ing from one to the next LED is adjustable by means of the reference voltage V ref and the re- 
spective voltage divider/? 3 ,/? 4 ,/? 5 . The voltage difference between pins 12 and 13 corresponds 
thereby to the possible indication range. zH/ 12/ i 3 defines at the same time the light transition 
between two diodes. WithzH/ 12/13 ~1.4 V, the light point glides smooth along the scale. With 
increasing voltage difference, the passage becomes more abrupt. Withzl 1/ 12 /13 ~ 4 V, the light 
point jumps from diode to diode. 

Input voltages beyond the selected indication range cause the diodes D, and/or D 16 to light up 
so that only an exceeding of the range is recognized. The actual value can only be measured at 
transition from D, to D 2 . The value recognition disappears with the transition from D 15 to D 16 . 
The relationship between the control voltage and the reference voltage can be determined 
simply by choosing identical voltage dividers at pins 11,12 and 13. 

Provided that R 2 = R 3 + /? 4 , the following is valid: 

„ Vref /?3 + Ft A + *5 



^12/1; 





^ref ^3 + #4 ^4 


z. 


'contr min "3 "3 


3. 


"contr max "ref 


4. 


V cc = 18 V 



From 3. results that maximum control voltage and reference voltage must be equal, i.e. 
l/contr max = 18 V = l/ ref . The desired voltage difference/ll/ contr for transition to the next diode 
determines the minimum control voltage as follows l/ contr min = l/ contr max -'ISAV^^. 
If ^contr is e.g. 1 V, then V^r mm = 3 V. Thus the relationships are: 

with gliding point (zH/ 12/13 = 1.2 V): with jumping point (zl 1/ 1/13 = 4 V): 

R 3 + R 4 + R 5 18 R 3 + R 4 + R 5 18 _ 

/? 4 ~ 1,2 ~ 15 /? 4 4 ~ ' 

«L^-1-B ^=^--1 = 5 

rT% 3 /To 3 



The divider current / shall be measured so that the influence of the input current of the 
UAA 170 of some \iA can be neglected. A good approximate value is/ « 100 \iA or/? 3 + R 4 + 
R 5 « 150 kQ. 

158 



UAA 170 



In consideration of the nearest standard values, the following is valid: 

for gliding point (figure 2): for jumping point: 

/? 4 = 10 kQ /? 4 = 33 kQ 

/? 3 = 2 kQ R 3 = 5.6 kQ 

/? 2 = 12 kQ R 2 = 39 kQ 

R, = 140 kQ = R 5 R, = 110 kQ = /? 5 

The indication is as follows: 

Diode = D, D 2 D 3 . . . . D 14 D 15 D 16 

Value l/ contr = <4 4 5 16 17 >17V 

Pins 14, 15, and 16 serve to determine the diode current. Corresponding to the desired 
light intensity, the forward current of the diodes is variable linear in the range I f ~0 to 
50 mA, The resistance /? 6 =1kQ at pin 15 defines the adjusting range. A resistance 
(/? 7 + /? 8 ) between pin 14 and pin 16 determines the current. Figure 2 shows the possibility 
of rendering this resistance adjustable by means of a phototransistor BP101 in order to 
adapt the light intensity to changing ambient brightness. The adjusting range of the diode 
current lies between 7 f «5 mA (BP 101 not lighted) and / f ==50 mA (BP 101 fully lighted). 
Without phototransistor suffices a fixed resistance which must have approx. 10 kQ with a 
diode current /,« 50 mA and approx. 40 kQ with/ f =0. 



159 



UAA170 



Application circuit for the control of 30 LED's with 2 x UAA 170 

Range of control voltage V contr = to 5 V 
Voltage difference l/ 12 -i 3 = 2 x 1.2 V = 2.4 

Since the diodes D 16 and D 17 are permanently lighting up, when the maximum or minimum 
voltages adjusted by R 3 , R 4 , R 5 are exceeded or lower values are reached, the diodes should 
be covered. 



10 k 



56k 



22 k 



6.2k 



UAA 170 



32xLD461 



2iD 17 



HZZ> 



10k 




UAA 170 



/iAAAiiAA/WiAii/wiii/iDl 



2SDie 



Figure 3 

Figure 3 shows an extension of the circuit to 30 diodes with 2 UAA 170. The diodes D 16 or 
D 17 light permanently, when the reciprocal absolute ratings are exceeded. They should be 
covered. The reference voltage zlV 12/13 = 2 x 1.2 = 2.4 V is derived from a stabilized D. C. 
voltage of typ. 5 V available at pin 14. A resistance of 6.2 kQ provides an overlapping of the 
ranges in order to ensure a smooth transition from D 15 to D 18 . The control voltage l/ oontr 
is fed to pins 11 parallel via a divider /?-, :R 2 . The voltage divider is to be dimensioned 
according to the desired input voltage. With a divider current of / = 100 \iA and a control 
voltage of V contr = 10 V, the following is valid: 



Ro = 



AU V < 



2.4 



= 24 kQ and 



/? 1 = 



U contr -/iU u 



7.6 



= 76 kQ 



The nearest standard value is R, = 75 kQ. The voltage difference for switching one step is 

10 V 
thenzU/ contr =^- = 0.16 V. 



160 



Integrated Circuit for Driving LED Lines 
(light band display) 



UAA180 



Integrated circuit for driving 12 light emitting diodes forming a light band, the length of 
which is directly proportional to a D.C. value l/ contr switched to input 17, similar to a thermo- 
meter scale. 

By external circuitry, the light passage between two adjacent LED's can be arranged be- 
tween "smooth" and "jumping". The display range is determined by the resistors R 3 , R 4 , 
and R 5 . 

The basic brightness is determined by the resistor R 7 (approx. 1 MQ). In order to render 
the lighting of the diodes dependent on the ambient brightness, it is also possible to connect 
a phototransistor parallel to the resistor R 7 . Maximum brightness of the LED's is obtained 
by pin 2 open. Maximum brightness can be reduced in the voltage divider R 7 /R 6 by means 
of/? 6 . 

With adequate external circuitry several IC's can be connected in series. With 2 IC's 24 LED's 
can be driven. 



Type 



Ordering code 



UAA 180 



Q67000-A1104 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




h-7.6=0.2^1 



Q 



-76* 116 — 



,n n 


r=i n i-i n n 


i-i n 


) 




1 


u u u u u 


9 









Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 18 DIN 41866 
18 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.3 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Input voltages 

Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance (system-air) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



Vis 


18 


V 


l/ 3 


6 


V 


^16 


6 


V 


V17 


6 


V 


T. 


-40 to +125 


°C 


T, 


150 


°C 


"thsa 


120 


K/W 


Vie 


10 to 18 


V 


' amb 


-25 to +85 


°C 



161 



Electrical characteristics (V cc = 12 V, 7" amb = 25 °C) 



UAA 180 



Current consumption (I 2 = 0) 
(without LED current) 
Input currents 
(1/3-1/, e <2 V) 

Voltage difference for smooth light 

transition 

Diode current per diode 

Tolerance of LED forward voltages 





min 


typ 


max 




/l8 




5.5 


8.2 


mA 


h 

/17 




.3 
.3 
.3 


1 
1 
1 


[xA 
fxA 
HA 


M6/3 
/d 




.9 
10 




V 
mA 


Zll/d 






1.0 


V 



Test circuit 



12V 









-^r 


4^h 


-t*H 


^h 


r^ 


H^h 


-&- 


^^\- 


-&■ 


-t^H 


-t*H 


-t*- 


















10 








18 


T 




J220k [ 






b 

0k> 


U'.[ 


JlM 


: l 


JAA 180 








1 


< 




| 






l!_ 


































[jlk 

















































^ light band test 
P 2 brightness test 



162 



Scale Display with Luminescence Diodes UAA 180 



Scale displays by means of a growing light band are particularly suitable for the measuring of 
approximate values. Applications of this kind can be used for level sensors, VU-meters, 
tachometers, field strength indicators etc. When using the displays in measuring equipment, 
multicoloured luminescence diodes are offering as range limitation. Ring scales are obtained 
by a circular arrangement of the diodes. The input voltages at pins 3, 16, and 17 are freely 
selectable in the range of and 6 V. Suitable voltage dividers allowany possible adaptation, as 
e. g. to 18 V. The DC value l/ contr is always assigned to a certain spot of the diode chain. The vol- 
tage difference for switching from one to the next LED is adjustable by means of the reference 
voltage l/ re( and the respective voltage divider R 3 , R 4 , R 5 . The voltage difference between 
pins 16 and 3 corresponds thereby to the possible indication range.zH/ 16/3 defines at the same 
time the light passage between two diodes. Withzl l/ 16/3 ~ .9 V, the light band glides smoothly 
along the scale. With increasing voltage difference, the passage becomes more abrupt, until 
withzH/ 16/3 = 4 V, the light band jumps from diode to diode. 

Input voltages beyond the selected display range cannot be determined. The actual value can 
only be measured during the passage from D1 to D2. 

The relationship between the control voltage and the reference voltage can be determined 
simply by choosing identical voltage dividers at pins 7, 6, and 3. 

Provided that/? 2 = /? 3 + R 4 , the following is valid: 

Vr*. /?* + R* + /?* 



'' ^16/3 *4 




^ref ^3 + ^A 




2- V Ft 

v contr min n 3 


^' 'contr max *-'ref 




4.^0= 18 V 





From 3. results that the maximum control voltage and reference voltage must be eqi 
for instance l/ contr max = 18 V = l/ ref . The desired voltage difference l/ con tr for switching 



jual, i.e. 

uuiiu nictA ■ — - - rei ■ --■— — w w. . — — - _ . ,— .-j — — ... H . H .. VV - corur ■ — ■ wn.*w....iy IXJ LI IC 

next diode determines the minimum control voltage as follows l/ con tr mm = V contr max -1 5 l/contr- 
If A l/ contr is e.g. 1 V, then follows l/contr mm = 3 V. Thus the resistance relationship are: 

for gliding point: for jumping point (l/ 16/3 = 4 V) 

18 
T -20 



*3 


+ R 4 + R 5 




Ra 


/?4 


18 
- = 1 = 



/? 3 + /? 4 + R 5 


18 
4 


= 4.5 


Ra 


R 4 _ 18 , _ 

R 3 3 


5 





The divider current shall be measured so that the influence of the input current of the 
UAA 180 of few ^A remains neglectable. A good approximate value is / = 100 \iA and/or 
R 3 + R A + R 5 ~ 150 k. 

So, in consideration of the nearest standard values, the following is valid: 

for gliding point: for jumping point: 

/? 4 = 10 kQ /? 4 = 33 kQ 

R 3 = 2kQ R 3 = 5.6 kQ 

R 2 = 12 kQ R 2 = 39 kQ 

/?! = 140 kQ = R 5 /?! = 1 10 kQ = /? 5 

163 



UAA180 



The display is as follows: 
Diode = D1 

Value V contr = <4 



D2 


D3... 


. . D10 


D11 


D12 


4 


5... 


16 


17 


>17 V 



Each quartet must consist of homogeneous diodes in order to ensure the function. There- 
fore, it is possible to provide the first and third quartet lighting red and the second quartet 
green in order to mark a working range. 

Pin 2 serves to determine the diode current. Corresponding to the desired light intensity, 
the forward current of the diodes is variable linear in the range 7 f ~0 to 10 mA. A resistance 
(R 6 +R 7 ) at pin 2 determines the current. Figure 3 shows the possibility of rendering this 
resistance adjustable by means of a phototransistor BP 101 in order to adapt the light 
intensity to changing ambient brightness. The adjusting range of the diode current lies 
between 7 f = 5 mA(BP 101 not lighted) and/ f =10 mA (BP 101 fully lighted). If pin 2 is open 
the diode current is 10 mA. 

Figure 4 shows an extension of the circuit to 24 diodes with 2 UAA 180. The reference 
voltage is then 

j|/ 16/3 = 2 x .9 V= 1.8 V 

The control voltage l/ contr is supplied to pins 17 parallel via a divider/?! :/? 2 - The voltage 
divider must be dimensioned according to the desired input voltage. If the divider current 
is/ = 100 \iA and a control voltage of l/ contr = 10 V is assumed, then follows: 



R 2 


= 


A 


A 6/3 
/ 


1.8 
.1 


= 


18 kQ 


and 


*i 


= 


" contr 


I 


6/3 


= 


8.2 

.1 


82 kQ 



The voltage difference for switching on is then 
AV^ nir = ^^- = A2y. 



164 



UAA180 



Block diagram 



fcor.tr 1 ' 



^refmin' 8 



15 K 13 12 11 10 



7 6 5 4 




Application circuit 



5 



* V ZZ V cantr. 



K I 1*1 /V 



2x LD 466 



V *[)n [J 

3 101 I ^ T T 



h 1 



1 ? 1 T M T >l 



fcr 



■N- 



£4- 



UAA 180 



181 



*5 
^ref 



u 



-Of- 



01 1 1 t 01 



Proposal for a smooth light transition; R 3 = 2.2 kQ 

/? 4 = 10 kQ 
R 5 = 150 kQ 
/?.= 2.2 k... 100 kQ 



165 



UAA180 



Application circuit for cascading several UAA 180 (up to 7) 



^Z 


i 






2 










1 


i 








a 

£ 




i 












I 








I 




2 


i 






O 

oo 

< [ 




2 


i 






: V L 


1 










■ 




i 






C3 










Is 




1 












i — ( 


i 








2 


i 






2 


s 






7 


i 























z 


D 


i 










i 












L 














2 


i 










2 


i 

















I 


> 






I 




7 


s 






o 
oo 


o 


2 


r\ 






1 


2 


£ 

















Rl 










1 


a 


2 










> 












2 


£ 








2 


i 








v 2 


£ 








N 


£ 






























g +■<■ 


> ( 





Figure 4 
166 



Application circuit 

for driving filamental lamps 

or L&D's with higher current consumption 



UAA180 




UAA 180 



an example: 

♦K-12V 

LD-LD 50 (max. 100mA) 

/?=1kP_ 

P- 5kfi 

«, = 22fi 



D: BA 127 

T' according to required current e.g. 

BC308 

BC328 
R+P-- current setting 



Application circuit for field strength indication 



5.6V ZS 



// // // // 




13xLD 461 



TCA440 or TDA 1046 

TDA 1047 



167 



Analog Integrated Circuits for Industrial Applications 

Summary of types 

Page 

Preface to Operational Amplifiers 171 

TAA 131 Three-stage AFamplifier 175 

TAA521,TAA521 A,TAA522 Operational amplifiers 178 

TAA721,TAA722 Broadband amplifiers 183 

TAA 761, TAA 761 A, TAA 761 W, 
TAA 762, TAA 765, TAA 765 A, 

TAA 765 W Operational amplifiers 188 

TAA 861, TAA 861 A, TAA 861 W, 
TAA 862, TAA 865, TAA 865 A, 

TAA865W Operational amplifiers 192 

TAA 761, TAA 762, TAA 765, 

TAA861,TAA862,TAA865 Test circuits and diagrams 197 

TAA 2761, TAA 2761 A, TAA 2762, 

TAA 2765, TAA 2765 A Dual operational amplifiers 202 

TAA 4761 A, TAA 4765 A Quad operational amplifiers 205 

TBA 221, TBA 221 A, TBA 221 B, 
TBA 221 W, TBA 222, TBA 222 SI, 

TBA 222 Q1, TBA 222 Q2 Operational amplifiers 208 

TBA 830 G, TBA 830 R Microphone amplifiers 218 

TBB 0747, TBB 0747 A Dual operational amplifiers 222 

TBB 0748, TBB 0748 B Operational amplifiers 225 

TBB 1458, TBB 1458 B Dual operational amplifiers 234 

T TBB 2331, TBB 2331 B Dual operational amplifier 239 

T TBB 4331, TBB 4331 A Quad operational amplifier with Darlington 

input 242 

TBC0747 Dual operational amplifier 222 

TBC 0748 Operational amplifier 225 

TBC 1458 Dual operational amplifier 234 

▼ TBC2332 Dual operational amplifier 239 

T TBE 2335, TBE 2335 B Dual operational amplifier 239 

▼ TBE4335A Quad operational amplifier with Darlington 

input 242 

TCA 105, TCA 105 W, TCA 105 B, 

TCA 105 BW Threshold switches 244 

TCA205 A Proximity switch 250 

TCA 31 1 , TCA 31 1 A, TCA 31 1 W, 

TCA 312, TCA 315, TCA 315 A, Operational amplifiers with Darlington 

TCA315W input, TTL compatible 255 

TCA 321, TCA 321 A, TCA 321 W, 

TCA 322, TCA 325, TCA 325 A, Operational amplifiers, 

TCA325W TTLcompatible 262 

TCA 331, TCA 331 A, TCA 331 W, 

TCA 332, TCA 335, TCA 335 A, Operational amplifiers with 

TCA 335 W Darlington input 266 

TCA345A Threshold switch 271 

T New type 



169 



Page 

TCA671 Transistor array 275 

TCA871 Transistor array 275 

T TCA971 Transistor array 275 

T TCA991 Transistor array 275 

TCA955 .'. Motorspeed regulator 279 

TCA965 Window discriminator 284 

TDB 0555, TDB 0555 B Timer 290 

TDB0556A Dual timer 296 

TDB 0723, TDB 0723 A Precision voltage regulator 300 

TDB 7805, TDB 7805 T Positive voltage regulator with 5 V output voltage 318 

TDB 7806, TDB 7806 T Positive voltage regulator with 6 V output voltage 319 

TDB 7808, TDB 7808 T Positivevoltageregulatorwith8Voutputvoltage 320 

TDB 781 2, TDB 781 2 T Positive voltage regulator with 12 V output voltage 321 

TDB 781 5, TDB 781 5 T Positive voltage regulator with 15 V output voltage 322 

TDB7818,TDB7818T Positive voltage regulator with 18Voutputvoltage 323 

TDB 7824, TDB 7824 T Positive voltage regulator with 24 V output voltage 324 

TDB 7800, TDB 7800 T Diagrams 316 

TDC0555 Timer 290 

TDC0723 Precision voltage regulator 300 

TDC7805 Positive voltage regulatorwith 5 V output voltage 318 

TDC7806 Positivevoltageregulatorwith6Voutputvoltage 319 

TDC7808 Positive voltage regulatorwith 8V outputvoltage 320 

TDC7812 Positive voltage regulatorwith 1 2 Voutput voltage 321 

TDC7815 Positive voltage regulatorwith 15 Voutput voltage 322 

TDC7818 Positive voltage regulatorwith 18 Voutput voltage 323 

TDC7824 Positive voltage regulatorwith 24 V outputvoltage 324 

TDC7800 Diagrams 316 

P 1 Active matrix point 329 

T New type 



170 



Preface on Operational Amplifiers 



Integrated operational amplifiers are dc-amplifiers with a very broad range of applications 
in automatic control systems, industrial electronics and the audio frequency area. 

1. Symbols and terms used 

The logic symbol "operational amplifier" shows only signal inputs and outputs. Figure 1 
shows the symbol used, with an inverting input 1, a non-inverting input 2 and output 3. 
A positive signal at "1" results in a negative signal at output 3. 





Fig. 1 



Fig. 2 



Definitions of the most important terms generally used to characterize an operational ampli- 
fier are listed below. All definitions refer to symmetrical supply voltages. 

a) Input offset voltage V i0 is the dc voltage which must be applied between the input ter- 
minals to force the quiescent dc output voltage to OV (Fig. 2). 

V io = l/ M _1/ 12 at l/ q = and generator resistance /? G = 50 Q. 

b) Input current 7| is the current required for the operation of the OP (Fig. 2). 

_ /ii + 1,2 
2 

c) Input offset current7 io is the difference between the currents into the two input terminals 
with the output at zero volts. At high values of generator resistance I lo can cause diffi- 
culties (Fig. 2). 

/,o = /ii _/| 2 at 1/ q = 0. 

d) Open-loop voltage gain G v is the voltage gain without negative feedback from the output 
to the input (Fig. 3). 

e) Common-mode voltage gain G VCM is the voltage gain resulting when an identical signal 
is simultaneously applied to both inputs (Fig. 4). 




Fig. 3 




Fig. 4 



171 



2. Test Circuits for operational amplifiers 
Input current. Input offset current. 




UJ 



S1 open - S2 closed. 



/._ = 



1 MQ 



S2 open - S1 closed 



/.+ 



1 MQ 



S1 + S2 open 
10 1 MQ 



Input offset voltage 



♦"cc 




V to =V qo /G w 
G v = 100 



V in = 



''go 

100 



172 



Output voltage 



♦"ct 




S in position 1. V q = V qL 
S in position 2. l/ q = l/ qH 



Open loop voltage gain (f = 1 kHz) 




G v = 20 log (-^-) [dB] 



173 



Common mode rejection ratio 




_AV^ 

AV ir , 



CMRR = 20 log -ry 3 - [dB] 

"MCM 



Sensitivity to supply voltage variations 



<f 2kii 




AV n 



AV„ 



AV rr WOxAVr 



174 



Three-Stage AF-Amplifier 



TAA 131 



The integrated circuit TAA 131 is especially well suited for small battery-operated sets. 



Type 



Ordering code 



TAA 131 



Q61901-A131 



Package outlines 



Circuit diagram 



color point 




Plastic coating (U 38) 
Weight approx. .2 g 
Dimensions in mm 



6k 6k 



^V^ h 



Absolute maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Output collector current 
Junction temperature 
Storage temperature 
Thermal resistance (air-system) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



l/cc 

h 

'■thSamb 


5 

12 

150 

-40 to +125 

<600 


V 

mA 

°C 

°c 

K/W 


l/cc 
' amb 


1.3 to 5 
-20 to +70 


V 
°C 



175 



TAA131 



Electrical characteristics T amb = 25 °C 
(Referring to the test circuit) 



Pot.-resistance 
Supply current (V cc = 1.3 V) 
Voltage gain (f = 1 kHz) 
Harmonic distortion 
(VqeH= .1 V f f = 1 kHz) 
Lower cutoff frequency (-3 db) 
Upper cutoff frequency (-3 db) 
Noise voltage 
(referred to the input, 
DIN 45405, R G = 5 kQ) 





min 


typ 


max 




/?p 


40 


400 


1000 


kQ 








1.2 


mA 


G v 


50 


57 




dB 


k 






10 


% 


ft 






40 


Hz 


h 


20 






kHz 


v n 






5 


\iV 



Test circuit 




o+Vr 



CC 



M u 



V cc = 1.3 V 
R L = 500 Q 
Using R p adjusted to .75 mA 



176 



TAA131 



Voltage gain v. supply voltage 

f = 1 kHz, /? L = 500 Q 
Quiescent point set to 
I, = .75mA/l/„ = 1.3 V 



Voltage gain v. amb. temperature 

l/ cc = 1.3 V, /? L = 500 Q, f = 1 kHz 
Quiescent point set to I z = .75 mA 
at 7' amb = 25 °C, using /? p 

























80 










































60 










































40 










































20 










































n 























5V 





























70 


















































60 


















































50 


















































W) 


















































30 


















































20 


















































10 


















































n 



























'cc 



20 W 60 80 100°G 
*" 'amb 



Output voltage v. current I 2 

V cc = 1.3V,fl L = 500 Q, 
f= 1 kHz,* = 10% 




1,5 mA 



Voltage gain v. current I 2 

l/ cc = 1.3V,ft L = 500 Q, 
f = 1 kHz 



0.5 



1.0 



1.5 mA 



-W» 



177 



Operational Amplifiers 



TAA 521 -709 
TAA 521 A-709 
TAA 522 -709 



The integrated circuits TAA 521, TAA 521 A and TAA 522 are integrated operational amplifiers 
for demanding applications. These are exceptionally well suited for industrial applications 
such as servo-systems, analog computers, measuring equipment etc. The frequency response 
can be adjusted by external circuits. 

• High-resistance symmetrical input 

• Low-resistance single-ended output 

• Excellent temperature stability 

• High common mode rejection 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TAA 521 
TAA 521 A 
TAA 522 



Q67000-A3 

Q67000-A164 

Q67000-A84 



Package outlines 

TAA 521, TAA 522 



<Z>0A5s 



■• — 13.5±1 — "wmax 

Package similar to 5 G 8 DIN 41873 

(similar TO-99) 

Weight approx. 1.1 g 

Pin 4 is electrically connected to case 




TAA 521 A 



) .45x0.25 




7,6=0.2- 



-6A. _ 2 *I 
.76-QB-l 



_n_n_n_n__n_Q_n_ 



kj u u u u u 



-19.2. 



0,3" 



Plastic plug-in package (14 pins) 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 (TO-116) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 



Supply voltages 
Differential input voltage 
Input voltage 

Output short circuit duration 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance: 

System-ambient air 

System-Case 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 





TAA 521 








TAA 521 A 


TAA522 




l/cc 


±18 


±18 


V 


l/iD 


±5 


±5 


V 


V; 


±10 


±10 


V 




5 


5 


s 


T s 


-55 to +150 


-65 to +150 


°C 


h 


150 


150 


°C 




190/120 


190 


K/W 


•■thScase 


80/- 


80 


K/W 



V C c 



10 to 18 
to +70 



10 to 18 V 

-55 to +125 I °C 



178 



TAA 521 -709 
TAA 521 A-709 
TAA 522 -709 



Circuit 



input-frequency compensation 
(12) (3) 



Numbers in brackets refer to TAA 521 A 
Frequency compensating circuit: /?2 = 50 Q for capacitive loads 



, 2 
-input o 



(10) 

6 

4 o output 




(9) , , 
5 output 

o frequency 

compensation 





179 



TAA521 -709 
TAA521A-709 
TAA522 -709 



Operating characteristics 

V cc = ±15V, 7" amb = 25 °C 
unless stated otherwise 

Power consumption P u 

(no load, no signal) 

Input offset voltage 

(R G < 10 kQ) V„ 

(7"amb= 0to70°C) V h 

Input offset current I l0 

(7- amb =0to70°C) I l0 

(T amb = -55to+125°C) I lo 

Input current I-, 

(T amb = 0to70°C) /, 

(T amb = -55to+125°C) /, 

Input impedance Z, 

(T amb = -55to+125°C) Z, 

Output voltage 

(/? L >10kQ) l/ q 

(/? L > 10 kQ, 

T amb = -55to+125°C) V q 

(/? L > 2 kQ) l/ q 

(/? L > 2 kQ, V q 

7" amb = -55to+125°C) 

Output impedance Z q 

Voltage gain 

(l/ qPP =±10V, 

/? L = 2 kQ) 

(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L = 2kQ, 

T'amb^ 0to70°C) 

(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kQ, 

7"amb= -55 to +125°C) 

Common mode rejection 

ration (R G < 10 kQ) 

Average temperature 

coefficient of input offset 

voltage 

(/? Q < 10 kQ, 

7" amb = 0to70°C) 

(/? Q = 50 Q, 

7"amb= -55 to +125°C) 

(/? Q < 10 kQ, 

7"amb= -55 to +125°C) 

Input common mode range 

Sensitivity to supply 

voltage variations 

Rise time of V n 



G v 
CMRR 



#Vio 

dV n 



d» 





TAA521 


TAA 522 








TAA 521 A 










min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 






80 


200 




80 


165 


mW 


-7.5 


±2 


7.5 


-5 


±1 


5 


mV 


-10 




10 


-6 




6 


mV 


-500 


±100 


500 


-200 


±50 


200 


nA 


-750 




750 








nA 








-200 


±20 


200 


nA 




.3 


1.5 
2.0 




.2 
500 


.5 
1500 


|j,A 
(aA 
nA 


50 


250 




150 
40 


400 
100 




kQ 
kQ 


12 


±14 


-12 








V 








12 


±14 


-12 


V 


10 


±13 


-10 








V 








10 


±13 


-10 


V 




150 








150 


Q 


83.6 


93 










dB 


81.5 






88 


93 




dB 
dB 


65 


90 
10 




70 


90 

3 
6 




dB 

HV/K 
(xV/K 
HV/K 


±8 


±10 




±8 


±10 




V 




25 


200 




25 


200 


nv/v 




.3 






.3 




V/^is 



180 



TAA 521 -709 
TAA 521 A-709 
TAA 522 -709 



Transfer characteristic V q = f(V t ) 



Output voltage l/ qpp = f(R L ) 























l /i 


r~ 








V Z cW 
R L --M 








J! 








LI 




\ 
1 


II 
1 


















J 


^-5! 


)% 
5°C 

5°r 


















-1 
















































































































'I 




















II 
•Jj 


























-1 -0,6 -0,2 0,2 0,6 1mV 



10 2 5 10 3 5 10 4 ft 



PP-output voltage V q = f(V c 



Open loop voltage gain G v = f(l/ cc ) 



25 















































































min /?, 210 kft „ 
















































V 




















min ff^= IV.SI 



































































































































/ 


























6 






*L 


«10 


kft 








































5 












max 






































4 






































t 


yp^ 










3 


















































2 


















mi 


-] , 






























1 



























9 10 11 12 13 K 15 V 



"CC 



9 10 11 12 13 U 15 V 

^iKrr 



181 



TAA 521 -709 
TAA 521 A-709 
TAA 522 -709 



Input offset current 7 lo = f(T) 



Input current/; = f(T) 



nA 



nA 

























45 

D 










































♦ 40 










































35 










































30 












































25 










































20 










































15 










































10 










































5 




































































3UU 






















450 










































400 










































350 










































300 










































250 










































200 










































150 










































100 










































50 






























































-60 -20 20 60 100 140 °C 



-60 -20 20 60 100 140°C 



Open loop gain for various 
degrees of compensation G v = f(f) 



PP-output voltage V q = f(f) 




25 











^cc = 


t15V " 




















-/? L « 


IUK 


IT 










11 








"1 






r~,\ .-"„ 1 


111 










1 


1 ?1 


Al- 












^1 "" 








£l 






I ^ 










rJy^ 






jIL. * 




















"1 
















1 




f\ 


J 














^ 




^ 


n 




















1 







100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10 MHz 



Ik 10k 100k 1M 10MHz 



182 



Broadband Amplifier 



TAA721 
TAA722 



The integrated circuits TAA 721 and TAA 722 are differential amplifiers with wide bandwith. 

• Differential inputs and outputs 

• Wide bandwidth of to 40 MHz 

• High common-mode rejection of 85 dB 

• Excellent stability 

• Intensive to asymmetrical supply voltages 



Type 



TAA 721 
TAA 722 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A82 
Q67000-A83 



Package outlines 



d> 0.45 





-9.5* ' 5 - 




1 








' 


"T 


— 


GO 


— 11.5* D - S — 




«-0.3 


<4 




Package 5 G 8 DIN 41873 
(similar T078) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Circuit diagram 



input 1 o- 



-o outputl 




o output 2 



o-V cc 



(pin 4 connected to case) 



183 



TAA 721 
TAA722 



Maximum ratings 

Suppl voltage 
Differential input voltage 
Output current 
(between Pins 6/5, Pins 6/7) 
Ambient operating temperature 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance: 
System-ambient air 

Operating characteristics 

l/ cc = ±6V,r amb = 25 °C 

Current consumption 

Input current 

Input offset current 

Input impedance 

(f = 100 kHz) 

Output voltage 

(/? L = 5 kQ, f = 100 kHz) 

Output offset voltage 1 ) 

Output impedance 

(f= 100 kHz) 

Voltage gain 2 ) 

(V,= 1 mV,/? L =5kQ, f= 100 kHz) 

Common mode rejection ratio 

[f= 100 kHz,/? L = 5 kQ) 

Common mode voltage gain 

(Vicm = 0.3 V, /? L =5kQ, 

f= 100 kHz) 

Bandwidth (-3 dB) 

Distortion factor 

(V,= 1 V, /? L =5 kQ, f=10 kHz) 

Impulse measurements made 

with following measuring circuit 

(l/ cc =±5V, 7- amb =25°C, 

with V, = 10 mV) 

Rise time of the output pulse 

Fall time of the output pulse 

(l/i = 5 mV) 

Amplification between the 

channels with V, = 250 mV 

Storage time 

Modulation voltage 





TAA 721 


TAA 722 




1/cc 


±8 

5 

10 


±8 

5 

10 


V 
V 

mA 


' amb 

Ts 


Oto 70 
-55 to +150 
150 


-55 to +125 
-65 to +150 
150 


°C 
°C 

°c 


"thSamb 


190 


190 


K/W 





TAA 721 




TAA 722 








mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


typ 


max 




+/cc 

ho 




14.5 

9 

50 

3 

6 


100 
30 




14.5 

9 

40 

3 

6 


25 
16 
80 
30 


mA 

mA 

HA 

jj,A 

kQ 


l/qpp 




3.7 






3.7 




V 


* qo 

z. 




.5 
35 


2.0 




.5 
35 


1.2 


V 
Q 


Gy 


38.5 


40.4 


41.8 


38.5 


40.4 


41.8 


dB 


CMRR 




85 






85 




dB 


"VCM 




-45 


-30 




-45 


-30 


dB 


B 

k 




40 
1.5 






40 

1.5 




MHz 

% 


tr 




10 
10 


15 
15 




9 
9 


12 
12 


ns 
ns 


G v 








60 


68 




dB 


I'qpp 








1.2 


25 
1.4 


40 


ns 
V 



measured between both outputs. 

output voltage to ground. Between both outputs, the gain measured is twice as high, the outputs being of 

opposite phase. 



184 



TAA721 
TAA722 



Circuit for measuring wave forms 




o output 5 



Wave shapes 

input pulse 



output pulse ' 

100% ' I 

90% L 



10%- 




■*l U Uti *\ 



185 



TAA721 
TAA722 



Voltage gain G v = f(R L ) 

f = 100 kHz, 7" amb = 25 °C, R Q = 50 Q 

R L = 5 kQ, l/ cc = ± 6 V 



0) 

£ 

Q. 

o 

> 
■o 

0) 



dB 



6 V 





















50 


































'i0 




































30 


































20 


































10 




















































10' 1 5 10° 5 10W 



Voltage gain G v = f(± l/ cc ) 

f = 100 kHz, r amb = 25 °C, /? G = 50 Q 

fl L = 5 kQ 





































50 


































































40 






























































30 


































































20 


































































10 






































































































1234567 8V 

*tV fr 



Voltage gain G v = f{-V cc ) 

f = 100 kHz, 7" amb = 25 °C, R G = 50 Q 

R L = 5kQ, +l/ cc = 6 V 



Gv 





































50 


































































40 


































































30 


































































20 


































































10 






































































































Voltage gain G v = f(+Vcc) 

f = 100 kHz, r amb = 25 °C, R G = 50 Q 

/? L = 5kQ, -V C c = 6V 



dB 



bU 


































50 


































































40 


































































30 


































































20 


































































10 


































































(1 



































01234567 8V 



01234567 8V 



186 



TAA721 
TAA722 



Voltage gain G v = f(T Bnib ) 

f = 100 kHz, 7" amb = 25 °C, /? G = 50 Q 

/? L = 5 kfi, l/ cc = ± 6 V 



dB 



Gv 



uu 






















50 








































'i0 












































30 










































20 










































10 












































n 























-40 40 80 120 160°C 



Input current /, = f(T amb ) 
l/cc=±6V 



HA 

























100 










































80 










































60 










































40 












































20 


































































-40 40 



120 160 °C 

' 'amb 



Voltage gain 6 V = f(f) 

Phase deviation qp = f(f) 

V cc = ±6 V, T amb = 25°C, /? G = 50 Q 

ft L = 5 kfi 



7¥in"c u Tit 



400° 



300 



200 



100 



10" 1 # 10 1 10 2 10 3 MHz 

— **f 



Common mode rejection CMRR = f(f) 
l/ cc = ± 6 V, T amb = 25°C, R G = 50 Q 
R L = 5kQ 



CMRR 























90 






































80 








































7(1 








































60 








































50 






































40 






































30 






































20 






































10 




























































NT 1 5 10° 5 10 1 5 10 2 MHz 



187 



Operational Amplifier 



TAA761;A;W 

TAA762 

TAA 765; A; W 



A particularly economical and universal operational amplifier which by its excellent perform- 
ance qualities is well suited for a wide range of applications, such as automatic controls, 
automobile electronics, AF-circuits, analog computers etc. 

In addition to a high gain, high input resistance, low offset voltage, low temperature- and 
supply voltage-dependence, the amplifier features 



• Wide common-mode range, 

• Large supply voltage range, 

• Large control range, 



• Wide temperature range (TAA 762), 

• High output current, 

• Simple frequency compensation 



Type 


Ordering codes 


TAA 761 


Q67000-A224 


TAA 761 A 


Q67000-A522 


TAA 761 W 


Q67000-A598 


TAA 762 


Q67000-A523 


TAA 765 


Q67000-A226 


TAA 765 A 


Q67000-A524 


TAA 765 W 


Q67000-A599 



Package outlines 

TAA 761, TAA 762, TAA 765 



TAA 761 W, TAA 765 W TAA 761 A, TAA 765 A 



00.45^ 




i 


-- 




' 




^y 1 — 


oo 


^-0.3 


t 



Case 5 H 6 
DIN 41873 
(similar TO-1 8) 
Weight approx. 1 g 




,5 max 



0.45x025 



0.25 

:0.1 
2max 



Miniture plastic case 

6 Pins 

Weight approx. .1 g 

Colour code 

TAA 761 W white/white 

TAA 765 W yellow/yellow 



Dimensions in mm 




-76-0.2 - 



l*6.4. 02 -l 
-7.5' - 6 



•8,5 max 



Plastic plug-in case 
6 Pins 

20 A 6 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



Circuit for TAA 761, 762, 765 



■ input 



Pin-numbers in brackets refer to TAA 761 A and TAA 765A 



Circuit for TAA 761 W and TAA 765 W 



TAA 761; A; W 
TAA 762; 
TAA 765; A; W 



-o frequency 
compensation 




■input 




o frequency 
compensation 



-o output 



189 



TAA761;A;W 

TAA762 

TAA 765; A; W 



Maximum ratings 



Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistances: 

System-case (TAA 761, TAA 762, TAA 765) 

System-ambient air (TAA 761/762/765) 

System-ambient air (TAA 761 A, TAA 765 A) 

System-ambient air (TAA 761 W, TAA 765 W) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

TAA761/A/W 

TAA 765/ A/W 

TAA 762 





TAA 761 /TAA 761 A 






TAA 761 W/TAA 762 






TAA 765/TAA 765 A 






TAA 765 W 




l/cc 


±18 


V 


'q 


70 


mA 


V iD 


±l/cc 




T> 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


°C 


••thScase 


80 


K/W 


'■thSamb 


190 


K/W 


"thSamb 


140 


K/W 


"thSamb 


200 


K/W 


Vcc 


±1.5 to ±18 


V 


' amb 


to +70 


°C 


' amb 


-25 to +85 


°C 


' amb 


-55 to +125 


°C 



Operating 
characteristics 

l/ cc = ±15 V 



Supply current 

Input offset voltage 

(/? G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Output voltage 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 

(R L =620Q) 

(/? L =2kQ,f=100kHz) 

Input impedance 

(f= 1 kHz) 

Open-loop voltage gain 

(R L =2kQ, f~=1 kHz) 

{R L =10 kQ,f=1 kHz) 

(R L = 2 kQ, f=1 MHz) 

Output leakage current 7 Q | k 





TAA 761 /A/W 
TAA 765/A/W 

'amb = 25 C 


' amb 


25 °C 


TAA 


762 

' amb 

125°C 


-55 to 




min 


typ 


max 


mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


max 






-6 


1.5 


2.5 
6 


-4 


1.5 


2.5 
4 


-6 


6 


mA 
mV 


I;o 


-300 


±80 
.5 


300 
1.0 


-100 


±50 
.3 


100 
.7 


-300 


300 
1.0 


nA 


»qpp 

''qpp 
"qpp 

z, 


14.9 
14.9 


±10 
200 


-14 
-12.5 


14.9 
14.9 


±10 
200 


-14 
-12.5 


14.8 
14.8 


-14 
-12 


V 
V 
V 
kQ 


l 
G v 


81.5 


85 
90 
43 
1 


10 


85 


87 
92 
43 
1 


10 


80 




dB 
dB 
dB 
\iA 



190 



TAA761;A;W 
TAA762 
TAA 765; A; W 



Operating 
characteristics 

V cc = ±15 V 



Input common-mode 
range 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 
Common- mode 
rejection ratio 
(/? L = 2 kQ) 
Sensitivity to supply 
voltage variations 
(G v = 100) 

Temp, coefficient of V i0 
(R G = 50 Q) 
Temp, coefficient of / io 
(/? G = 50 Q) 
Rise time of l/ q for non- 
inverting operation 
(test circuit 1) 
Rise time for V q for 
inverting operation 
(test circuit 2) 
Noise voltage 
(to spec. DIN 45405; 
measured at input 
/? s = 2.5 kQ) 
l/cc = ±5 V 
Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
Input offset current 
Input current 
Output voltage 
(/? L = 2 kQ) 

Open loop voltage gain 
(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 





TAA761/A/W 






TAA 762 








TAA 765/A/W 












' amb = 25 C 


' amb 


25 °C 




' amb 

+ 125 c 


-55 to 
C 




min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 




'iCM 


12 


±13.5 


-12 


12 


±13.5 


-12 






V 


CMRR 


65 


79 




70 


81 








dB 


AV CC 




25 


200 




25 


200 






txV/V 


Q-v\o 




6 






6 


25 






\\SIIK 


Olio 




.3 






.3 


1.5 






nA/K 


dV q 

dt r 




9 






9 








V/|iS 


dV q 

dt r 




18 






18 








V/[AS 


v N 




3 






3 








\iV 


Ice 




0.7 






0.7 








mA 


V lo 


-6 




6 


-4 




4 






mV 


1,0 


-300 




300 


-70 




70 






nA 


Vqpp 


4.9 




1.0 
-4 


4.9 




0.6 
-4 


4.8 


-4 


^A 
V 


G v 


70 






70 










dB 



191 



Operational Amplifiers 



TAA861;A;W 

TAA862 

TAA 865; A; W 



Especially economical and universal operational amplifiers which by their excellent per- 
formance qualities are well suited for a wide range of applications, such as automatic controls, 
automobile electronics, AF-circuits, analog computers etc. 

In addition to a high gain, high input resistance, low offset voltage, low temperature- and 
supply voltage-dependence, the amplifiers feature 

• Wide common-mode range, 

• Large supply voltage range, 

• Large control range, 

• High output current, 

• Simple frequency compensation, 

• Wide temperature range (TAA 862) 



Type 



Ordering codes 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TAA 861 
TAA 861 A 
TAA 861 W 
TAA 862 



Q67000-A89 
Q67000-A278 
Q67000-A89-S3 
Q67000-A236 



TAA 865 
TAA 865 A 
TAA 865 W 



Q67000-A109 
Q67000-A279 
Q67000-A109-S3 



Package outlines 

TAA 861, TAA 862, TAA 865 



TAA 861 W, TAA 865 W TAA 861 A, TAA 865 A 



00.45^ 




* 




■ 


- — 


■= 


, 


ao 


I 




u 


4 - 9 -0.3 


t 



Package 5 H 6 DIN 41873 
(similar TO-78) 
Weight approx. 1 g 







0.45x0,25 



025 

2 max 



Miniature plastic 

package 

6 pins 

Weight approx. .1 g 

Colour code 

TAA 861 W green/green 

TAA 865 W blue/blue 

Dimensions in mm 




*8,5max-»- 

Plastic plug-in package 
6 pins 

20 A 6 Din 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



192 



Circuit for TAA 861, TAA 865, TAA 862 and TAA 861 A, TAA 865 A 



TAA861;A;W 
TAA 862 
TAA 865; A; W 



-input 



♦ input 



)rHC 



Numbers in brackets refer to TAA 861A and TAA 865A 



Circuit for TAA 861 W, TAA 865 W 



o frequency 
compensation 




(4) 
6 

-o-V, 



cc 



-input 



♦input 



o frequency 
compensation 




193 



TAA861;A; W 
TAA862 
TAA 865; A; W 



Maximum ratings 



Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TAA 861, TAA 862, TAA 865) 

System-ambient air (TAA 861/862/865) 

System-ambient air (TAA 861 A, TAA 865 A) 

System-ambient air (TAA 861 W, TAA 865 W) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

TAA 861/ A/ W 

TAA 865/ A/W 

TAA 862 





TAA 861 /TAA 865 






TAA 861 A/TAA 865 A 






TAA861W/TAA865W 






TAA 862 




l/cc 


±10 
70 


V 

mA 




±l/cc 
150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


°C 


'■thScase 
'■thSamb 
"thSamb 
"thSamb 


80 
190 
140 
200 


K/W 
K/W 
K/W 
K/W 



' amb 
' amb 



±1.5 to ±10 

Oto +70 
-25 to +85 
-55 to +125 



194 



TAA861;A; W 
TAA862 
TAA 865; A; W 



Operating 
characteristics 

l/ cc = ±10 V 

Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
(R G = 50 Q) 
Input offset current 
Input current 
Output voltage 
(R L = 2 kQ) 
(/? L = 400 Q) 
(R L =2kQ,f = 100 kHz) 
Input impedance 
if = 1 kHz) 
Output impedance 
{f = 1 kHz) 

Open-loop voltage gain 
(R L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 
(R L = 10kQ,f = 1 kHz) 
{R L =2kQ,f = 1 MHz) 
Input common-mode 
range 

(R L = 2 kQ) 
Common mode 
rejection ratio 
(R L = 2 kQ) 
Sensitivity to supply 
voltage variations 
(G v = 100) 
Temperature- 
coeffizient of V io 
(R G = 50 Q, 
T amb = 0to70°C) 
Temperature- 
coefficient of/ io 
(/? G = 50 Q, 
T amb = 0to70°C) 
Rise time of l/ q for non- 
inverting operation 
(test circuit 1, TAA 861) 
Rise time of l/ q for 
inverting operation 
(test circuit 2, 
TAA 861) 





TAA861/A/W 
TAA 865/A/W 

' amb = 25 C 


' amb 


25 °C 


TAA 


862 

T amb = 
+ 125° 


-55 to 
C 




min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 




Ice 

v i0 


-10 


1.0 


1.5 
10 


-4 


1.0 


1.5 
4 


-6 


6 


mA 
mV 


/io 


-300 


±80 
.5 


300 
1.0 


-100 


±50 
.3 


100 
.7 


-300 


300 
1.0 


nA 
HA 


1/qpp 
Vqpp 
''qPP 


9.8 
9.8 


±7 
200 


-9 
-8 


9.9 
9.8 


±7 
200 


-9 
-8 


9.8 
9.8 


-9 
-7.5 


V 
V 
V 
kQ 


z. 




800 














Q 


1 

G v 
G v 
G v 


75 


80 
90 
43 




85 


87 
90 
43 




80 




dB 
dB 
dB 


•hcm 


8 


±9 


-8 


8 


±9 


-8 






V 


CMRR 


60 


74 




70 


81 








dB 


AV; 

AV CC 


25 


200 




25 


200 








[xV/V 


a Vio 




6 






6 


25 






HV/K 


«l io 




.3 






.3 


1.5 






nA/K 






9 






9 








V/|iS 


dV q 




18 






18 








l//ns 



195 



TAA861;A;W 
TAA862 
TAA 865; A; W 



Operating characteristics 

V cc = ±10 V 

Output leakage current 
Noise voltage 

(to spec. DIN 45405 measured at 
input R s = 2.5 kQ) 

V cc = ±5 V 
Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
Input offset current 
Input current 
Output voltage 
(/? L = 2 kQ) 

(7a mb = -55to+125°C) 
Open-loop voltage gain 
(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 





TAA861/A/W 


TAA 862 








TAA 865/A/W 












7-amb = 25°C 


' amb — 


25 °C 








mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


typ 


max 








10 


100 




1 


10 


\iA 




3 






3 




(xV 


Ice 




.7 






.7 




mA 


l/io 


-10 




10 


-4 




4 


mV 


ho 


-300 




300 


-70 




70 


nA 


h 






1.0 






.6 


pA 


"qpp 


4.8 




-4 


4.9 




-4 


V 










4.8 




-4 


V 


gT 


70 






70 






dB 



Connection diagram 

C c = output frequency compensation; R L = load resistor 



t O+^f 



• input o 



♦input o 




196 



TAA761 TAA861 
TAA762 TAA862 
TAA765 TAA865 



1. Test circuit for rise time of V„ (non-inverting operation) 




°+v, 



cc 



-ooutput 



(n) [W Mi6fk ==i 



Cy « 22 pF for min overshoot 



"cc 



2. Test circuit for rise time of l/ q (inverting operation) 




o+V ( 



CC 



o * o output 



^-^cc 



C 2 is for a frequency dependent compensation of the reduction of rise times 
C, 3.9 pF for min overshoot 



197 



TAA 761 TAA 861 
TAA762 TAA 862 
TAA 765 TAA 865 



Transfer characteristic V q = f{V t ) 
l/cc = parameter, R L = 2 kQ 



Saturation voltage l/ R = f[I q ) 
T amb = 25 °C 



V 

1fi 




































j 








14 

12 

4 10 

6 


f 


±15 V 






























































! 


±10V 
















j 




■+ w. 






























4 
2 

-2 
-4 


«' 










































t2V /f 




















~t 


-7 






















/ 














-6 
-8 






















































_■ 














-10 
-12 
-14 
-16 










































J 




































3 - 


I - 




] 


2 


3 




5 




7 


3mV 























| 





























































5 10 2 5xl0 3 mA 
«-/„ 



Open-loop voltage gain and phase 

G v = nf);<p = f{f); 1/ CC =±10V/±15V 



Frequency dependance of large 
signal modulation V q = f(f) 



6 V 







M \ 


\ \ 


k ^ 


' t rf ^ tf 








\ V I 


\ \ 


I \ yv 


V v 


L,.^'' v \| 


y \ \ 


\'\ vJll- 


I JsTTY 


-1111 J-Jll _LJ.il -Lllll J, ilk J. _L 111 



360° 

320 

f 
280 j 

240 

200 

160 

120 



















► 








\ 


y cc , t 15V 


a\ 








\ 








\ 






£, =100—'— 


"v =1 IS 
[C r =18pF s 




\ 






\ 


\ 






\ 


'V 




\ j_ 




\\ 




\ \ 




'^ 


Jk =.]0V ~^\ 




V 


y^ 








r^ 


' II 



10"' 10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 kHz 



10 1 5 10 z 5 



10 J kHz 



198 



TAA 761 TAA 861 
TAA762 TAA 862 
TAA 765 TAA 865 



Transfer characteristic l/ q = (I/,) 
l/ RR = ±15 V, R c = parameter 



Transfer characteristic l/ q = f(V,) 
V cc = ±15 V, R c = parameter 

























( 
























































































































































































































620 al I 


2k 


ft 


















-Ik 


i<i 



























































































-3 -2 -1 



2 3 L, 5 6 7 8mV 



-12 





















































































































































































































































J 


XT 


















/ 




- X=350Q 












/ 


Li 












/ 








]OQ 












/ 




^ 














/, 






\ 


IQ. 












// 




\ 












y 








\ 


2kS2 














i 







































































-3-2-10123456 7mV 



Common mode range l/ ICM = rWcc) 



Common mode range 1/ ICM = Wcc) 

















































































































































































































































































































































1/. 
















































































MC 


M 

























'iCM 

t; 

6 
5 

3 
2 
1 










































































































































































































































































+t 


'iCK/ 


/ 




























































■ v \c 


M 









































































-^r, 



15V 



10V 



±V, 



CC 



199 



TAA761 TAA861 
TAA762 TAA862 
TAA765 TAA865 



dB 



Open-loop voltage gain 

Gv = Wee); r amb = 25 °c 

R L = 2kQ 



Input current 

/, = Wcc) 



































88 






























































86 






























































84 






























































82 






























































80 






























































78 






























































76 






























































74 






























































72 






























































7f1 

































15 V 



nA 



































qnn 
































































800 






























































700 






























































600 






























































500 






























































400 






























































300 






























































200 






























































100 






























































n 

































10 15 



Open-loop voltage gain 

G v = W L ); T amb = 25 °C 



dB 
100 



6, 

" 90 



70 



50 













Vt 


II 










■W 


sl5V 

±10V I 

±5V | 






L 


,;:: 


V 






Y/ 


'/ 


■1 








/: 


/ 


/ 










v. 


/ 












'/ 














/ 









































i2 m3 



10' 10 J 10" WQ. 



t m5f 



Input offset voltage 

V, B = Wl); Vcc = ±15 V 



mV 



4 
3 


































2 





































































2 


















3 


































5 



















10' I0 5 ft 

— ►/?, 



200 



TAA761 TAA861 
TAA762 TAA862 
TAA765 TAA865 



Input offset voltage 

V cc = ±10 V 





























4 


















































3 




















































2 




















































1 




















































o 




















































- 1 




















































-2 




















































-3 


















































-'i 




















































-5 



























-25 25 50 75 100 125°C 



Input offset current 

Vio = nT amb ); /? L = 2 k£2 
Vcc= ±10 V 



nA 





























90 


















































80 


















































70 




















































60 


















































50 


















































40 


















































30 


















































20 




















































10 
















































































-25 



25 50 75 100 125°C 



Input current 

/. = f(h mb ); R L = 2 kQ 



Open-loop voltage gain 

G v = «r amb ); fl L = 2 kQ; f = 1 kHz 









































































































































































































































l/» 




±1E 


V- 


















K cc - 












































±5 


V 












































~ 



























































































































72 



































































K r 


c = 


♦ 1 


iV 






























































♦ mv 






































































■ t 


5V- 







































































































































































































































































-25 25 50 75 100 125°C 
*"'amb 



■25 25 50 75 



125°C 



201 



Dual Operational Amplifiers 



TAA 2761; A 
TAA 2762 
TAA 2765; A 



Especially economical and universal operational amplifiers in package 5 G8 DIN 41873 (TO 99) 
which by their excellent performance qualities are well suited for a wide range of applications. 
No external components for frequency compensation are required. TAA 2761 A (8 pins) in 
plastic plug-in package. 
For single amplifier performance, see TAA 761 data sheet. 



Additional features: 

• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Wide temperature range (TAA 2762) 

• Protection against destruction 



Type 




Ordering codes 




TAA 2761 
TAA 2761 A 
TAA 2762 
TAA 2765 
TAA 2765 A 


Q67000-A1027 
Q67000-A1028 
Q67000-A1029 
Q67000-A1030 
Q67000-A1031 




Package outlines 




TAA 2761, TAA 2762, TAA 2765 




<Z>0.45v | 


J max 

I 


4 


I 






T 


■ ■ — != 




f/.f j VV\ 


h6 § 

in 


L 




8 


k 




i 
I 


I 


U— 13.5±i — -1 


4.7max 


I-— 


I — 9.2_ 02 — 




Package similar t< 
(similar TO-99) 
weight approx. 1. 


)5G 

1 g 


8 DIN 4187 


3 


Dimensions in mm 



• High output current 

• Large control range 

• No frequency compensation 



TAA 2761 A, TAA 2765 A 




K6 ? o.2-H 



1.5max 



•6.4. 2* 



-10, 2 max-- 

Plastic plug-in package, 8 pins; 
20 A 8 DIN 41866, weight approx. 



•7g 



Maximum ratings 



Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TAA 2761/2/5) 
System-ambient air (TAA 2761/2/5) 
System-ambient air (TAA 2761 A/2765 A) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

TAA 2761 /A 

TAA 2762 

TAA 2765/A 





TAA 2761 /A 






TAA 2762 






TAA 2765/A 




V C c 


±15 


V 


A, 


70 


mA 


V iD 


±»/cc 




T, 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


°C 


"thScase 


80 


K/W 


"thSamb 


190 


K/W 


"thSamb 


140 


K/W 



' amb 
' amb 
' amb 



±2 to ±15 

to +70 
-55 to +125 
-25 to +85 



°C 
°C 
°C 



202 



Circuit of one operational amplifier 



TAA2761;A 
TAA 2762 
TAA 2765; A 



-input 



♦input 




Pin configuration 

TAA 2761 
TAA 2762 
TAA 2765 



TAA 2761 A 
TAA 2765 A 



output A 




♦input A \\_ 
-input A l\_ 



+ l te 



-input B 4|_ 




-input B 



203 



TAA 2761; A 
TAA 2762 
TAA 2765; A 



Operating characteristics 

(t/ cc = ±15 V) 



Supply current 

Input offset voltage 

(R G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Output voltage: 

R L = 2 kQ 

R L = 620 Q 

Input impedance ZZ 

(f = 1 kHz) 

Open loop voltage gain 

R L = 2kQ,f= 100HzG v 

R L = 10 kQ, f = 100 HzG v 

Output leakage 

current 7 qlk 

Input common 

mode range 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 

Common mode 

rejection mode 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 

Sensitivity to supply 

voltage variations 

(G v = 100) 

Temp, coefficient of V io 

(R G = 50 Q) ctvi 

Temp, coefficient of I io 

{R G = 50 Q) an 

Noise voltage (to spec. V N 

DIN 45405; measured 

at input fl s = 2,5 kQ) 

Output saturation 

voltage (/ q = 10 mA) l/ q . 

(V cc = ±5 V) 

Supply current I cc 

Input offset voltage V i0 

Input offset current I io 

Input current /, 

Output voltage l/ q( 

(R e = 2 kQ) 

Open loop voltage 

gain G v 

(R e = 2 kQ, f = 1 Hz) 



V.CM 

CM/?/? 



TAA 2761/A 
TAA 2765/A 

'amb = 25 C 


min 


typ 


-6 


.5 


-300 


±80 
.5 


14.9 
14.9 


200 


80 


85 
90 




1 


12 


±13.5 


65 


79 




25 




6 




.3 
3 


-6 
-300 


.5 


4.9 




70 





max 



1.5 
6 

300 
1.0 

-14 
-12.5 



10 



-12 



100 



6 

300 
1.0 
-4 



TAA 2762 



'amb — 25 C 

min typ max 



-4 
-100 



14.9 
14.9 



85 

12 
70 



-4 
-100 

4.9 



70 



:50 



200 



87 
92 



±13.5 

81 
25 



1.5 
4 

100 
.7 

-14 
-12.5 



10 



-12 



100 

25 
1.5 



4 

100 
.6 
-4 



'amb 55 

to +125 °C 
min max 



-300 



14.8 
14.8 



80 



4.8 



300 
1.0 

-14 



204 



Quad Operational Amplifiers 



TAA4761 A 
TAA4765A 



Expecially economical and universal operational amplifiers in plastic plug-in packages 

(14 pins) 20 A 14 DIN 41866, which by their excellent performance qualities are well suited 

for a wide range of applications. No external components for frequency compensation are 

required. 

For single amplifier performance, see TAA 761 data sheet. 

Additional features: 



• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Protection against destruction 



• High output current 

• Large control range 

• No frequency compensation 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TAA 4761 A 
TAA 4765 A 



Q67000-A1032 
Q67000-A1033 



Package outlines 




K-7.64.2- 



-7.6* - 6 



n n n n n n, n 



U U U U U kJ u 

1 7 
-19.2.11, • 



Weight approx. 1.1 g 

Plastic plug-in package 20 A 14 DIN 41866 (14 pins) 

Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance system - ambient air 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation (TAA 4761 A) 

(TAA 4765 A) 





TAA 4761 A 






TAA 4765 A 




V C c 


±15 


V 


A, 


70 


mA 


v tD 


±V C c 




T> 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


°C 


"JhSamb 


140 


K/W 



y C c 


±2 to ±15 


V 


' arob 


to +70 


°C 


' amb 


-25 to +85 


°C 



205 



TAA 4761 A 
TAA 4765 A 



Pin configuration 




] 14 output B 
J 13+input B 
] 12 -input B 
]11^ CC 
] 10 -input A 
J 9 +input A 
J 8 output A 



Circuit of one operational amplifier 



►input 



«*Kt 




206 



TAA4761 A 
TAA4765A 



Operating characteristics 



(V cc = ±15 V; T a 



25 °C) 



Supply current 

Input offset voltage (/? G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Output voltage: R L = 2 kQ 

/? L = 620 Q 
Input impedance (f = kHz) 
Open-loop voltage gain: R L = 2 kQ, f = 100 Hz 
R L = 10 kQ, f= 100 Hz 
Output leakage current 
Input common-mode range (R L = 2 kQ) 
Common-mode rejection ratio (/? L = 2 kQ) 
Sensitivity to supply voltage variations 
(G v = 100) 

Temp, coefficient of l/ io (/? G = 50 Q) 
Temp, coefficient of I io (R G = 50 Q) 
Noise voltage (to spec. DIN 45405, measured at 
input R s = 2,5 kQ) 

Output saturation voltage (I Q = 10 mA) 
(V cc = ±5 V) 
Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
Input offset current 
Input current 

Output voltage (R L = 2 kQ) 
Open-loop voltage gain (/? L = 2 kQ, f = 100 Hz) 





TAA 4761 A 








TAA 4765 A 








min 


typ 


max 




^cc 




1 


3 


mA 


l/io 


-6 




6 


mV 


/lo 


-300 


±80 


300 


nA 


/. 




.5 


1.0 


M-A 


qpp 


14.9 




-14 


V 


qpp 


14.9 




-12.5 


V 


z, 




200 




kQ 


G v 


80 


85 




dB 


G v 




90 




dB 


Iq\k 






10 


[xA 


•/iCM 


12 


±13.5 


-12 


V 


CMRR 


65 


79 




dB 


AV lo 




25 


100 


(xV/V 


AVoc 










a Vio 




6 




^V/K 


a \\o 




.3 




nA/K 


v N 




3 




^V 


'qsat 






1 


V 


^cc 




1 




mA 


l/io 


-6 




6 


mV 


/lo 


-300 




300 


nA 


/, 






1 


|xA 


qpp 


4.9 




-4 


V 


G v 


70 






dB 



207 



Operational Amplifier 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA222;S1;Q1; 02-741 



These operational amplifier are short circuit protected against +V CC , ~V CC and ground. 
No external components for frequency compensation are required. An internal gain reduc- 
tion of 6 dB/octave yields maximum stability in feedback circuit applications. 

• Simple handling 

• Large input differential voltage 

• Short circuit protected 

• High open loop voltage gain 

• Large supply voltage range 



Type 


Ordering codes 


TBA 221 


Q67000-A134 


TBA 221 A 


Q67000-A225 


TBA 221 B 


Q67000-A281 


TBA 221 W 


Q67000-A923 


TBA 221 G 


Q67000-A923G 


TBA 222 


Q67000-A97 


TBA 222 Q1 


Q67000-A97-Q1 


TBA 222 Q2 


Q67000-A97-Q2 


TBA 222 S1 


Q67000-A97-S1 



Package outlines 



TBA 221, TBA 222 

Jmax 



TBA 221 B 




0,45x0.25 




3 



tSmax 



Case similar to 5 G 8 DIN 41873 (TO-99) 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 
Pin 4 and case connected 



1 5 

Jji.n,, nun. 



-10. 2 max 



U6.4-H2* 
k 76 'M 



Dimensions in mm 



Plastic plug-in package, 8 pins 
20 A 8 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



208 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA 222; S1;Q1; 02-741 



Package outlines 

TBA 221 A 



TBA 221 W 



0.45x0. 




h-7.6tf.2- 



fi fi n m n n 



U LJ U U U U U 

1 7 
■ 19.2. m ■ 



-6.4-02—1 




0.25 
I 2max 



Plastic plug-in package, 14 pins 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 (TO-1 16) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Miniature plastic package, 8 pins 
Weight approx. .15 g 
Colour code brown/brown 



TBA 221 G 



L 



~i t no.4±o.i 



0.25 * w 



00.4±... 
1.27 



I 3 



1-0.1 



Miniature plastic package, 8 pins 
Weight approx. .15 g 



Dimensions in mm 



209 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA222;S1;Q1;Q2-741 



Pin connection 

TBA 221 B 



TBA 221, TBA 222, TBA 222 Q1, TBA 222 Q2 
TBA 222 S 1 



offset comp.1 [ 
-input 2 L 
♦ input 3|_ 




] 6 output 
[J5 offset comp. 



ffset comp. (V) 




<2Kc 


-input (2y~ 


> 


/r\ „..i„..i 




+input (3) 




(§) offset comp 



TBA 221 A 



TBA 221 W, TBA 221 G 




offset comp 
- input 




3 output 
offset comp. 



210 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA222;S1;Q1;Q2-741 







TBA 221 










TBA 221 A 


TBA 222 








TBA 221 B 


TBA 222 Q 1 








TBA 221 G 


TBA 222 Q 2 




Maximum ratings 




TBA 221 W 


TBA 222 S 1 




Supply voltage 


V cc 


±18 


±22 


V 


Input voltage (V cc = ±4 to ±15 V) 


v i 


±l/cc 


±V CC 


V 


Input voltage (V cc = ±15 to ±18) 


v t 


±15 


±15 


V 


Differential input voltage 


V;d 


±30 


±30 


V 


Short circuit duration 1 } 


^sc 


00 


00 




Storage temperature 


7"s 


-65 to +150 


-65 to +150 


°C 


Junction temperature 


T> 


150 


150 


°C 


Thermal resistance: 










System-case (TBA 221/222) 


'■thScase 


80 


80 


K/W 


System-ambient air 


"thSamb 


190 


190 


K/W 


(TBA 221/222) 










System-ambient air (TBA 221 A) 


"thSamb 


120 




K/W 


System-ambient air (TBA 221 B) 


"thSamb 


140 




K/W 


System-ambient air (TBA 221 W/G) 


"thSamb 


200 




K/W 


Range of operation 










Supply voltage 


l/cc 


±4 to ±18 


±4 to ±22 


V 


Ambient temperature in operation 


' amb 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


°C 



1 ) Short circuit may be ground or ±V CCl thereby the maximum ratings like 7", must not be exceeded. 



Circuit diagram 




o+l/ f 



CC 



-o output 



o-V, 



CC 



211 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA222;S1;Q1; Q 2-741 



Operating characteristics 

(l/ cc = ±15 V, T mb = 25 °C 
when not otherwise stated) 



Input offset voltage 

(/? G <10 kQ, 7- amb = 0to70°C) 

(/? G <10 kQ, T amb = -55 to +125°C) 

Adjustable range of input offset 

voltage 

Input offset current 

(T amb = 0to70°C) 

(7"amb= -55to+125°C) 

Input current 

(T amb = 0to70°C) 

(T amb = -55to+125°C) 

Current supply 

Positive output short circuit 

current 

Negative output short circuit 

current 

Input resistance 

Input capacitance 

Output resistance 

Output voltage (/? L >10 kQ) 

(/? L >2 kQ) 
Common mode input voltage 
range 

Voltage gain 

(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kQ) 
(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kQ, 
T amb = to 70 °C) 
(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kQ, 
7"amb = -55 to +125 °C) 
Common-mode rejection ratio 
Sensitivity to supply voltage 
variations 

Transient behaviour of the 
output voltage at G v = 1 : 
Rise time (V, = 20 mV, 
R L = 2 kQ, C L <100 pF) 
Overshoot 
Leading edge slope 
(/? L >2 kQ) 

Temperature coefficient of V io 
Temperature coefficient of / io 





TBA 221 




TBA 222 








TBA 221 A 




TBA 222 Q 1 








TBA 221 B 




TBA 222 Q 2 








TBA 221 G 




TBA 222 S 1 








TBA 221 W 












min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




>/io 


-6 




6 


-4 




4 


mV 


V,o 


-7.5 




7.5 








mV 


V,o 








-5.5 




5.5 


mV 


AV-so 


6 


±15 


-6 


6 


±15 


-6 


mV 


/io 


-200 


±20 


200 


-100 


±20 


100 


nA 


ho 


-300 




300 








nA 


ho 








-400 




400 


nA 


I; 




80 


500 




80 


350 


nA 


I; 






800 








nA 


I, 










.3 


1.2 


\iA 


hzc 




1.7 


2.8 




1.7 


2.8 


mA 


^qsc + 


15 


20 


25 


15 


20 


25 


mA 


Jqsc- 


-25 


-20 


-15 


-25 


-20 


-15 


mA 


/?i 


300 


2000 




300 


2000 




kQ 


C 




1.4 






1.4 




pF 


/? q 




75 






75 




Q 


" q pp 


12 


±14 


-12 


13 


±14 


-12.5 


V 


l/qpp 


10 


±13 


-10 


11 


±13 


-11 


V 


''iCM 


12 


±13 


-12 


12 


±13 


-12 


V 


G v 


86 


100 




94 


106 




dB 


Gv 


83.5 












dB 


G v 








88 






dB 


CMRR 


70 


90 




80 


90 




dB 


AV io 




30 


150 




30 


150 


nv/v 


AV CC 
















tr 




.3 
5 






.3 
5 




US 
% 


Cl/qpp 




.5 






.5 




V/ns 


dt 
















a Vio 










3 




jxV/K 


a Iio 










.4 




nA/K 



212 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA222;S1;Q1;Q2-741 



TBA 222 Q 1: similar to TBA 222, however with special quality features 

1. Burn-in at T amb = 80 °C, 168 hours; V cc = ± 15 V according to the test-circuit 

2. Noise voltage < 5 \iV p , according to the test-circuit and DIN 45405 

3. AQL, critical electrical defects: 0.25 

TBA 222 Q 2: similiar to TBA 222, however with guaranteed noise voltage < 5fjV p according 
to the test circuit AQL, critical electrical defects: 0.25 

TBA 222 S 1: similiar to TBA 222 Q 1, however with another burn-in. 

1. Burn-in at T amb = 50 °C, 168 hours, V cc = ± 22 V according to the test-circuit 

2. Noise voltage < 5 \iV pp 

3. AQL, critical electrical defects: 0.25 



Burn-in circuit for TBA 222 Q 1 



Burn-in circuit for TBA 222 S 1 



nn *izv° 



p*15V 




6-15 V r Qmb =80°C 



TLTL ±i5v o 

ITU" -15V » 
-4 ms r«- 




/L„ h -50°C 



Test circuit for noise voltage: TBA 222 Q 1 

TBA 222 Q 2 
TBA 222 S 1 



o*15V 




1) 
15 Hz ... 20 kHz 

ace to DIN 45405 



6-15 V 



1 ) for TBA 222 S 1 : 0.1 Hz to 20 kHz 



213 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA 222; S1;Q1;Q 2-741 



Open-loop voltage gain 

G v = f(V cc ) 



Output voltage t/„ = f(V cc ) 
R L > 2 k£2 



q 105 






















A 
100 






















95 






















90 
85 
80 
75 


















































































70 























36 














4 32 
I 28 


























24 














20 
16 
12 
8 
4 












































































2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20±V 



20±V 



Common mode voltage range V ICM = f(Vcc) 
R L = 2 k£2 



Short circuit current I sc = f{T a , 



14 
12 


























10 














8 














fi 














/, 














2 

n 



























20±V 




10 20 30 40 50 60 70°C 
*" limb 



214 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA 222; S1;Q1;Q 2-741 



Input current /, = f[T amb ) 
l/ cc =±15V 



nA 



180 
| 160 
140 
120 
100 
80 
60 




































































































40 
20 














































10 20 30 40 50 60 70°C 



Input resistance /?, = f(T amb ) 
V cc = ± 15 V 



m 

10 



g 
















8 
7 
6 

5 
4 

3 
2 

1 



















































































































10 20 30 40 50 60 70°C 



amb 



amb 



Input offset current 7| = f(Vcc) 



Input offset current /| = f(T mb ) 
V cc = ±15 V 



/ i0 35 
A 

I 30 

25 

20 
15 
10 
5 







nA 



















'i0 
A 40 






























30 






























20 






























10 
















































20±V 



10 20 30 40 50 60 70°C 



215 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA222;S1;Q1;Q2-741 



Output voltage l/ qpp = f (/? L ) 
l/ cc = ±15 V 



Phase of open-loop voltage gain 

<p = f(f); i/cc = ±15 v 



26 


















i 24 
22 


































20 


















18 


















16 
14 




















I 














12 








| 










10 




1 














8 


/ 

















-45 



-90 



-135 



-180 

























































k 












V 













































5 1 5 10kft 



10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 ' 10 6 10 6 10 7 Hz 
*~f 



Output voltage l/ qpp = f (f) 
V cc = ±15V;/? L = 10 kQ 



"qpp 



?fi 












V 












?R 












24 








I 




20 






I 






16 








\ 




P 








n 




fl 












/, 












n 













1' iri3 ini m5 



10' 10 J 10 11 10 6 10 6 Hz 

■z 1 



Input resistance R t = f (f) 
Input capacitance C, = f (f) 



10 ' 



PF 



R 

C; 



10 2 10 3 



10 4 10 5 10 6 Hz 
m-f 



216 



TBA221; A; B; W; G-741 
TBA 222; S1;Q1;Q 2-741 



Output resistance R„ = f(f) 



Open-loop voltage gain 

G v = flf) 



4 m 



300 



200 



— P rttf 



10 2 10 3 lO 4 10 5 10 6 Hz 



dB 



uu 

qn 
















ro 
















7fl 
















60 
















50 
40 












































20 
















m 


































10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 1 10 5 10 6 1D 7 Hz 



Supply current 7 CC = f(V, 



CC - '\VqcI 



Offset voltage adjustment circuit 



mA 
2 



I. 



0.5 





Test circuit for the transient behavior of V a 



-o — *-(/ 




217 



Microphone Amplifiers 



TBA 830 G 
TBA830R 



Two-stage microphone amplifiers; the ac output voltage is superimpsed on the supply voltage. 
These amplifiers are especially well suited for piezoelectric microphones in telephone sets. 

• Gain 40 dB 

• Small change in gain with supply current variations 

• Good frequency characteristic 

• No destruction by reversal of polarity 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TBA 830 G 
TBA 830 R 



Q67000-A546 
Q67000-A547 



Test circuit 



Case outlines 




0.45^ 






-— 






— 5: 


— 13.5*1 — - 


■& 


5.2-0.3 


1 

1 







Case 18 A 4 DIN 41876 (similar 
TO-72), weight approx. .4 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Frequency range 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Power dissipation 
Thermal resistance: 
System-case 

Range of operation 

Operating current range 
Ambient temperature in operation 





TBA 830 G 






TBA 830 R 




^3,4 


16 


V 


f 


0to20 


kHz 


Ts 


-55 to 125 


°C 


h 


150 


°C 


»tot 


500 


mW 


"•thScase 


120 


K/W 



' amb 



7.5 to 50 
-20 to +55 



I mA 

l°C 



218 



TBA830G 
TBA830R 



Operating characteristics (f = 1 kHz, /? L = 400 Q, I cc = 1 5 mA, l/ q 



400 mV, y amb = 25 °C) 



Voltage gain 

Change of gain 

Distortion factor 
Output dc resistance 
Output ac resistance 
Input ac resistance 
Output ac voltage 
k= 10% 

Noise voltage measured from 
f = 300 Hz to ~ 3 kHz 





Test 












Conditions 


min 


typ 


max 




G v 


Red 


40 


41 


43 


dB 


G v 


Green 


38 




40 


dB 


AGy 


15/7.5 mA 







.5 


dB 


AGs, 


1 5/50 mA 


-.5 







dB 


k 






1 


2 


% 


*q 






330 


400 


Q 


Z q 




100 


110 


150 


Q 


A 




12 


15 




kQ 


" qrms 






1.5 




V 


»Nrms 




.2 




.4 


mV 



Circuit diagram 



input 




4 — o4 



219 



TBA830G 
TBA830R 



Supply voltage V& l/ 4 = f(/ cc ) 



Max ac output voltage 

y qms = Wcc) 



3,4 

A 10 



o L 



10 20 30 40 50 mA 
"kz 



qrms 
A 2.5 

































A = 10% 
















n L 































































































































































































10 20 30 40 50 mA 
►/« 



Distortion k = f(l/„) 



Voltage gain 6 V = W L 







/? L ^ 


tOOft 






























/ cc =12.5r 


nA 




























































'r 


■ =15mA 












































A:c ;40m A 



































0.2 0.4 0.5 OS 10 U 14 1.5 V 
-K, 



50 





















































/ cc =15n 


lA 



























































































































































































200 400 600 800 1000ft 
^L 



220 



TBA830G 
TBA 830 R 



Current-Voltage characteristic 



50 



40 



















































































































































y? L =300 ft 




















l> 










































A 


= 400ft 



























1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10V 



221 



Dual Operational Amplifier 



TBB 0747 -747 
TBB 0747 A-747 
TBC0747 -747 



TBB 0747 and TBC 0747 are monolithic integrated dual operational amplifiers in packages 
similar to 5 J 10 DIN 41873 (TO 100). They are outstanding by reason their large common- 
mode voltage range and short circuit protection. In addition, they feature an adjustable input 
offset-voltage. No external components for frequency compensation are required. An internal 
gain reduction of 6 dB/octave yields maximum stability in feedback circuit applications. 
TBB 0747 A (14 pins) in plastic plug-in package. 

For single performance, see TBA 221 data sheet. 



Type 



TBB 0747: 
TBB 0747 A: 
TBC 0747: 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1038 
Q67000-A1039 
Q67000-A1040 



Package outlines 

TBB 0747, TBC 0747 



00.45- 



-11.5 * u 



4.9. 



Case 5 J 10 DIN 41873 
(similar TO-100) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



TBB 0747 A 



0.45x0.25 




-7.6*0.2- 



k-6,4. a2 -l 
1-7.6^*1 




_Q_E3_E3-_Q_E3_n_Q_ 



U LJ LJ U kJ Ud U 



-19.2. 



0.3 ' 



Plastic plug-in package (14 pins) 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 (TO-116) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Input voltage 1 ) 

Differential input voltage 

Short circuit duration 2 ) 

Storage temperature 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TBB/TBC 0747) 

System-ambient air (TBB/TBC 0747) 

System-ambient air (TBB 0747 A) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 





TBB 0747 


TBC 0747 






TBB 0747 A 






>/cc 


±18 


±22 


V 


V; 


±15 


±15 


V 


v iD 


±30 


±30 


V 


tsc 


00 

-65 to +150 


00 

-65 to +150 


°C 


T\ 


150 


150 


°C 


••thScase 
"thSamb 
'■thSamb 


80 

190 

110 


80 
190 


K/W 
K/W 
K/W 



Vcc 



±4 to ±18 
Oto +70 



±4 to ±22 
-55 to +125 



V 
°C 



1 ) For supply voltage less than ± 15 V the maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage 

2 ) Short circuit may be ground or ± V cc . 



222 



TBB 0747 -747 
TBB 0747 A-747 
TBC 0747 -747 



Pin connection 




TBB 0747 
TBC 0747 






output a Qy 


-#- 


X?) output B 


*fe A (p ) 

-input Am—T 


t4 


\ T 

~ I — w) -input 


♦ input h(tX 




(t) + input B 



TBB 0747 A 



-input A l[ 




U 


li/ offset , 
_T adjust. A 


♦ input A 2[ 




L 


]l3.|feA 


offset a 3 [ 
adjust. L 




i^ 


Jl2 output A 

]» 


offset D c-f" 
adjust. ° b L 




"TV- 


]l0 output B 


♦input B 6[ 




i>^ 


>-lfcB 


-input B7[ 


— ' 




18 offset 
J adjust. B 



Circuit diagram of a single op amp 



♦input 



input o 



■o output 




223 



TBB 0747 -747 
TBB 0747 A-747 
TBC 0747 -747 



Operating characteristics 

(V cc = ±15V, 7- amb = 25 °C 
when not otherwise stated) 
(for a single opamp) 

Input offset voltage 
(fl G <10kQ, 7- amb = 0to70°C) 
(/? G < 10 kQ, T amb = -55 to + 125°C) 
Adjustable range of input offset 
voltage 

Input offset current 
(7" amb = 0to70°C) 
(7amb= -55to+125°C) 
Input current 
(7" am b=0to70 o C) 
(7amb= -55to+125°C) 
Current supply 
Output short circuit current 
Input resistance 
Input capacitance 
Output resistance 
Output voltage (/? L >10 kQ) 
(/? L >2 kQ) 
Common mode input voltage 
range 

Voltage gain 
(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kQ) 
7"amb = to 70°C 
T amb = -55to+125°C 
Common-mode rejection ratio 
(/? G <10kQ) 

Sensitivity to supply voltage 
variations 

Transient behaviour of the output 
voltage (G v = 1, V, = 20 mV, 
/?l= 2kQ, C L <100pF) 
Rise time 
Overshoot 
Leading edge slope 
(/? L >2 kQ) 

Temperature coefficient of l/ io 
Temperature coefficient of 7 i0 



V,o 

ho 

/lo 

ho 

I; 

I; 

1; 

Ice 

^qsc 

R, 

C, 



''iCM 

G v 

CMRR 

AV i0 
AV CC 



dt 

«Vio 
a Iio 



TBB 0747 
TBB 0747 A 



typ 



-6 
-7.5 



-200 
-300 



300 



12 
10 

12 

86 
83.5 

70 



±15 
±20 

80 

1.7 

±18 

2000 

1.4 

75 

±14 

±13 

±13 

100 

90 
30 



6 
7.5 



200 
300 

500 
800 

2.8 



12 
-10 

12 



150 



TBC 0747 



mm 



-4 



100 



-500 



300 

13 

11 

12 

94 

88 
80 



typ 



±15 
±20 

80 

.3 

1.7 

±18 

2000 

1.4 

75 

±14 

±13 

±13 

106 

90 
30 



6 
-6 

100 

500 
350 

1.5 
2.8 



-12.5 
-11 

-12 



150 



mV 
mV 
mV 
mV 

nA 

nA 

nA 

nA 

nA 

HA 

mA 

mA 

kQ 

pF 

Q 

V 

V 

V 

dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 

HV/V 



^s 
% 
V/|is 

(iV/K 
nA/K 



Test circuits and typical performance curve see TBA 221 



224 



Operational Amplifier 



TBB0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



TBB 0748 and TBC 0748 are monolithic integrated operational amplifiers in packages similar 
to 5 G 8 DIN 41873 (TO-99). They are outstanding by their large common-mode voltage 
range, high differential input voltage range and permanently short-circuit proof. In addition, 
they feature an adjustable input offset-voltage and have the same pin configuration as the 
popular TBA 221 operational amplifier. Unity gain frequency compensation is achieved by 
means of a single 30 pF capacitor. TBB 0748 B (8 pins) in plastic plug-in package. 



Type 



TBB 0748: 
TBB 0748 B: 
TBC 0748: 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1041 
Q67000-A1042 
Q67000-A1073 



Package outlines 



TBB 0748, TBC 0748 



0O.45x 


« 

1 


1 




z 




L. 




CO 


— 135*1 — - 






} 

4.7max 


t 



TBB 0748 B 



0.45x0.25 




-76^0.2 - 



I5max 



-6.4-Q2- 
k76* ' 6 




i-i n n n 



Case similar 5 G 8 DIN 41873 (TO-99) 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 



-10. 2 max—" 

Plastic plug-in package, 8 pins 
20 A 8 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Input voltage ) 
Differential input voltage 
Short circuit duration 2 ) 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance: 
System-case (TBB 0748/TBC 0748) 
System-ambient air 
(TBB 0748, TBC 0748) 
System-ambient air (TBB 0748 B) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 





TBB 0748 
TBB 0748 B 


TBC 0748 




v, 


±18 
±15 
±30 


±22 

±15 
±30 


V 
V 
V 


T] 


00 

-65 to +150 
150 


00 

-65 to +150 
150 


°C 
°C 


"thScase 
'■thSamb 


80 
190 


80 
190 


K/W 
K/W 


"thSamb 


110 




K/W 



l/cc 

'amb 



±4 to ±18 

to +70 



±4 to ±22 
-55 to +125 



V 
°C 



1 ) For supply voltage less than ± 15 V the maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage 

2 ) Short circuit may be ground or ± V cc . 



225 



TBB 0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Pin connection 

TBB 0748 
TBC 0748 



frequency compensation 



offset 
adjust 




output 



5 ) offset adjustment 



TBB 0748 B 



offset 
adjustment 




-i frequency 
J compensation 

J 6 output 

J 5 offset adjustment 



Circuit diagram 



♦input 



-input o- 



i it it 1 (>-i 



offset voltage 
adjustement 



9 frequency compensation 
7 



• o*]/. 




output 



« • • • • o - 



With TBB and TBC 0748 pin 4 is electrically connected to case. 



226 



TBB0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Operating characteristics 

(l/ cc =±15V, 7 amb = 25°C, C = 30pF 
when not otherwise stated) 

Input offset voltage (/? G <10 kfi) 
(7"amb = to 70°C) 
(7"amb= -55 to +125°C) 

Adjustable range of input offset 

voltage 

Input offset current 

(T amb = to 70 °C) 

(7"amb= -55to+125°C) 

Input current 

(7"a mb = to 70°C) 

(7"amb= -55to+125°C) 

Current supply 

Output short circuit current 

Input resistance 

Input capacitance 

Output resistance 

Output voltage (/? L > 10 kQ) 
(/? L >2 kfi) 

Common mode input voltage 

range 

Voltage gain 

(l/ qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kfi) 

7"amb = to 70°C 

T amb = -55to+125°C 

Common-mode rejection ratio 

(/? G = 10 kfi) 

Sensitivity to supply voltage 

variations (/? G = 10 kfi) 

Transient behaviour of the output 

voltage at G v = 1 (V-, = 20 mV, 

Al = 2 kfi, C L <100 pF) 

Rise time 

Overshoot 

Leading edge slope 

(/? L >2kfi) 

Temperature coefficient of V l0 

Temperature coefficient of J i0 



Adjustement of offset voltage. 




: 


TBB 0748/B 




TBC 0748 








min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




l/io 


-6 




6 


-4 




4 


mV 


V;o 


-7.5 




7.5 








mV 


Vu, 








-6 




6 


mV 


AV l0 


6 


±15 


-6 


6 


±15 


-6 


mV 


/.o 


-200 


±20 


200 


-100 


±20 


100 


nA 


/lo 


-300 




300 








nA 


/lo 








-500 




500 


nA 


/, 




80 


500 




80 


350 


nA 


I, 






800 








nA 


I; 










.3 


1.5 


(iA 


^CC 




1.7 


2.8 




1.7 


2.8 


mA 


^qsc 




±18 






±18 




mA 


R, 


300 


2000 




300 


2000 




kfi 


c, 




2 






2 




Pf 


R q 




75 






75 




fi 


qpp 


12 


±14 


-12 


13 


±14 


-12.5 


V 


''qPP 


10 


±13 


-10 


11 


±13 


-11 


V 


»iCM 


12 


±13 


-12 


12 


±13 


-12 


V 


G v 


86 


100 




94 


103 




dB 


G v 


83 












dB 


G v 








88 






dB 


CMRR 


70 


90 




80 


90 




dB 


*v i0 




30 


150 




30 


100 


nv/v 


4V CC 
















*r 




.3 






.3 




[IS 


Wl'qpp 




5 
5.5 






5 
5.5 




% 
V/^s 


dt 
















a Vio 










3 




HV/K 


a Iio 










.4 




nA/K 




°-v n 



227 



Test circuit: Transient response 




TBB0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Transient response of the output voltage 

K = fit): G v = 1 



Large signal pulse response 

K = fit) 



mV 
2B 



V) 24 
20 



















'"N^^ 










90%/ 








































l£ c =±15V 
ftnt=25°C 






110% 

rise tir 


ne 


R L --2kQ 
f L = 100pF 








i 





















^cc 


= ±15V 
















'Qmb = 2b I 

/? L =2kQ 
C L 5l00pF 

I l 




T 




















! 


r ° 


utput 


ft 


— x1 
T=30pF 






i i 
U 




in 


put 


4 




















ii 




















jl 


x10 
Mp 


















il 























































0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 us 



10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ps 
► / 



228 



TBB0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Feed-forward compensation 

10kO 




150pF 5pF 



Large signal feed-forward 
transient response 



"qpp 



7.5 



5.0 



2.5 



-2.5 







































































































f 
















































1 




•fcc=*« 


V 


















C L =10pF 








\ 


s 








/ 


imb 


--L 


D U L 





































1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 ps 
+-tr 



229 



Performance curves for TBB 0748/B and TBC 0748 



TBB 0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC 0748 -748 



TBC 0748 Frequency characteristics 
as a function of ambient temperature 



TBB 0748 B Frequency characteristics 
as a function of ambient temperature 



1.4 



1.2 



1.0 



0.8 



0.6 























































*«5 
















\ 


f 


lew rate 














C \ 


^kl 


















% 


\ 


y\ 








h 


±15 


V 

































-60 -20 20 60 100 140 °C 

4mb 



.05 



0,95 

























A 
























slew rate 










<y 












\/~- 








V ZC 


= ±15\ 






\ 



















10 20 30 40 50 60 70°C 



Frequency characteristics as a 
function of supply voltage 



1.4 



0.6 



























>s^ 


Kg* 


la*. 












^ 








~\^^ 






s&* 


<$*" 














dmb ' 2 


5°C 

















15 20 ±V 

— Mk 



230 



TBB 0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Input noise voltage as a function of 
frequency 



r/Hz 

.n-13 



A m" u 



































±15 V 






Wr 25 








10 10 10 J 10* W Hz 

frequency ► 



Input noise current as a function of 
frequency 



A m-22 





























fr 


= ±15 V 

25°C 








'Qmb- 





nl ,„2 



A m5 



10' 10' 10 J 10" 10° Hz 

frequency ► 



Broadband noise for various bandwidth s 



Open loop voltage gain as a function 
of frequency 




10° Q 



120 



60 



40 



-20 

















**"\ 


\ 
\ 
\ 














\ \ 












• 
















\ 
\ 




/? L = 2kfi 








\ 




_C L =3pF_ 




















/? L = 2 kQ \ 










C L =30pF 


k 














\ 














\ 














\ 




















lfc= t 15V 






S 
\ 




% m i)=Zb I 






\ 
\ 




' fl. = 50ft 








k A 


G 










\ \ 














\l 



source resistance - 



1 10 10 2 10 3 Vi k 10 5 10 B 10 7 Hz 
frequency ► 



231 



TBB0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Common mode rejection ratio as a 
function of frequency 



Frequency response for various 
closed loop gains 



dB 
100 

90 

| 80 

S 70 

"a 

I 60 
» 50 

o 

= 40 

o 

£ 

I 30 
20 
10 











fe 


= *15V 












Qm t)-25 C 
|C L =30pF 





















































































































10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 1, 10 5 10 6 10 7 Hz 
frequency ► 



dB 
120 



100 



60 



40 



20 













= ±15 
25°C 


\i 










ff L * 


llikii 




c= 


1pF 












C=2pF 




"S 


\ 












C = 3pF-\ 


\ 




C 


=30pF 




f=5pF^O\ 












N 


\ 



10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 10* 10 5 10 5 10 7 Hz 



frequency- 



Open loop phase response as a 
function of frequency 



Output voltage swing as a function of 
frequency 



degrees 




-30 



-60 



-90 



-120 



-150 



-180 



-210 



\ 


\c 


L =2k 
= 3pF 


SI 








\ 
\ 
\ 
















\ \ 
\ \ 










/?,= 


nSi 








\ 




c=: 


Opf 








N 


\ 


famb 


for* 
= 25°C 


15V. 








A- 


*B 


= bUW 













1 10 10 2 10 3 10 1, 10 5 10 6 10 7 Hz 
frequency ► 



24 



° 16 







Aimb - 25 
R L =10 k 


5V 






C 
SI 














k=3pF 






W--30pF 















































w w 



10° 
frequency- 



10° 10' Hz 



232 



TBB 0748 -748 
TBB 0748 B-748 
TBC0748 -748 



Compensation capacitance as a 
function of closed loop voltage gain 



A 20 



5.0 



2.0 



1.0 



0.5 











fe =±15v 
% m t) = 25 C 
|/? L =2kft 








o over 


shoot 
=100f 






F) 




















20 


% overshoot 
^20pF) 

























10 20 30 40 50 60 70 
closed loop voltage gam ► 



Input resistance and input capacitance 
as a function of frequency 

fl pF 



10 





















R l 


■"■> 


\ 








\ 








\ 




c i 










| Ifc=±l5 
m b - 25 C 






k 













10' 10 J 10' 

frequency - 



100 



0.1 
10 6 Hz 



Output resistance as a function of 
frequency 



600 



500 



400 



M- 300 



200 





'anib = " I 


\l 
























I 








J 






S 


* 









i6 



10' 10 J 10" 10 5 10 d Hz 

frequency *- 



Further performance curves see data sheet TBA 221 



233 



Dual Operational Amplifiers 



TBB1458 -1458 
TBB 1458 B-1458 
TBC1458 -1558 



TBB 1458 and TBC 1458 are monolithic integrated dual operational amplifiers in packages 
similar to 5 G 8 DIN 41873. They are outstanding by reason of their large common-mode 
and differential voltage range and short-circuit protection. No external components for 
frequency compensation are required. TBB 1458 B (8 pins) in plastic plug-in package. For 
single amplifier performance, see the TBA 221 data sheet. 



Type 



TBB 1458 
TBB 1458 B 
TBC 1458 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1035 
Q67000-A1036 
Q67000-A1037 



TBB 1458 B 



h-76^Q.2-H 



Package outlines 

TBB 1458, TBC 1458 

1max 
<Z>0.45x 



0.45x0,25 




h— 13.5*1 — -I 



4.7max 




Case similar to 5 G 8 DIN 41873 (TO-99) 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 



t5max 



8 5 

n n n n 



-10, 2 max— •■ 

Plastic plug-in package, 8 pins 
20 A 8 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. 0.7 g 



►6.4-02* 
-76* - 6 — I 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Input voltage ) 

Differential input voltage 2 ) 

Short circuit duration 3 ) 

Storage temperature 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TBB 1458/TBC 1458) 

System-ambient air 

(TBB 1458, TBC 1458) 

System-ambient air (TBB 1458 B) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 





TBB 1458 
TBB 1458 B 


TBC 1458 




l/cc 


±18 
±15 
±30 


±22 

±15 
±30 


V 
V 
V 


tsc 
Ts 


00 

-65 to +150 
150 


00 

-65 to +150 
150 


°C 
°C 


'"thScase 
'■thSamb 


80 
190 


80 
190 


K/W 
K/W 


"thSamb 


140 




K/W 



1/cc 

' amb 



±4 to ±18 
to +70 



±4 to ±22 
-55 to +125 



V 
°C 



1 ) For supply voltage less than ± 15 V the maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage 
) For supply less than ± 15 V the maximum differential input voltage is equal to ± (l/ cc + ll/cc-l) 
3 ) Short circuit may be ground or ± 1/ C c- 



234 



Pin connection 



TBB 1458 -1458 
TBB 1458 B-1458 
TBC 1458 -1558 



TBB 1458 
TBC 1458 



TBB 1458 B 





Equivalent circuit (each side) 



••input 



-input o 




235 



TBB1458 -1458 
TBB 1458 B-1458 
TBC1458 -1558 



Operating characteristics 

(V cc = ±15V,7- amb = 25°C 
when not otherwise stated) 

Input offset voltage (/? G < 10 kQ) 
(7"amb = to 70 °C) 
(7"amb= -55to+125°C) 

Input offset current 

(7"amb = to 70°C) 

(7" amb = -55to+125°C) 

Input current 

(7- amb = to 70°C) 

(T amb = -55to+125°C) 

Current supply 

Output short circuit current 

Input resistance 

Input capacitance 

Output resistance 

Output voltage (/? L > 10 kQ) 
(/? L >2 kQ) 

Input voltage range 

Voltage gain 

(V qpp = ±10V,/? L >2kQ) 

(7-amb = to 70°C) 

(7 amb = -55to+125°C) 

Common-mode rejection ratio 

(/? a <10 kQ) 

Sensitivity to supply voltage 

variations 

Leading edge slope 

(/? L >2kQ) 

Temperature coefficient of V i0 

Temperature coefficient of / io 





TBB 1458 














Tbb 1458 B 




TBC 1458 








min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




v io 


-6 




6 


-4 




4 


mV 


l/io 


-7.5 




7.5 








mV 


V.o 








-6 




6 


mV 


ho 


-200 


±20 


200 


-100 


±20 


100 


nA 


/io 


-300 




300 








nA 


/io 








-500 




500 


nA 


/, 




80 


500 




80 


350 


nA 


/, 






800 








nA 


/, 










.3 


1.5 


[iA 


/cc 




3.4 


5.6 




3.4 


5.6 


mA 






±18 






±18 




mA 


R-° 


300 


1000 




300 


1000 




kQ 


c, 




6 






6 




pf 


/?q 




75 






75 




Q 




12 


±14 


-12 


13 


±14 


-12.5 


V 


V Zl 


10 


±13 


-10 


11 


±13 


-11 


V 


vT" 


12 


±13 


-12 


12 


±13 


-12 


V 


Gy 


86 


100 




94 


106 




dB 


Gy 


84 












dB 


G v 








88 






dB 


CMRR 


70 


90 




80 


90 




dB 


AV {0 




30 


150 




30 


150 


nv/v 


4V CC 
















dV 




.5 






.5 




V/ns 


dt 
















Ovio 










3 




tiV/K 


a Iio 










.4 




nA/K 



236 



TBB 1458 -1458 
TBB 1458 B-1458 
TBC1458 -1558 



Open-loop voltage gain versus power- 
supply voltage 



Open-loop frequency response 




3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 tV 
power supply voltage -*- 



dB 
120 



g 60 



-20 




10° 10 1 10 2 10 3 ]tf 10 5 10 6 10 7 Hz 
frequency ► 



Power bandwidth 

(large signal swing versus frequency) 



20 



-s 16 



















































































ft 


















\ 








ov 

sp 


er-5' 

oot 


V 































10' 10 z 10 j 

frequency - 



10 5 Hz 



Power dissipation 

versus power supply voltage 



mW 











































































































































































































































































































































* 


= 































2,0 6,0 10 14 

power supply voltage — 



18 22 ±V 



237 



TBB1458 -1458 
TBB 1458 B-1458 
TBC1458 -1558 



Output voltage swing versus load 
resistance 



















fc i15v 
























k= 


±12 


V 






































overs 


100 


-=5,0% 

















10 2 2 5 10 3 2 5 lO* 1 ft 

load resistance ► 



1.0 kHz 



100k 




Output noise versus source 
resistance 



mV/ rms 
1.4 



1.2 



0.6 



0.4 



0.2 
0.1 













' ? 






*v 


= 1000 




























1 
















/? G =/? 3 


-- ff 1 fy 






e v =ioo|| 


"1 ' "2 










I 






















































Wttt 












^m 



10 



10 J 
source resistance - 



10" 



10 5 ft 




For further performance curves, see TBA 221 data sheet 
238 



Dual Operational Amplifier with Darlington Input 



TBB 2331/B 
TBC 2332 
TBE 2335/B 



An economical and universal operational amplifier which by its excellent performance qualities 
is well suited for a wide range of applications such as measurement- and servo-systems, auto- 
mobile electronics, AF-circuits, analog computers etc. The low input current of this amplifier 
is particulary advantageous in measurement- and servo system applications. In addition to a 
high gain, low offset voltage, small temperature- and supply voltage-dependence, the amplifier 
features 



• High input resistance 

• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Large control range 

• High output current 



Type 



TBB 2331 
TBB 2331 B 
TBC 2332 
TBE 2335 
TBE 2335 B 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1161 
Q67000-A1162 
Q67000-A1163 
Q67000-A1164 
Q67000-A1165 



For single amplifier performance, see TCA 331 data sheet. TBB 2331 B and TBE 2335 B 
(8 pins) in plastic plug-in package 



Package outlines 



TBB 2331, TBC 2332 
TBE 2335 





^1ma> 




<Z>0.45x 


I 














CO 


— 13.5±1 — * 




f 

4.7max 


t 




Case similar to 5 G 8 DIN 41873 (TO-99) 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 



TBB 2331 B, TBE 2335 B 



0.45x0.25 




\~WM- 



W.4. 2* 
76'°'M 



n n n n 



-10. 2 max—* 
Plastic plug-in package, 8 pins 
20 A 8 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±13 to ±15 V 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±2 to ±13 V 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TBB 2331, TBC 2332, TBB 2335) 

System-ambient air (TBB 2331, TBC 2332, TBB 2335) 

System-ambient air (TBB 2331 B, TBE 2335 B) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

TBB 2331/B 

TBE 2335/B 

TBC 2332 





TBB 2331/B 






TBC 2332 






TBE 2335/B 




l/cc 


±15 


V 


'q 


70 


mA 


v iD 


±13 


V 


V;o 


±l/cc 




7-j 


150 


°C 


Ts 


-55 to +125 


°C 


'■thScase 


80 


K/W 


'■thSamb 


190 


K/W 


"thSamb 


140 


K/W 



±2 to ±15 

to +70 
-25 to +85 
-55 to +125 



239 



TBB 2331/B 
TBC 2332 
TBE 2335/B 



Pin connection 






TBB 2331 
TBC 2332 
TBE 2335 


output A 






+input A (£ 




Q 


-^cc 


- input A u)— 


A 




(6) output 


♦"cc CD 


-input B 


(§5 


+ input B 


Equivalent circuit 







TBB 2331 B 
TBE 2335 B 




-input 



► input 



<> — o output 




240 



TBB 2331/B 
TBC 2332 
TBE 2335/B 



Operating 
characteristics 

(V cc = ±15 V) 



Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
(/? G = 50 Q) 
Input offset current 
Input current 
Output voltage 
(/? L = 2 kQ) 
(/? L = 620 Q) 
Input impedance 
(f = 1 kHz) 

Open-loop voltage gain 
(/? L = 2kQ,f = 100 Hz) 
(/? L =10kQ,/ : =100Hz) 
Output leakage current 7 q , 
Input common-mode 
range 

(R L = 2 kQ) 
Common mode 
rejection ratio 
{R L = 2 kQ) 
Temperature- 
coefficient of V i0 
(R G = 50 Q) 
Temperature- 
coefficient of 7j 
(R G = 50 Q) 
Sensitivity to supply 
voltage variations 
(G v = 100) 
Rise time of l/ q for 
inverting operation 
(test circuit 2, TAA861) 
Output saturation 
voltage (7 q = 10 mA) 
V cc = ±5 V 
Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
Input offset current 
Input current 
Output voltage 
(R L = 2 kQ) 
Open-loop voltage 
gain 
(R L = 2 kQ,f=1 kHz) 





TBB 2 
TBE 2 

' amb 

min 


331/B 
335/B 

= 25°C 

typ 


max 


' amb 

min 


= 25°C 
typ 


TBC 

max 


2332 

' amb 

125°C 
min 


-55 t 
max 





Ice 

v i0 


-15 


.5 


1.5 
15 


-10 


.5 


1.5 
10 


-15 


15 


mA 
mV 


I, 


-25 


±10 
30 


25 
50 


-15 




15 
30 


-40 


40 
80 


nA 
nA 


Vqpp 

'qpp 

z, 


14.9 
14.9 


3 


-14 
-12.5 


14.9 
14.9 


3 


-14 
-12.5 


14.8 
14.8 


-14 
-12 


V 
V 
MQ 




75 


80 
85 

1 


10 


80 


83 
88 

1 


10 


75 




dB 
dB 
^A 


''iCM 


12 


±13.5 


-12 


12 


±13.5 


-12 






V 


CMRR 


65 


79 




70 


81 








dB 


a Vio 




12 






12 


50 






HV/K 


a Iio 




50 






50 








pA/K 


AV- lo 
4V CC 




25 


100 




25 


100 






nv/v 


d ir 




18 






18 








V/jis 


" qsat 






1 






1 






V 


/i 
Vqpp 


-15 
-25 

4.9 


.5 

±10 
30 


15 
25 
50 
-4 


-10 
-15 

4.9 


.5 


10 
15 
30 
-4 


4.8 


-4 


mA 

mV 

nA 

(xA 

V 


G v 


70 






70 










dB 



241 



Quad Operational Amplifier with Darlington Input 



TBB 4331 A 
TBE 4335 A 



An economical and universal operational amplifier which by its excellent performance qualities 
is well suited for a wide range of applications such as measurement- and servo-systems, auto- 
mobile electronics, AF-circuits, analog computers etc. The low input current of this amplifier 
is particulary advantageous in measurement- and servo system applications. In addition to a 
high gain, low offset voltage, small temperature- and supply voltage-dependence, the amplifier 
features 



• High input resistance 

• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Large control range 

• High output current 



Type 



TBB 4331 A 
TBE 4335 A 



For single amplifier performance, see TCA 311 data sheet. 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1166 
Q67000-A1167 



Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 



Pin connection 




_E3_E3_n_E3_E3_El. 



kJ U U U U U 



-19.2. 



K-W2- 



6.4. 02 * 
k-7.6' a M 



Plastic plug-in package, 14 pins 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 (TO-1 16) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 
Dimensions in mm 




Equivalent circuit 



- input 



-input 



o output 




242 



TBB 4331 A 
TBE 4335 A 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±13 to ±15 V 

Differential input voltage l/ cc = ±2 to ±13 V 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-ambient air 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

TBB 4331 A 

TBE 4335 A 





TBB 4331 A 






TBE 4335 A 




Vcc 


±15 


V 


fc, 


70 


mA 


±13 


V 


l/iD 


±v cc 




T, 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


°C 


"thSamb 


140 


k/W 


Vcc 


±2 to ±15 


V 


' amb 


to +70 


°C 


'amb 


-25 to +85 


°C 



Operating characteristics 

(l/ cc = ±15 V, 7 amb = 25°C) 

Supply current 

Input offset voltage 

(R G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Output voltage 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 

(/? L = 620 Q) 

Input impedance 

(f = 1 kHz) 

Open-loop voltage gain 

(/? L = 2 kQ, / = 100 Hz) 

(/? L = 10 kQ, f = 100 Hz) 

Output saturation voltage 

(/ q = 10 mA) 

Output leakage current 

Input common-mode range 

(R L = 2 kQ) 

Common-mode rejection ration 

(R L = 2 kQ) 

Sensitivity to supply voltage variation 

(G v = 100) 

Temp. -coefficient of l/ io 

(R G = 50 Q) 

Temp. -coefficient of 7 io 

(R G = 50 Q) 

l/cc = ±5 V 

Supply current 

Input offset voltage 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Open-loop voltage gain 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 

Output voltage (R L = 2 kQ) 





TBB 4331 A 
TBE 4335 A 








mm 


typ 


max 




^cc 

l/ io 


-15 


1 


3 

15 


mA 
mV 




-25 


30 


25 
50 


nA 
nA 


"'qpp 

l/qpp 


14.9 
14.9 


3 


-14 
-12.5 


V 
V 
MQ 


G v 

* qsat 


75 


80 
85 


1 


dB 
dB 
V 


^qlk 
ViCM 


12 


1 
±13.5 


10 
-12 


V 


CMRR 


65 


79 




dB 


*v i0 

4V CC 
avio 




25 
12 


100 


nv/v 

HV/K 


a lio 




50 




pA/K 


Ice 

v io 

I; 
G v 


-15 
-25 

70 


1 

±10 
30 


15 
25 
50 


mA 
mV 
nA 
nA 
dB 


''qpp 


4.9 




-4 


V 



243 



Threshold Switches 



TCA 105 
TCA105W 

TCA 105 B 

TCA 105 BW 

TCA 105, TCA 105 B, TCA 105 BW and TCA 105 W comprise an oscillator stage, a threshold 
switch and two anti-valent output stages. In addition, these circuits contain a voltage stabili- 
zation and are especially well suited for an application in proximity switches, light beam- and 
other contactless switching applications. 

• Wide range of battery voltage 4.5 to 30 V 

• High output current 50 mA 

• TTL compatible 

• Triggerable with dc-signals 



Type 


Ordering codes 


TCA 105 


Q67000-A527 


TCA 105 W 


Q67000-A600 


TCA 105 B 


Q67000-A587 


TCA 105 BW 


Q67000-A601 



Package outlines 

TCA 105, TCA 105 B 

1.5 max 



0.45x025 




h-76-0.2- 



t-6.4.02 *l 
-7.6* - 6 - 



Plastic plug-in package 
(6 pins) 

20 A 6 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



*8.5max-»- 
Colour code 

TCA 105 W orange/white 
TCA 105 BW orange/red 

Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Output voltage (pin 4.5) 
Output current 
Switching frequency 
Junction temperature 
Storage temperature 
Thermal resistance: 
System-ambient air 
TCA 105, TCA 105 B 
TCA 105 W, TCA 105 BW 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Oscillating frequency range 

Ambient temperature in operation 



TCA 105 W, TCA 105 W 

1' 




-4ymax {*■ *l M 



0,25 

2max 



Plastic miniature package 
Weight approx. .1 g 



Dimensions in mm 





TCA 105 


TCA 105 B 






TCA 105 W 


TCA 105 BW 




"cc 


30 


20 


V 


^q 


30 


20 


V 


h 


50 


50 


mA 


f 


40 


40 


kHz 


T\ 


150 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


-55 to +125 


°C 


'■thSamb 


140 


140 


K/W 


^thSamb 


200 


200 


K/W 



1/cc 


4.5 to 30 


4.5 to 20 


V 




1 to 4.5 


1 to 4.5 


MHz 


' amb 


-25 to +85 


-25 to +85 


°C 



244 



Operating characteristics 

Static measurement, pins 3 and 1 connected 
(l/ cc = 12 V, 7" amb = 25 °C) 



TCA 105 
TCA 105 B 
TCA 105 W 
TCA 105 BW 



Supply current 

Input threshold voltage with 

compensation resistor /? c 

Input threshold current 

Hysteresis 

Saturation voltage 

(7 q = 16 mA) 

Saturation voltage 

(/ q = 50 mA) 

Output voltage 

Leakage current 

l/ cc = 30 V and/or 20 V 

Switching time in TTL-operation 

(7=16 mA) 





min 


typ 


max 




^cc 




3.4 


5 


mA 


v, 

I, 
AK, 

Vqsat 


300 
25 


400 
-60 
35 
.25 


480 

50 
.35 


mV 
|xA 
mV 
V 


* qsat 




.7 


1.15 


V 


^qlk 


dependant on 1/ 


cc 
60 


(xA 


t 




3 




p,S 



245 



Test circuit 



TCA105 
TCA 105 W 
TCA 105 B 
TCA 105 BW 



input o- 



JW L 



H 



/? G ~200ft /? k =5.6kft 




246 



Applications 
Inductive slot switch 



TCA105 
TCA105W 
TCA 105 B 
TCA105BW 











o 

6 


LI 


, •' 




. 1 
2nF' 
II 2 




u 

TCA 
105 


k 




5 




8 turns 


, II 

3 


4 


















L 


























+0 turns 




=500pF 



























H:c= 12V 



metal sheet damps 
oscillation 



Light beam switch 



BPY61/I 



*i 







O ' 

6 


u 


♦"cc 


1 


U 

TCA 
105 


h 




2 


5 




J 


3 

■ 


4 























= 12V 



SIFERRIT pot core 9 mm 
B65935-A0000-X025 

Number of turns: n = 25 
(litz wire 12x.04 mm) 
Distance between pot core halves: 
2.5 to 3.5 mm 



Battery voltage indicator 









6 




J 
1 




^cc =«v 


r 


U 

TCA 
105 


y\ | 


5 


2> 5 




400 mV — — 

r 


5.6 kft 


2 


5 


z* 




3 

' 


4 








M 200 ft 














LD37 LD30B 







247 



TCA105 
TCA105W 
TCA105B 
TCA 105 BW 



Supply current 7 CC = f{V cc ) 

Tamb = 25 °C; /? L = 00 



mA 
5 



4c 



5 10 15 20 25 30 V 

*-Vrr 



Saturation voltage l/ qsat = f(/ q ) 
r amb = 25°C; V cc = 12 V 



'qsat 









































































I 












"1"" 












L 












1 












"1"— 












J 












,' 







































n 1 ,p2 



10' TO" mA 
»►/, 



Input threshold voltage ^ = n^ 
l/cc = 12 V; /? K = 



mV 



















































750 






















































































































fi^n 













25 50 75 85 °C 

^"Tamb 



Input current/; = f(T amb ) 
Vcc = 12V;/? K = 5.6K 



pA 
70 




-25 



25 50 75 85 °C 

^"7amb 



248 



TCA105 
TCA105W 
TCA 105 B 
TCA 105 BW 



Input threshold voltage V, = fiT^) 
V cc = 12V;/? K = 5.6 kQ 



mV 
450 



400 



350 



300 













































switch-on voltage 




























switch-oi 


t'voltagq 













































































-25 



25 50 75 85 °C 



Input threshold voltage V, = f(V cc ) 
T amb = 25 °C; /? K = 5.6 kQ 



mV 
450 



400 



350 



300 





















































switch-on vu»u;je _ 
































c«iitrtvoui voltage 

























































































5 10 15 20 25 30 V 
*-V„ 



249 



Proximity Switch 



TCA205A 

TCA205WI 

TCA205WII 



This circuit is well suited for applications in proximity switches. Outputs 1 and 2 switch, 

when the oscillation is damped (i.e. by approaching of a metal piece). 

The switching-point is adjustable by resistor. 

TCA205 A and TCA205 Wll can be used for applications in proximity and slit switches. 

TCA 205 Wl is particularly suitable for proximity switches. 

Particular characteristics: 

• Large supply voltage range by internal voltage stabilisation 

• High output current 

• Antivalent outputs 

• Adjustable distance 

• Adjustable hysteresis 

• Turn-on delay 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TCA 205 A 
TCA 205 Wl 
TCA 205 Wll 



Q67000-A1034 

Q67000-A1034-W1 

Q67000-A1034-W2 



Package outlines 

TCA 205 A 



TCA 205 Wl, TCA 205 Wll 



0.45x0. 




f— 7.6*0.2- 



l-6A. a2 *l 



_□_□_□_ E3_Q_E3_E1. 



U LJ kJ U kJ U U 



-19.2. 



0.3' 



Plastic plug-in package 20 A DIN 41866 

(TO-116) 

(14 pins, DIL) weight approx. 1.1 g 



*E 






f 8 


5 




s- 1, 




| 


j F 






E 


k 




f' 






-*4 5.5n 


27 T 
— -»■ 

IQX [m- 


0.25 
I Zmax 


Miniature 
Weight a 


plastic p< 
pprox. .1 


ackage, 8 pins 



Dimensions in mm 



250 



TCA205A 

TCA205WI 

TCA205WII 



Block diagram 




■o output Q 



■o output Q 



Pin configuration 

TCA 205 A 



ground [_ 1 

distance T 

integration r 
capacity L 

[ 

Q output \_ 

ground]] 

Q output [^ 




9 "J turn-on delay 



TCA 205 Wl 



hysteresis 
distance 
output Q 
ground 



1 


U 

TCA 205 WI 


8 




I 


los 


2 


7 


1 


K 


3 


6 C 


1 


Itu 


4 


5 


1 


lot 









TCA 205 Wll 





1 


U 

TCA 205 W I 


8 


hysteresisl 


I 


2 


7 


distance 1 


I 


3 


6 


output n i 


1 


4 


5 


ground 1 


1 









oscillator land 2 

] turn-on delay 
output Q 



oscillator 2 
oscillator 1 

+|/ cc 
output Q 



251 



TCA205A 

TCA205WI 

TCA205WII 



Application principle 



KWWW / 



oszillator non damped 



y 



a 




oszillator damped 



X 



2 



252 



TCA205A 

TCA205WI 

TCA205WII 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output voltage 

Output current 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: system-ambient air 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



V C c 


30 


"q 


l/cc 


'q 


50 


T, 


150 


T s 


-40 to +125 


"thSU 


120 


l/cc 


4.75 to 30 


' amb 


-25 to +85 



V 

mA 
°C 
°C 
K/W 



V 
°C 



Operating characteristics 

(V CC = 12 V; 7- amb = 25°C) 



Supply current TCA 205 Wl, TCA 205 Wll 

TCA 205 A 
Output saturation voltage: / q = / q = 5 mA 
7 q = / q = 50 mA 
Output leakage current (V cc = 30 V) 
Range of adjustable distance 
Range of adjustable hysteresis 
Oscillation frequency 

Switching frequency without external capacity 
Turn-on delay (not for TCA 205 Wll) 
Integration capacity (at pin 3, only TCA 205 A) 

Max. switching distance without coil screening 

Min. hysteresis 





min 


typ 


max 




l/cc 




1 


2 


mA 


l/cc 




3 


5 


mA 


"/qsat 
•/qsat 




.8 
1.25 


1.0 
1.5 


V 
V 


^qlk 


3 




100 


[aA 
kQ 


*h 









kQ 


'osc 


.015 




1.5 


MHz 


f 






5 


kHz 


t 
c 2 





200 




ms/(j,F 
pF 



.6x diameter of the pot core 
3% of switching distance 



253 



Application circuit 



TCA205A 

TCA205WI 

TCA205WII 



distance 



hysteresis 



turn-on delay 




Coil: L = 500 nH 

SIFERRIT pot core 25 mm, B65939-A0000-X022 
Number of turns: n = 70; litz wire 20 x .05 mm 

1/cct-Vled 1/cc-1-5V 



7 max 50 mA 

Nom. distance: 13 mm 

Temperature coefficient by nom. distance: <.1%/K 



254 



Operational Amplifier with Darlington Input 



TCA311;A;W 

TCA312 

TCA315;A;W 



An economical operational amplifier which is well suited to be used as a Sch mitt-trigger or 
comparator for control applications and automobile electronics. The output has been designed 
to control TTL-circuits directly. In addition to a high gain, low offset-voltage, small temperature- 
and supply voltage dependence, the amplifier features 



• Very high input resistance 

• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Large control range 



Type 


Ordering codes 


TCA 31 1 


Q67000-A1001 


TCA311 A 


Q67000-A1002 


TCA 31 1 W 


Q67000-A1003 


TCA 31 2 


Q67000-A1004 


TCA 315 


Q67000-A1011 


TCA 315 A 


Q67000-A561 


TCA 315 W 


Q67000-A1005 



• High output current 

• Low output saturation voltage 

• TTL compatible 



TCA311W TCA 315 W TCA 311 A, TCA 315 A 



Package outlines 

TCA 311, TCA 31 2, TCA 31 5 



00.45 ^ 




1 






■ 


c= 


, 


CO 


-7' 1 — 




4 - 9 -0.3 


t 





«H4,1max |* ■* 



1,5 max 



0.45x0,25 



0.25 
iPLI 

2max 



Package 5 H 6 DIN 41873 
(similar TO-78) 
Weight approx. 1 g 

Maximum ratings 



Miniature plastic 

package 

6 pins 

Weight approx. .1 g 

Colour code 

TCA 311 W red/white 

TCA 315 W red/yellow 

Dimensions in mm 



Supply voltage 

Output current 

Current at pin R 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±13 to ±15 V 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±2 to ±13 V 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistances: 

System-case (TCA 311, 312, 315) 

System-ambient air (TCA 311, 312, 315) 

System-ambient air (TCA 311 A, 315 A) 

System-ambient air (TCA 311 W, 315 W) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation TCA 31 1/A/W 

TCA315/A/W 
TCA 312 




I— 7.6-0.2 -H 



k6.4. 02 » 
k76* - 6 - 



4 
n n 



*8.5max- 

Plastic plug-in package 
6 pins 

20 A 6 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 





TCA 31 1/A/W 






TCA 312 






TCA315/A/W 




Vcc 


±15 


V 


'q 


70 


mA 


/r 


10 


mA 


V ID 


±13 


V 


v iD 


±l/cc 




h 


150 


°C 


Ts 


-55 to +125 


°c 


'■thScase 


80 


K/W 


'■thSamb 


190 


K/W 


"thSamb 


140 


K/W 


"thSamb 


200 


K/W 



l/cc 


±2 to ±15 


V 


'amb 


to +70 


°C 


' amb 


-25 to +85 


°C 


' amb 


-55 to +125 


°C 



255 



TCA311;A; W 

TCA312 

TCA315;A;W 



Pin connection 






TCA 31 1 A 
TCA315 A 




+ ^cc 1 E 


u 




]6/? 






♦ input l\_ 




N 


[ r 


]5 output 


- input 3|_ 




-/ 


>-^cc 



TCA 31 1 
TCA 312 
TCA 315 




TCA 31 1 W 
TCA 31 5 W 





1 




u 


6 




♦ input I 




l + l/ tt 


2 


L 


[^ 


5 


-input I 


-^ 


IA 1 


3 


4 


-V„ I 


1 OUtDUt 


CC 













Connection diagram 

/? L = load resistance 



t °^cc 




v n .v n 



256 



TCA311;A;W 
TCA 312 
TCA315;A; W 



Circuit diagram 



-input 




Operating 
characteristics 

(V cc = ±15 V, 
R = 6.8 kQ) 

Supply current 

Input offset voltage 

{R G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current (V iD = 0) 

Input current 

(l/ iD = ±13 V) 

Output voltage 

(R L = 2 kQ) 

(R L = 620 Q) 

(R L =2 kQ, f=100 kHz) 

Input impedance 

(f = 1 kHz) 

Open-loop voltage 

gain 

(R L = 2kQ,/ c = 1 kHz) 

(/? L =10kQ, f=1 kHz) 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f=1 MHz) 

Input common-mode 

range 

[R L = 2 kQ) 

Common mode 

rejection ratio 

(R L = 2 kQ) 

Sensitivity to supply 

voltage variation 

(G v = 100) 

Temp, coefficient 

Ofl/io 

(R G = 50 Q) 

Temp, coefficient of / io 





TCA311/A/W 
TCA 315/A/W 

'amb = 25 C 


' amb 


25°C 


FCA31 


2 

Tamb = - 55 

to 125°C 






mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


max 




Ice 


-20 


1.5 


2.5 
20 


-14 


1.5 


2.5 

14 


-20 


20 


mA 
mV 


/l 


-25 


±10 
30 


25 
50 
200 


-15 




15 
30 
200 


-40 


40 
80 


nA 
nA 
nA 


Vqpp 
Vqpp 
Vqpp 


14.9 
14.9 


±10 
3 


-14.8 
-14.0 


14.9 
14.9 


±10 
3 


-14.8 
-14.8 


14.8 
14.8 


-14.6 
-13.5 


V 
V 
V 
MQ 


G v 
G v 
G v 


75 


80 
85 
60 




80 


83 
88 
60 




75 




dB 
dB 
dB 


V,CM 


13 




-13 


13 




-13 






V 


CMRR 


60 


74 




65 


77 








dB 






25 


200 




25 


200 






nv/v 


^Vio 




12 






12 


50 






HV/K 


Alio 




50 






50 








pA/K 



257 



TCA311; A; W 

TCA312 

TCA315;A;W 



Operating 
characteristics 

(continued) 
l/ cc = ±15 V; 
/? = 6.8 kQ 

Rise time of l/ q for 
non-inverting operation 
(see TAA 761 test 
circuit 1) 

Output saturation 
voltage (7 q = 10 mA) 
Output leakage current J q i k 

l/ cc =±5V, Ft = 6.8 kQ 

Input offset voltage 

/? G = 50 Q 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Open loop voltage gain G v 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 





TCA311/A/W 
TCA315/A/W 

T amb = 25 °C 


' amb 


= 25 °C 


TCA 312 

T a mb = -55 

to+125°C 






min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 




0% 




30 






30 








V/^is 


dt r 




















Vqsat 






200 






200 




400 


mV 


Jqlk 




1 


10 




1 


10 






\iA 


v io 


-20 




20 


-14 




14 






mV 


ho 


-25 
65 


±10 
30 


25 
50 


-15 
70 




15 
30 






nA 
nA 
dB 



258 



TCA311;A;W 
TCA312 
TCA315;A; W 



Open-loop voltage gain G v = f(f) 
/? L =2kQ;/? = 6.8kQ 



dB 



60 






10° 10 1 



D 2 10 3 lO* 1 10 5 kHz 



Open-loop voltage gain G v = f(R L ) 
T amb = 25°C;R=6.8kQ 



dB 
90 



60 




10 z 10 J 10" lO'ft 



Output saturation voltage l/ qsat = f{J ) 
T u = 25 °C; R = 6.8 kQ 



W 











[ 












f 1 












f J 












1 1 












J 1 












[J~ 












\< 












fi 
l! 






















j 






















. 


,' 


[ 





10 1 



10 3 mA 



Input offset voltage V to = f{V cc ) 
7"amb=25°C;/?=6.8kQ 



mV 
2 



A 1 



10 15 V 

— *>V„ 



259 



TCA311;A; W 

TCA312 

TCA315;A;W 



Input current I, = f (T^t,) 
ft L = 2kQ; V cc = ±15 V 



nA 
50 



40 



20 



-25 25 50 75 100 125 °C 
"~ 'amb 



Input current /, = f(V cc ) 
T amb = 25 °C; R L = 2 kQ 



40 




10 15 iV 

— ►Kr 



For further performance curves see TAA 761 



260 



Operational Amplifier TTL Compatible 



TCA321;A;W 

TCA322 

TCA325;A;W 



An economical operational amplifier which is well suited to be used as a Schmitt-trigger or 
comparator for control applications and automobile electronics. The output has been designed 
to control TTL-circuits directly. In addition to a high gain, low offset voltage, small temperature- 
and supply voltage dependence, the amplifier features: 

• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Wide control range 

• High output current 

• Low output saturation voltage 

• TTL compatible 



Type 


Ordering codes 


TCA 321 


Q67000-A1006 


TCA 321 A 


Q67000-A1007 


TCA 321 W 


Q67000-A1008 


TCA 322 


Q67000-A1009 


TCA 325 


Q67000-A1010 


TCA 325 A 


Q67000-A562 


TCA 325 W 


Q67000-A1012 



Package outlines 

TCA 321, TCA 322, TCA 325 



00.45^ 




♦ 


- — 




■ 


«t 


. 


CO 

■© 


-7* 1 — 




4 " 9 -0.3 


t 




TCA 321 W, TCA 325 W 



Case 5 H 6 
DIN 41873 
(similar TO-78) 
Weight approx. 1 g 



Maximum ratings 




n 



TCA 321 A, TCA 325 A 

1,5 max 



0.45x025 



025 

ki 

2max 



►kjmax |— *| W 



Miniature plastic case 

6 Pins 

Weight approx. .1 g 

Colour code 

TCA 321 W green/white 

TCA 325 W green/yellow 

Dimensions in mm 





Plastic plug-in case 
6 Pins 

20 A 6 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



Supply voltage 

Output current 

Current (pin R) 

Differential input voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TCA 321, TCA 322, TCA 325) 

System-ambient air (TCA 321, 322, 325) 

System-ambient air (TCA 321 A, TCA 325 A) 

System-ambient air (TCA 321 W, TCA 325 W) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation TCA 321/A/W 

TCA 325/A/W 
TCA 322 





TCA 321/A/W 






TCA 322 






TCA 325/A/W 




Vcc 


±15 


V 


'q 


70 


mA 


/r 


10 


mA 


l^D 


±l/cc 




T, 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +150 


°C 


"thScase 


80 


K/W 


"thSamb 


190 


K/W 


"thSamb 


140 


K/W 


"thSamb 


200 


K/W 


Vcc 


±2 to ±15 


V 




to +70 


°C 




-25 to +85 


°C 


' amb 


-55 to +125 


°C 



261 



Pin connection 




TCA 321 A 
TCA 325 A 


^cc 1 [ 


u 








-input l\_ 




M 


L r 


- input 3|_ 




-/ 



TCA 321 W 
TCA 325 W 



-]6/? 
■^5 output 

] 4 -"cc 



TCA 321 
TCA 322 
TCA 325 



-input 



TCA 321; A; W 

TCA 322 

TCA 325; A; W 




-input 

-input 



1 




u 


6 




I 




I- 




Li 


[^ 






\R 




-XI 


3 


4 


I 


I 01 













^CC 



Connection diagram 

/? L = load resistance 



o^r. 




262 



TCA321;A;W 
TCA 322 
TCA325; A; W 



Circuit diagram 



- input 



Input 



o*V„ 




output 



Operating 
characteristics 

(V cc = ±15 V, 
R = 6.8 kQ) 

Supply current 

Input offset voltage 

(R G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Output voltage 

(R L = 2 kQ) 

(R L = 620 Q) 

(R L = 2kQ,f=100kHz) V q 





TCA321/A/W 
TCA 325/ A/W 

'amb = 25 C 


' amb 


TCA 322 

25 °C 


> 

' amb 

125 °C 


-55 to 






mm 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 




V i0 


-7.5 


1.5 


2.5 
7.5 


-5 


1.5 


2.5 
5 


-7.5 


7.5 


mA 
mV 


ho 
I, 

"qpp 


-300 
14.9 


±80 
.5 


300 
1.0 
-14.8 


-100 
14.9 


±50 
.3 


100 

.7 

-14.8 


-300 
14.8 


300 
1.0 
-14.6 


nA 
|xA 
V 


Vqpp 


14.9 


±10 


-14.0 


14.9 


±10 


-14.0 


14.8 


-13.5 


V 
V 



263 



TCA321; A; W 
TCA322 
TCA325;A; W 



Operating 
characteristics 

V cc = ±15 V, 
R = 6.8 kQ 



Input impedance Z { 

[f = 1 kHz) 
Open-loop voltage 
gain 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) G v 
(/? L = 10 kQ, f = 1 kHz)G v 
(/? L = 2 kQ, / = 1 MHz) G v 
Input common- 
mode range V iC 
(R L = 2 kQ) 
Common-mode 
rejection ration 
(R L = 2 kQ) 
Sensitivity to supply 
voltage variations 
Temperature- 
coeffizient of V i0 
(R G = 50 Q) 
Temperature- 
coefficient of ij 
(/? G = 50 Q) 
Rise time of l/ q for 
non-inverting 
operation 

(test circuit 1, TAA861) 
Output saturation 
voltage 
(/„ = 10 niA) 
Output leakage 
current 



CMRR 
AV in 



AV C 



a V\c 



a Vl 



dV„ 



d« 



V 



qsat 



qlk 



V cc = ±5V; R = 6.8 kQ 
Input offset voltage V it 
(R G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current I io 
Input current I, 

Open-loop voltage 
gain G v 

(R L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 



TCA321/A/W 
TCA 325/ A/W 

'amb = 25 C 


'amb 


25 °C 


TCA 31 


>2 

'amb ~" 

+ 125 


-55 to 
°C 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 




200 






200 








75 


80 
85 
60 




80 


83 
88 
60 




75 




13 




-13 


13 




-13 






60 


74 




65 


77 










25 


200 




25 


200 








6 






6 


25 








.3 






.3 


1.5 








50 


200 




50 


200 




400 




1 


10 




1 


10 






-7.5 




7.5 


-5 




5 






-300 


±50 
.5 


300 
1.0 


-100 


.3 


100 
.7 






65 






70 











kQ 



dB 
dB 
dB 

V 



dB 
M.V/V 

^V/K 

nA/K 
V/ns 

mV 

(xA 

mV 

nA 
[xA 

dB 



264 



TCA321;A;W 

TCA322 

TCA325;A;W 



dB 



Open-loop voltage gain 

Gv = / r (l/ C c);7- amb =25°C 
R L = 2 kQ; R = 6.8 kQ 



Open-loop voltage gain V cc = ±15 V 

Gv = f (l^cc); fan* = 25 °C 



60 



40 



20 




10° I0 1 



2 10 3 10* 10 5 kHz 



90 






10 2 10 3 10* 10 5 ft 



Saturation voltage l/ gsa , = f (7 q ) 
7"amb = 25 °C; R = 6.8 kQ 



'qsot 











[ ] 










j_ 1 










1-4- J 










1 ] 










1 ' I 










j j - 1 










1 ■ J 




























j 


j 










J 








y 


[ j 



For further performance curves 
see TAA 761 



10 1 10 2 



10 3 mA 



265 



Operational Amplifier with Darlington Input 



TCA331;A;W 

TCA 332 

TCA 335; A; W 



An economical and universal operational amplivier which by its excellent performance 
qualities is well suited for a wide range of applications such as measurement- and servo- 
systems, automobile electronics, AF-circuits, analog computers etc. The low input current 
of this amplifier is particulary advantageous in measurement- and servo system applications. 
In addition to a high gain, low offset voltage, small temperature- and supply voltage- 
dependence, the amplifier features 

• High input resistance 

• Wide common-mode range 

• Large supply voltage range 

• Large control range 

• High output current 

• Simple frequency compensation 



Type 


Ordering code 


TCA 331 


Q67000-A1013 


TCA 331 A 


Q67000-A1014 


TCA 331 W 


Q67000-A1015 


TCA 332 


Q67000-A1016 


TCA 335 


Q67000-A1017 


TCA 335 A 


Q67000-A563 


TCA 335 W 


Q67000-A1018 



Package outlines 

TCA 331, TCA 332, TCA 335 



TCA 331 W, TCA 335 W 



TCA 331 A, TCA 335 A 



00.45^ 




i 


-- 




' 


<T 


. 


CO 






L-- 


«HU 


t 




Package 5 H 6 DIN 41873 
(similar TO-78) 
Weight approx. 1 g 




,5 max 



0.45x025 




-7.6-0.2 — h 






Si 



♦6.4. 2 - 
k76'°'-M 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Output current 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±13 to ±15 V 

Differential input voltage V cc = ±2 to ±13 V 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TCA 331, 332, 335) 

System-ambient air (TCA 331, 332, 335) 

System-ambient air (TCA 331 A, TCA 335 A) 

System-ambient air (TCA 331 W, TCA 335 W) 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 

TCA331/A/W 

TCA 335/A/W 

TCA 332 



0.25 

J;0.1 

2mrjx 



Miniature plastic 

package 

6 pins 

Weight approx. .1 g 

Colour code 

TCA 331 W blue/white 

TCA 335 W blue/yellow 



6 4 



F "E3 — LJ u 

3 
*8.5max-»- 



Plastic plug-in package 
6 pins 

20 A 6 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. .7 g 



ite 


TCA 331/A/W 




low 


TCA 332 
TCA 335/A/W 




l/cc 


±15 
70 


V 
mA 


l/iD 

T, 


±13 

±V C c 
150 


V 
°C 


T s 


-55 to +150 


°C 


"thSoase 
'■thSamb 
'■thSamb 
'■thSamb 


80 
190 
140 
200 


K/W 
K/W 
K/W 
K/W 



±2 to ±15 

to +70 
-25 to +85 
-55 to +125 



°C 
°C 
°C 



266 



TCA331;A;W 
TCA332 
TCA335;A; W 



Pin connection 

TCA 331 A 
TCA 335 A 



TCA 331 
TCA 332 
TCA 335 





-input 



TCA 331 W 
TCA 335 W 








6 






1 


U 

— I 




+inout I 


l*|/ Pr 


2 


l_j 


> 


5 CC 


-input I 


\R 


3 




-k rr I 


I OUtD 















R = frequency compensation 



Connection diagram 

C c = Output frequency compensation, 
/? L = load resistance 



-input 



••input 




267 



TCA331;A;W 

TCA332 

TCA 335; A; W 



Circuit diagram 



■input 



-input 




o frequency 
compensation 

o output 



Operating 
characteristics 

(V cc = ±15 V) 



Supply current 
Input offset voltage 
(/? G = 50 Q) 
Input offset current 
Input current 
Input current 
(l/ iD = ±13 V) 
Output voltage 
(R L = 2 kQ) 
(/? L = 620 Q) 
(R L =2kQ,f= 100 kHz) 



Ice 

I: 



TCA 331/A/W 
TCA 335/A/W 

7~amb = 25 °C 


' amb 


TCA 33 

25 °C 


2 

' amb 

125 °C 


-55 to 


mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


max 


-20 


1.5 


2.5 
20 


-14 


1.5 


2.5 
14 


-20 


20 


-25 


±10 
30 


25 
50 
200 


-15 




15 
30 
200 


-40 


40 
80 


14.9 
14.9 


±10 


-14.0 
-12.5 


14.9 
14.9 


±10 


-14.0 
-12.5 


14.8 
14.8 


-14.0 
-12.0 



mA 
mV 

nA 
nA 
nA 



268 



TCA331;A;W 

TCA332 

TCA 335; A; W 



Operating 
characteristics 

(continued) 
V cc = ±15 V 

Input impedance 

(f = 1 kHz) 

Open-loop voltage gain 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f= 1 kHz) 

(/? L = 10 kQ, f = 1 kHz) G v 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 MHz) 

Input 

common-mode range 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 

Common-mode 

rejection ratio 

(/? L = 2 kQ) 

Sensitivity to supply 

voltage variations 

(C c = 1 pf, Gy = 100) 

Temp, coefficient of V„ 

(/? G = 50 Q) 

Temp, coefficient of I l0 

(/? G = 50 Q) 

Rise time of l/ q for 

non-inverting 

operation 

(test circuit 1) 

Rise time for l/ q for 

inverting operation 

(test circuit 2) 

Output saturation 

voltage 

{/„ = 10 mA) 

Output leakage 

current 

V cc =±5V 

Input offset voltage 

(R G = 50 Q) 

Input offset current 

Input current 

Open loop voltage 

gain 

(/? L = 2 kQ, f = 1 kHz) 





TCA 331/A/W 
TCA 335/A/W 

^amb = 25 °C 


' amb 


TCA 332 

= 25°C 7" amb = 
+ 125 


-55 to 
'C 






min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 




z, 




3 






3 








MQ 


G v 
G v 
G v 


75 


80 
85 
43 




80 


83 
88 
43 




75 




dB 
dB 
dB 


»iCM 


13 




-13 


13 




-13 






V 


CM/?/? 


60 


74 




65 


77 








dB 


^.0 




25 


200 




25 


200 






tiV/V 


a Vio 




12 






12 


50 






HV/K 


a Iio 




50 






50 








pA/K 


dt r 




9 






9 








V/ns 


dV q 




18 






18 








V/jas 


" qsat 






1 






1 






V 


^qlk 




1 


10 




1 


10 






|xA 


l/io 


-20 




20 


-14 




14 






mV 




-25 


±10 
30 


25 
50 


-15 




15 
30 






nA 
nA 


G v 


65 






70 










dB 



269 



TCA331;A;W 

TCA332 

TCA335;A;W 



Input current 

h=f (7a mb ); R L = 2 kQ 



nA 
50 



20 



-25 25 50 75 100 125 °C 
"" 'amb 



1 

nA 
50 


nput current 

i = f (l/cc) 

r amb = 25 °c, 


/? L = 2 kQ 






















40 






























30 






























20 






























10 















































] 











15 iV 



Input offset voltage V los = f (V C c) 



mV 
2 



'ios 
A 1 



10 15 V 

— -V„ 



For further performance curves 
see TAA 761 



270 



Threshold Switch 



TCA345A 



A threshold switch for battery operation with very low current requirement and low input 
currents. The threshold is fixed with a voltage proportional to the supply voltage. 



• TTL compatible 

• High output current 

• Very high input resistance 

• High stability by hysteresis 

• Small number of external components 



Type 



Ordering code 



TCA 345 A 



Q67000-A564 



Package outlines 

1.5 max 




h>-7 6=0.2 -h 



0.45x0,25 



6.4-02- 1 
U-76' - 6 - 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 4 DIN 41866 
(4 pins) 
Weight approx. .5 g 

Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 
Output current 
Input voltage 
Inductivity at output 
Storage temperature 
Junction temperature 
Thermal resistance 
System-ambient air 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient in operation temperature 



I, 

V; 

"thSa 



10 


V 


70 


mA 


to l/ cc 


V 


500 


mH 


-40 to +125 


°C 


150 


°C 



180 



2 to 10 
-25 to +85 



K/W 



V 
°C 



271 



Operating characteristics (7" amb = 25 °C) 



TCA345A 



Supply current for output current 
/„ = mA; 1/cc = 2 V 
5 V 
/ q = 40 mA; l/ cc = 2 V 
5 V 
Saturation voltage / q = 40 mA, V cc = 2 V 
Output leakage current V cc = 10 V 
Threshold voltage (V cc = 2 to 10 V) 1 ) 
Linearity error of threshold voltage 
(1/cc = 2 V) 

Hysteresis (in % of V cc ) V cc = 2 V 
V cc = 5 V 
l/cc = 10 V 
Input current 
Zener voltage at output 
Temp, coefficient of V, 



Ice 
Ice 
Ice 
Ice 

•/qsat 
A] Ik 
V, 



AV; 
AV; 
I, 

V z 

«Vi 



mm 



.63x»/ r 



6.0 
6.0 
6.0 

11.0 



typ 



.55 

1.35 

1.85 

7.0 

150 

■66x V cc 



10 

20 

20 

10 

13.6 

30 



max 



.8 

2.0 

3.0 

9.0 

300 

30 

.69x\/ cc 

3 



30 
15.0 



mA 

mA 

mA 

mA 

mV 

\iA 

V 

% 

% 

% 

% 

nA 

V 

ppm/K 



M measured by rising input voltage 



Circuit diagram 



Test circuit 




oHk 




272 



TCA 345 A 



i 

mA 
3.0 


Supply current I 

q = OmA 


cc - 


= f (1/cc) 




























cc 

t 2 ' 5 

2.0 


















































































1.5 










































1.0 










































0.5 

































































] 




? 


I 




6 


B 


1 



Supply current / cc = f (l/ cc ) 
/„ = 40 mA 



mA 
20 



10 V 




Threshold voltage V, = f (l/cc) 



Saturation voltage l/ qsat = f (/„) 



































































































■h 


yster 


esis 






sw 


tch- 


off 




































































-sw 


tch- 


on 









































































































mV 
250 



'q sat 



200 



150 



100 





































fe =2V 






























^cc" 


3V 











































































2 4 6 8 10 V 
*V„ 



10 20 30 40 50 60 70 mA 
-In 



273 



Applications circuits: 



TCA345A 



Dimmer circuit 

(Switch on with darkness) 



Triangle-Rectangular-Converter 



JT 




-o*k r 



+ K CC 



relay 



-°0 



N Hh 



JT 



-0*Kv 



- JIT 



-oO 



Astable Multivibrator 



relay ( 150 Q) 




-4c=3.7V 



274 



Transistor Array with 5 NPN Transistors 



TCA 671 
TCA 871 

TCA 971 

TCA 991 

TCA 671, TCA 871, TCA 971, and TCA 991 each consist of five general-purpose silicon npn 
transistor on a common monolithic substrate. Two of the transistors are internally connected 
to form a differentially-connected pair. 

The arrays are well suited to switch and amplify applications till 10 MHz. In addition they 
provide the very significant inherent integrated circuit advantages of close electrical and 
thermal matching. 



• General use 

• Matched V BE and B 

• High output current 



Type 



TCA 671 
TCA 871 
TCA 971 
TCA 991 



Ordering code 



Q67000-T1 
Q67000-T2 
Q67000-T1 1 
Q67000-T12 



Package outlines 



).45xQ25 




f-Z 6=0.2- 



14 

n Ft n n m 


8 




=D 




1 


7 


" |J -<-uu 


* 



Plastic plug-in package (14 pins) 
20 A14DIN41866(TO-116) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 

Dimensions in mm 



-B.4. 02 *i 
-7.6* - 6 - 



Main circuit 

14 13 12 11 10 9 




12 3 4 5 6 7 



Maximum ratings 

Collector-base breakdown voltage 

Collector-emitter breakdown voltage 

Emitter-base breakdown voltage 

Collector-substrate voltage 

{I c = 100 |iA) 

Collector current 

Base current 

Power dissipation for a single 

transistor 

Thermal resistance 

System-ambient air 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Range of operation 

Ambient in operation temperature 





TCA 671 


TCA 871 






TCA 971 


TCA 991 




l/cBO 


50 


35 


V 


I/CEO 


42 


32 


V 


l/ E BO 


6 


6 


V 


l/cs 


80 


80 


V 


/c 


200 


200 


mA 


/b 


10 


10 


mA 


'tot 


300 


300 


mW 


"thSamb 


120 


120 


K/W 


7", 


150 


150 


°C 


T s 


-40 to +125 


-40 to +125 


°C 



-25 to +85 



-25 to +85 



275 



Operating characteristics 

(7" amb = 25 °C) 

Collector-base breakdown 
voltage at/ c = 100 \iA, I E = 
Collector-emitter breakdown 
voltage at/ c = 100 |iA, 7 B = 
Collector-substrate breakdown 
voltage at/ c = 100 fxA, 7 C | = 
Emitter-base breakdown 
voltage at/ E = 100 \iA, I c = 
Collector-emitter saturation 
voltage at/ c = 50 mA, I B = 5 mA 
Collector-base cut-off current 
at l/ CB = 25 V, I E = 
Collector-emitter cut-off current 
at l/p E = 25 V, I B = 
Static current gain 
at l/ CE = 1 V,/ c = 100 nA 
at l/ CE =1V,/ c =2mA 
at V CE = 1 V, I c = 20 mA 
at V CE = 1 V,/ c = 100 mA 



TCA 671 
TCA 871 
TCA 971 
TCA 991 





TCA 671 
TCA 971 




TCA 871 
TCA 991 








min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




»(BR)CBO 








35 






V 


'(BRJCEO 


42 






32 






V 


v cl 


80 






80 






V 


''(BR)EBO 


6 






6 






V 


'CEsat 




200 


350 




200 


350 


mV 


i 
^CBO 




.02 


1 




.02 


10 


(iA 


^CEO 






10 




1 


100 


[j,A 


B 


40 
100 
100 
40 


80 
140 
160 
100 




40 
100 
100 
40 


80 
140 
160 
100 







276 



TCA 671 
TCA 871 
TCA 971 
TCA 991 



Differential base current for 
T, + T 2 at V CE = 3V;/ c =1mA 
Base-emitter voltage of 
V 9E = 3 V; I c = 1 mA 
Differential base-emitter voltage 
7", - T 2 at V CE = 3V;7 C = 1 mA 
Differential base-emitter voltage for 
fa till T 5 at l/ C E = 3 V; I c = 1 mA 
Temp, coeff. of base-emitter 
voltage at V CB = 3 V; I c = 1 mA 
Limit frequency 





TCA 671 
TCA 971 

min typ 


max 


TCA 871 
TCA 991 

min typ 


max 








0.5 


1 




1 




jiA 


"be 




0.65 






0.65 




V 






2 


5 




4 




mV 






4 


10 




6 




mV 


^BE 


300 


-2 

550 




300 


-2 

550 




mV/K 
MHz 



Switching times 

I c :/ B1 : -7b2«10:1 :1 mA; /?, = 5 kQ; /? 2 = 5 kQ; V BB = 3.5 V; R L = 990 Q 

f on | 85 (<150) ns to,, | 480 (<800) | ns 

Ic'lm'- -/b2 : =100:10:10 mA; /?, = 500 Q; /? 2 = 700 Q; l/ BB = 5 V; R L = 98 Q 

r on I 55(<150)ns t off | 450 (<800) | ns 



Test circuit for switching times 

lus 

+iovj-j_/ r 



♦10 V(Kr 



/ r *5ns yjf y 
Z q *IOOkfi -h=M 



5 ns, 1/ -0,01 




277 



TCA 671 
TCA 871 
TCA 971 
TCA 991 



Static current gain B = f (l c ) 
Vet = 3 V; 7- amb = 25 °C 



200 



175 



150 



125 






■2 m-1 inO ml m2 m3 



10"' W 10 



10 z 10 J mA 



Limit frequency f T = f (/ c ) 
V C E = 3V;r amb =25°C 



MHz 























f 7 700 
600 










































































500 




/ 


«— " 














/ 


' 
















400 


T 


















f 


















300 


t 




































200 






































100 







































( 




















) 25 50 7 


5 
k 


100 mA 






" 





Collector-emitter saturation voltage 

^CEsa, = f Uch B=20 



Base-emitter-voltage V BE = f (I e ) 
Vet = 3 V; T amb = 25 °C 





r J 


r i i j 




I 


il ] j 




I 


i j 






j { 






[ I 






ij > j 




I 








.. . T __.i. 










J 


1 > i 




I 


1 I 




4—^' 


i 1 



10 u 10' 



10^ 10 J mA 




10' mA 



278 



Motor Speed Regulator 



TCA 955 



The TCA 955 is suitable for speed regulation of dc motors. It works according to a clocked 
regulation. To be noted are its high regulation accuracy, its large supply voltage range and 
the possible current saving. Moreover the IS possesses a battery voltage indicator. 

Typical applications: 

Speed regulation in reel to reel tape recorders 

cassette recorders 

turntables 

movie cameras 
in drivings of control systems. 



Type 



TCA 955 



Ordering code 



Q67000-A983 



Package outlines: 



0.45XQ25 




F-7.6-0.2-h 



r*6.4.o 2"*! 
I— 76*°*— I 



nnn F°inF-iF°in 



Plastic plug-in package 
16 pins, dual-in-line 
20 A 16 DIN 41866 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 
Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Supply voltage (pin 11 and pin 15 connected) 

Output current (pin 16) 

Output current (pin 12, LED output) 

Power consumption LED output 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: System-ambient air 



1/cc 


16 


V 


1/cc 


6 


V 


A, 


200 


mA 


^qLED 


15 


mA 


°qLED 


150 


mW 


T, 


150 


°C 


T s 


-55 to +125 


°C 


"thSamb 


120 


K/W 



279 



TCA 955 



Operating range 

With internal short-circuit stabilization 
(pin 11 and pin 15 connected) 
With internal stabilization (V cc to pin 15) 
Ambient in operation temperature 

Operating characteristics 

(7"amb = 25 °C, l/ cc = 2.2 to 16.0 V) 



Regulation part 

Supply current: V cc = 4.8 V 
l/cc = 16 V 
Stabilized voltage 
l/ cc = 4.8 V to 16 V 
Input threshold (pin 3) to ground 
Hysteresis of input threshold 
Offset voltage (pin 3 to pin 2) 
Input current (pin 3) 
Output saturation voltage 

7 q = 50 mA 

7 q = 100 mA 
Output leakage current 
Duty cycle - range of regulation 1 ) 

Nom. rotational speed 2 ) 

Error in rotational speed by 
duty cycle 3 ) of to 1 

Switching oscillator 

Frequency 



Typ. voltage pin 10 
Voltage pin 11 



Vcc 

' amb 



2 to 6 

4.8 to 16.0 
-25 to +85 



1 



.4 • R 2 ■ C 4 

.48xl/ n 

.18xl/ n 





min 


typ 


max 




^cc 
Ice 

"/stab 


2.75 


8.3 

15.5 

3.0 


12 
24 
3.3 


mA 
mA 
V 


v, 

AV, 
l/ i0 


.46xl/n 


.485 x^n 
.015x V,, 
11 


.51 x l/ 1n 
.03xl/ n 
20 
1 


V 
V 

mV 
^iA 


* qsat 
*qsat 
Tqlk 
V 





.84 
.92 


1.0 
1.25 
30 
1 


V 
V 
(i.A 


n 


12.55 


14.85 


17.64 




P • '/?i • c 2 


p • /?, • C 2 


P ■ /?i ■ c 2 
.224 


rpm 

% 




N • p • C 3 





Hz 

V 
V 



1 ) Duty cycle 




2 ) p = number of pole pairs 

3 ) in application without switching oscillator 



280 



TCA 955 



Battery gauge 

Threshold voltage 

Hysteresis 
Input current 
Saturation voltage 
LED output 1 ) 





min 


typ 


max 




* ion 






1.5 


V 


Vioff 


1.0 






V 


v» 




220 




mV 


I, 






.2 


\iA 


i/qLED 






.5x500x/ LED 


V 



Formula: 

Nom. rotational speed 

Switching frequency 
(in application without 
switching oscillator) 
Actual value 
Preloading voltage at C 3 
(pin 6 and pin 7 connected) 



14.85 



p • R, ■ C 2 



f = 





30 




v act . 

V = 


= .44 x l/„ 
•87xl/ act 


[V] 
[V] 



[rpm] 



[Hz] 



*) Inside the integrated circuit, a protective resistance of 500 Q ±20% is integrated. 



281 



Recommended application circuit 



TCA 955 



rotational 3 ' 
speed 2 i 
indicator 




Features for use: 

1. The internal voltage stabilization offers the following advantages: 
operation with highly changing supply voltage, large range of supply voltage. 

2. In order to receive pulses with a steady duty cycle at the output, symmetrical pulses 
must be given to the input. 

3. It is recommendable to use high multi-pole speed-generator to improve the regulation 
precision and perhaps the power consumption. 

4. Power consumption is considerably reduced if sequence of the switching frequency is 
equal to or shorter than the electric motor time constant. 

5. Higher accuracy can be obtained by using a filter of second order instead of C 3 . 

6. When using rapidly rising motors, the preload circuitry reduces an overrun. 



282 



TCA 955 



Saturation voltage 



Rotational speed 






1.0 




50 100 150 200 mA 
-/n 

























0,25 





















































































-0.25 










































-nc;n 























-25 25 50 75 100 °C 



Supply current 

A=c = fiVcc) 

7"amb= 25°C;/ d = OmA 



mA 
18 



y cc 16 































/ 


stabilization 








/ 














/ 














/ 














/ 






with internal 


j 














/ 














/ 














/ 














/ 














/ 





























2 4 6 



10 12 14 16 V 

~V„ 



Rotational speed 

An 

= f[V cc ) 

n 

% 7"amb = 25°C; /?, • C 2 = 100 \is 

0,6 



'i 0,4 



-0,4 



-0,6 







































































/ 


with internal 










/ 










/ 
















A 


without interna 
stabilization 


I 








/ 































































2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 V 
-"cc 



283 



Window Discriminator 



TCA 965 



The TCA 965 is a monolithic integrated window discriminator in package similiar to 20 A 
14 DIN 41886 (TO 116). It is particularly suitable for control systems as follow-up and 
adjusting control device with dead space. It can also be used in measuring systems of dc 
should remain within the tolerated deviations from the required values. 



Type 



Ordering code 



TCA 965 



Q67000-A982 



Package outlines 



Pin configuration 



0.45x0.25 




—76*0.2- 



_n_n_E3_ Q_ o_n_n_ 



U UJ u u u u 



-19.2. 



0.3" 



Plastic plug-in package 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 
14 pins, dual-in-line 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 
Dimensions in mm 



-6A.02* 
76-0.6^ 



B 

14 

i — i 


C 

13 

1 — 1 


nhibitB V cc 

12 11 

i — i i — i 


"ref 

10 

1 — I 


^9 

9 

1 — i 


^8 

8 

i — i 


3 


1 1 


1 1 


1 1 


1 1 


1 1 


1 1 


1 1 



1 

1 



2 3 4 5 6 7 
A D inhibit A adj. ^ V 1 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Input voltage between 2 inputs 

Output current 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance system-ambient air 



Vcc 



27 


V 


Vcc 


V 


50 


mA 


150 


°C 


-55 to +125 


°C 


120 


K/W 



284 



TCA 965 



Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



Vcc 

' amb 



4.75 to 27 
-25 to +85 



V 
°C 



Operating characteristics (7" amb = 25 °C; V cc = 10 V) 



Supply current (pin 2 and pin 13 high state) 

Input current (pin 6, 7, 8) 

Input current (pin 9) 

Input offset voltage (pin 6/8, pin 7/8) 

Input voltage range (pin 6, 7, 8) 

Input voltage range (pin 9) 

Reference voltage (without load) 

Stabilized voltage 

(without external resistor, y cc ^7.9 V) 

Temperature coefficient of V 5 

Sensitivity of V 5 to supply voltage 

variations 

Output saturation voltage (/ q = 10 mA) 
Hysteresis (window level) 
Inhibit voltage at pin 4, 12 1 ) 
Inhibit current at pin 4, 12 





min 


typ 


max 




Ice 




4 


5 


mA 


I, 




50 




nA 


I; 




-400 




nA 


l/io 




±10 




mV 


v, 


1.5 




l/cc-1.0 


V 


v, 


.05 




■5xV cc 


V 


v 5 


2.8 


3.0 


3.2 


V 


Vio 


5.5 


6.0 


6.5 


V 


aV 5 




.5 




mV/K 


AV 5 










*v cc 




3 




mV/V 


''qsat 




100 


200 


mV 


I/h 




7 




mV 


1/4,12 




1.5 




V 


^4, 12 




-100 




|xA 



1 ) Inhibition occurrs, if pin 4, pin 12 are grounded. 



285 



TCA 965 



Application: 

The window discriminator analyses the height of the input voltage between two externally 
adjustable limits. The window within which the circuit reacts "well" can be entered either 
by an upper limit (l/ 6 ) or a lower limit (l/ 7 ) or through the middle of the window (V 8 ) and, 
independently thereof, by a voltage V (l/ 9 ) which corresponds to half of the window width 
and is offered to ground. A Schmitt-Trigger characteristic with low hysteresis appears at 
the switching points. Four output signals are available which have the following meanings: 
input signal within, outside of the window (well, bad), too high, too low. All outputs have 
open collectors which are supplying up to 50 mA for the control of small relays, glow 
lamps, LED's. All usual logic families can directly be operated with only little additional 
circuitry. Moreover, the IC comprises a reference voltage from which all thresholds can be 
derived. It is practically independent of temperature and supply voltage. 



Truth Table 



V; 


application circuit 1 
V t =V a 


application circuit II 
V, = v 6/7 


V a <(V 7 -V 9 ) 


V 6/7 >(V 3 + V 9 ) 


V B >(V 6 +V 9 ) 


V 6/7 <(V S -V 9 ) 


(V 6 +V 9 )>V e >(V 7 -V 9 ) 


(V a +V 9 )>V 6n >(V a -V 9 ) 


V 6 +V 9 upper window 

level 
V 7 -V 9 lower window 

level 
(V 6 +V 9 )-(V 7 -V 9 ) 
window width 


V s window center 

V 9 half window width 
(versus ground) 



Outputs 


pin 2 


pin 14 


pin 13 


pin 3 


MH) 


H(H) 


H(L) 


L(H) 1 ) 


H(H) 


MH) 


H(L) 


L(H) 2 ) 


H 


H 


L 


H 


Values in brackets refer to 
external inhibition with pin 4 
and pin 12 

1 ) inhibition pin 4 to ground 

2 ) inhibition pin 12 to ground 



286 



TCA 965 



Application circuit I: 

Outputs: pin 2 "below" 
pin 3 "outside" 
pin 13 "inside" 
pin 14 "above" 



fV zf- 



V; O- 



TCA 965 



outputs 



J 



Pin 2 
below 



above 
Pin 14 



Pin 13 
inside 



o v. 



outside 
Pin 3 



lower upper input voltage 

window edge 



Outputs pin 2 and pin 14 can be 
inhibited externally, then they are H. 



287 



Application circuit II: 

Outputs: pin 2 "above" 
pin 3 "outside' 
pin 13 "inside" 
pin 14 "below" 



TCA 965 



>V„o 




V: O 



outputs 




window edge 

i 
window center 



V,: 



window center 

± half window width 

pin 6 and pin 7 connected 



Outputs pin 2 and pin 14 can be 
inhibited externally, then they are H. 



288 



Block diagram 



TCA965 




♦"stolfM.f 



o inhibit 



o inhibit 



upper window 
edge 



289 



Timer 



TDB0555 -555 
TDB 0555 B-555 
TDC0555 -555 



TDB 0555 and TDC 0555 are monolithic integrated timing circuits in packages similar to 5 G 8 
DIN 14873 (TO-99), which by their excellent performance qualities are well suited for accurate 
time delays and oscillation. Additional terminals are provided for triggering or resetting if 
desired. 



Features: 

• High output current 

• TTL compatible 

• Temperature stability of .05% per K 

• Adjustable duty cycle 

• Timing through nine decades 



Type 



TDB 0555 
TDB 0555 B 
TDC 0555 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1043 
Q67000-A1044 
Q67000-A1045 



Package outlines 

TDB 0555 and TDC 0555 



TDB 0555 B 



</>0A5s 



- — 13.5±1 — HWmax 




Case similar 5 G 8 DIN 41873 (TO-99) 
Weight approx. 1.2 g 



0.45x0.25 




\~-im2- 



15max 



n n n n 



I— 10. 2 max --I 



-6.4.Q2* 

k76'°M 



Dimensions in mm 



Plastic plug-in package, 8 pins 

20 A 8 DIN 41866, weight approx. .7 g 



Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistance: 

System-case (TDB 0555/TDC 0555) 

System-ambient air (TDB 0555/TDC 0555) 

System-ambient air (TDB 0555 B) 

Operating range 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 





TDB 0555 
TDB 0555 B 


TDC 0555 




l/cc 

'j 


16 

150 

-65 to +150 


18 

150 

-65 to +150 


V 
°C 
°C 


"thScase 
nthSamb 
"thSamb 


80 

190 

140 


80 
190 


K/W 
K/W 
K/W 


Vcc 

' amb 


4.5 to 16 
to +70 


4.5 to 18 
-55 to +125 


V 
°C 



290 



TDB0555 -555 
TDB 0555 B-555 
TDC0555 -555 



Circuit 



o control voltage 



threshold o- 




Block diagram 



threshold o 



output 



Pin connection 

TDB 0555 B 



discharge o 




XT 



ground l[ /HPA 

ArA /6omp\ 
trigger 2 |_ -^ f j | T ^ 

output 3 \_ 

reset 4 f 



flipflop 



J 7 discharge 
] 6 threshold 
J 5 control voltage 



o control voltage 



o trigger 



TDB 0555 
TDC 0555 



3 6 output 




7)discharge 
jp threshold 
control voltage 



reset 



291 



TDC0555 -555 
TDB 0555 B-555 
TDB0555 -555 



Operating characteristics 

(V cc = 15 V, T amb = 25°C unless 
otherwise specified) 

Supply current {R L = t »,/ q <1 mA) 

Frequency range 

Timing error (/? A = 1 to 100 kQ, 

C = .1 nF) (see appl.) 
Initial accuracy 
Drift with temperature 
Drift with supply voltage 

Threshold voltage 

Trigger voltage 

Trigger current 

Reset voltage 

Reset current 

Threshold current (R*<20 MQ) 

Control voltage level 

Output voltage drop (low) 

4ink = 10 mA 

7 sink = 50 mA 

/ sink = 100 mA 

7 sink = 200 mA 
Output voltage drop (high) 

^source = 200 mA 
^source = 100 mA 

Rise time of output 
Fall time of output 

("CC = 5 V ' ^mb = 25°C 

unless otherwise specified) 
Supply current (/? L = », / q <i mA) 
Trigger voltage 
Control voltage level 
Output voltage drop (low) 

4ink = 5 mA 

4ink = 8 mA 
Output voltage drop (high) 

^source = 100 mA 

Timing error (/? A = 1 to 100 kQ, 

C = .1 \iF (see appl.) 
Initial accuracy 
Drift with temperature 
Drift with supply voltage 





TDB 0555 




TDC 0555 








TDB 0555 B 














min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




Ice 




10 


15 




10 


12 


mA 


f 


10- 3 




10 6 


10- 3 




10 6 


Hz 






1 






.5 


2 


% 






50 






30 


100 


ppm/K 






.1 






.05 


.2 


%/V 






7s 






% 










Xl/cc 






X»/cc 










5 




4.8 


5 


5.2 


V 






.5 






.5 




HA 




.4 


.7 
.1 


1.0 


.4 


.7 

.1 


1.0 


V 
mA 






.1 


.25 




.1 


.25 


HA 




9 


10 


11 


9.6 


10 


10.4 


V 


»qsat 




















.1 


.25 




.1 


.15 


V 






.4 


.75 




.4 


.5 


V 






2.0 


2.5 




2.0 


2.2 


V 






2.5 






2.5 




V 


v q 




12.5 






12.5 




V 




12.75 


13.3 
100 
100 




13.0 


13.3 
100 
100 




V 

ns 

ns 






3 


6 




3 


5 


mA 






1.67 




1.45 


1.67 


1.9 


V 




2.6 


3.33 


4 


2.9 


3.33 


3.8 


V 


v qsat 




.25 


.35 




.1 


.25 


V 
V 


Vq 


















2.75 


3.3 




3.0 


3.3 




V 






1 






.5 


2 


% 






50 






30 


100 


ppm/K 






.1 






.05 


.2 


%/V 



292 



Typical characteristics 



TDB0555 -555 
TDB 0555 B-555 
TDC0555 -555 



Minimum pulse width required for 
triggering 



Supply current vs supply voltage 



ns 
150 



=2 100 



'e 75 









































tf 


t> 




























^ 


P^J 


*$ 


t 








*rf 











0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 xlfo 

lowest voltage level »» 

of trigger pulse 



mA 
10 













+ 125°C 
















5°C 




-5! 


°C 



































































15 V 



Delay time vs supply voltage 



Delay time vs temperature 



1,015 



M 1.005 



0,995 



0.990 



0,985 





















I 
\ 
\ 
\ 
















\ 
\ 
\ 

\ 












.-' 



















































i,ura 


















a 1J010 


















normalized delay t 

o to to S p 

D to to g § 


-~^ 

































































10 15 20 V 



-50 -25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 °C 



293 



TDB0555 -555 
TDB 0555 B-555 
TDC0555 -555 



Low output voltage vs output sink 
current 



High output voltage vs output source 
current 



1.6 
■U 
1,2 
1,0 
0,8 
0,6 
0,4 
0,2 








55 
















°C 














+ 25°C 






























+ 


U5°t 
































































5Vs 


fe -1 


5V 























12 5 10 20 50 100 mA 
*k 



0,01 























































C- 


















-bb L 






















































„*125°C 




































































































































• fe = 5V 



































12 5 10 20 50 100 mA 
•'In 



Low output voltage vs output sink 
current 



Low output voltage vs output sink 
current 



0,01 





























































































-55°C 




















*25°C--" 
+125°f^ 


































































































































































6c=iov 























12 .5 10 20 50 100 mA 
*»k 



0,01 

















































































j^-— 














55 c 


C- 


— 


/ 




















/ 




















/ 






























+ 25°C — . 














►12 


5 


'^ 


A 


















































































K CC =15V 























10 100 mA 
^k 



294 



TDB0555 -555 
TDB 0555 B-555 
TDC0555 -555 



Propagation delay vs voltage level of 
trigger pulse 



ns 
300 



250 



-§ 200 



150 



100 



































-55 


°C 














C 
♦25° 


r 




\+n 


70°C 
5°C 





































0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 xK cc 

lowest voltage level ► 

of trigger pulse 



Application: monostable multivibrator 




OHfo (5 to 15 Volt) 



control 
voltage 



o ground 



295 



Dual Timer 



TDB 0556 A-556 



TDB 0556 A replaces two TDB 0555 in plastic plug-in package (14 pins) similar to 20 A 14 
DIN 41866 (TO-116). 



Type 



Ordering code 



TDB 0556 A I Q67000-A1046 
Package outlines 



0.45x0.25 




-E3_n_E3_Q_n__Q_n_ 



U LJ U U U U U 



-19.2., 



0.3' 



Plastic plug-in package, 14 pins 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 (TO-116) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 
Dimensions in mm 



H6-D.2- 






Maximum ratings 

Supply voltage 

Storage temperature 

Junction temperature 

Thermal resistances: System-case 

Range of operation 

Supply voltage 

Ambient temperature in operation 



l/cc 



' amb 



16 


V 


-65 to +150 


°C 


150 


°C 


120 


K/W 



4.5 to 16 
Oto +70 



V 
°C 



296 



TDB0556A-556 



Operating characteristics 

V cc = 5 to 15 V, 7. mb = 25°C 
unless otherwise specified 

Supply current (/? L = °°, I n = 1 mA) 
V cc = 5 V 
V cc = 15 V 

Frequency range 

Timing error (monostable; /? A = 2to 100 kQ, C = .1 \iF) 
Initial accuracy (V cc = 5 and/or 15 V) 
Drift with temperature (V cc = 15 V) 
Drift supply voltage (V cc = 5 and/or 15 V) 

Timing error (astable; R A , R B = 2 to 100 kQ, C = .1 ^F) 
Initial accuracy (V cc = 5 and/or 15 V) 
Drift with temperature (V cc = 15 V) 
Drift with supply voltage (V cc = 5 and/or 15 V) 

Threshold voltage 

Threshold current (determines the max. value of 
fl A + fl B for 15 V, max/? A + /? B <20 MQ) 
Trigger voltage: V cc = 15 V 
V cc = 5 V 
Trigger current 
Reset voltage 
Reset current 
Control voltage level: V cc 



Output voltage drop (low) 



15 V 
5V 



Vcc=15V/ sink = 

^sink 
^sink 
^sink 

l/cc = 5V / sink = 



10 mA 

50 mA 

100 mA 

200 mA 

5 mA 



Output voltage drop (high) 



l/ cc =15V/ s 



= 100 mA 



^source = 200 mA 

l/ cc =5V / source = 100 m A 

Rise time of output 

Fall time of output 

Discharge leakage current 

Matching characteristics (refer to the difference 

between performance characteristics of each 

timer section) 

Initial timing accuracy 

Timing drift with temperature 

Drift with supply voltage 

For typical characteristics see TDB 0555 data sheet. 





min 


typ 


max 








3 


6 


mA 






10 


14 


mA 




10" 3 


.75 
50 
.1 

2.25 
150 
.3 

7. 

xl/cc 


10 6 


Hz 

% 

ppm/K 

%/K 

% 

ppm/K 

%/V 






30 


100 


nA 






5 




V 






1.67 




V 




.4 


.5 
.7 
.1 


1.0 


[aA 

V 

mA 




9.0 


10 


11 


V 


1/psat 


2.6 


3.33 


4 


V 






.1 


.25 


V 






.4 


.75 


V 






2.0 


2.75 


V 






2.5 










.25 


.35 


V 


v. 




13.3 

12.5 

3.3 

100 

100 




V 

V 

V 

ns 

ns 






20 


100 


nA 






.1 


.2 


% 






±10 
.2 


.5 


ppm/K 
%/V 



297 



TDB 0556 A-556 



Block diagram 



discharge 1 
threshold 2 



control voltage 3 
reset 4 



output 5 



trigger 6 
ground 7 




V>*V a 
13 discharge 

12 threshold 



control voltage 
10 reset 



9 output 



trigger 



Equivalent circuit (shown for one side only) 



threshold o 



o control voltage 




output 



TDB 0556 A-556 



Application circuits 

astable multivibrator 




control voltage 
0.01 )jF 



O 



U = 0.693 • (/? A + R B )C 

t 2 = 0.693 • R B ■ C 

T = f n +t 2 = 0.693 • (/? A + 2 /? B ) • C 



monostable multivibrator 




rt 



control voltage 

0.01 pF t on = 1.1 • /? A • C 



299 



Precision Voltage Regulator 



TDB 0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



The TDB 0723 is a monolithic voltage regulator and is intended for use with positive or negative 
supplies as a series, shunt, switching or floating regulator. 

In addition to a low temperature drift, low standby current drain and high ripple rejection 
the voltage regulators feature: 



• Line regulation (V, = 12 to 15 V) 

• Load regulation (7 q = 1 to 50 mA) 

• Ripple rejection 

• Average temperature coefficient of l/ q 

• Output noise voltage (f = 100 Hz to 1 kHz, C ref = 0) 

• Long time stability 

• Output voltage range 

• Output current range 



.01% V q 
.03% l/ q 
74 dB 
.002%/K 
20 (iV^ 
.1%/1000 h 
2 to 37 V 
to 150 mA 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TDB 0723 
TDB 0723 A 
TDC 0723 



Q67000-A1068 
Q67000-A1069 
Q67000-A1070 



Package outlines 

for TDB 0723 and TDC 0723 



for TDB 0723 A 



K9.5*° 



00.45- 



k-11.5' u 



i 



4.9 



-0.3 




Package 5 J 10 DIN 41873 
(similar TO-100) 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



0.45x0.25 




-76*0,2- 



U U u rn 

1.5 max _j L- f 



-6.4-02*1 



n n n n n n n 



LJ kj LJ U □ E3 - EJ" 



-19.2. 



0.3' 



Plastic plug-in package, 14 pins, 
20 A 14 DIN 41866 (TO-116), 
Weight approx. 1.1 g 



Dimensions in mm 



300 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Maximum ratings 



Pulse voltage from +V CC to -V cc (50 ms) 

Continuous voltage from +V CC to -V cc 

Input/output voltage differential 

Differential input voltage 

Voltage between non-inverting input and -V cc 

Current from V z 

Current from l/ Ref 

Junction temperature 

Storage temperature 

Thermal resistances 

System-case (TDB 0723, TDC 0723) 

System-ambient air (TDB 0723, TDC 0723) 

System-ambient air (TDB 0723 A) 

Range of operation 

Ambient temperature in operation TDB 0723 A 

TDC 0723 





TDB 0723 






TDB 0723 A 






TDC 0723 




v PP 


50 


V 


y cc 


40 


V 


v>-v q 


40 


V 


V Di 


±5 


V 




8 


V 




25 


mA 




15 


mA 


h 


150 


°C 


T s 


-65 to +150 


°C 


"thScase 


80 


K/W 


'■thSamb 


190 


K/W 


"thSamb 


120 


K/W 



Oto +70 
-55 to +125 



°C 
°C 



Pin connection 




TDB 0723 and TDC 0723 


current 


limit 


current senseu) 


(^frequency compensation 


-input (T) 


®*h 


* input (T) 


Jbv t 


^effe^FV 


J®V*A 



TDB 0723 A 



[ 


U 

H] 


current limit f 


,3] 


current sense T 


,2] 


-input |_ 


,<] 


+ input r 


5 10 ] 


•fefC 


6 9 ] 


-tc[ 


7 8 ] 



(frequency 
compensation 



301 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Equivalent circuit 




h 
c frequency 

compensation 
o current limit 

o current sense 



302 



TDB 0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Operating 
characteristics 

(l/i = l/ c = + l/ cc =12V; 
-l/ cc = 0V; l/ q =5mA 
/ q =1mA) (see fig 1) 

Line regulation 
V, = 12 to 15V 
l/i = 12 to 40 V 
Load regulation 
(/ q = 1 to 50 mA) 
Ripple rejection 
f= 50 Hz to 10 kHz 
f= 50 Hz to 10 kHz, 
C ref = 5 m-F 
Temperature 
coefficient of V q 
Short circuit 
current limit 
/? sc = 10 Q, l/ q = 
Reference voltage 
Output noise voltage 
f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz 
f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz, 
C ref = 5 n,F 
Long term stability 

Standby current drain 
(/ q = 0, I/, = 30 V) 
Input voltage range 
Output voltage range 
Input/output voltage 
differential 





TDB 0723 
TDB 0723 A 

7- amb - 25 °C 




' amb - 


TDC072 

= 25 °C 


»3 

'amb = — 55 
to +125 °C 






min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 


min 


max 








.01 

.1 

.03 


.1 
.5 
.2 




.01 
.02 
.03 


.1 
.2 
.15 




.3 
.6 


%l/ q 
%l/ q 






74 
86 






74 
86 








dB 
dB 






.003 


.015 










.015 


%/K 






65 






65 








mA 




6.80 


7.15 

20 
2.5 


7.50 


6.95 


7.15 

20 
2.5 


7.35 






V 

M 1 *rms 
M^rnis 






.1 
2.3 


4.0 




.1 
2.3 


3.5 






1000 h 
mA 




9.5 
2.0 
3.0 




40 
37 
38 


9.5 
2.0 
3.0 




40 
37 
38 






V 
V 
V 



303 



Typical performance curves for TDB 0723/ A 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC 0723 -723 



Maximum load current as a function of 
input/output voltage differential 



Maximum load current as a function of 
input/output voltage differential 



mA 
200 



160 



120 



40 













I 

T. 
i j max 


150° 


C 












%tan 
(n 


Xc Fl90k 

thSamb 

dby , = 60 mW 


/W 


7 








o ha 


at sir 


k) 


























\ 














































mb : 


25° 


C 






























U=70°C^ 





































mA 
200 



160 



120 



40 















| 1 ^ 
I max "^" ^ 
















ff thScmb- t20 k/W 


T 












(no heat sink) 










































' 


























imb : 


25°C 






























'am 




















-70 _ i/ 

1 















10 20 30 40 50 V 

— ►k-k; 



10 20 30 40 50 V 
b-K-K 



Load regulation characteristics without 
current limiting 



%|/„ 



-0.2 





















































amb z 0°C 
















&^< 
















^<£S 


















































^♦5V 














^+12 


V 

































20 40 60 80 
output current ► 



100 mA 



Load regulation characteristics with 
current limiting 



%K 



S 



-0.2 



















* 


I 
=*5V 






































"a 








































'ant 


= 25 


"C 






















tin 


b =c 


°c 


































wib 


=70 


D C" 













































































































10 20 
output current • 



30 mA 



304 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Current limiting characteristics 



Standby current drain as a function of 
input voltage 



*V n 



V 
U 



10 



0.8 



0,6 



0.4 



0.2 











































V 


5 ' 
































'orntr 2 3 ^ 






U=7 


0°C^ 


W0°c 




















































l$=-5V 












/?.-= IDA 


V 










sc 















mA 
5 















^ 


^ref 




— 














\ 

























































4mb 


= 0° 
















1 


mb^ 


























/ 


imb = 


70°C 



































































20 40 60 80 100 mA 
*►/„ 



10 20 30 40 50 V 

»-K 



Typical performance curves 
for TDC 0723 

Maximum load current as a function of 
input/output voltage differential 



mA 
200 



160 



120 



40 















1 
'j max r 


50° 


C 












k 
p 


; -RflmW 


w 


T- 










'stc 

(no 


ndby 

heat 


sin 


<) 




































































wnb 


=25 


>C 
































dmb 


= 125 


°C 



































10 20 30 40 50 V 
*-K-K 



Load regulation characteristics without 
current limiting 



0.05 



-0,05 



-0,1 



-0,15 



-0,2 























































r j 




















tyb- 


^5° 


C 












^ 
















^V 


?? 


V 




















<; 








^q=5V 
^ = ♦12 


y 

















































20 40 60 80 100 mA 



305 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Load regulation characteristics with 
current limiting 



♦0.05 



-0.05 



-0.25 

































































r 


























55 


°c 
















fy* 


°c 
















* 


'£ 


V 1 
















































































l$ = +5V 
- ^ =*12V 

/L=10£ 

























































5 10 15 20 25 30 mA 
output current ► 



Load regulation characteristics with 
current limiting 



■/.kj 
0.1 



-0.1 



-0.2 



-0.3 



-0.4 















* 


:5V 


















lf = +12V 








































































mb-"5b C 
















-W25°C 




U=125°C 
























1 




















1 











20 40 60 

output current — 



80 100 mA 



Current limiting characteristics 



V . 
1.2 



A% 



k 1 -° 



0,8 



0,5 



0,2 



















































s 


* 


\ 


^N 






























imb" 


-55°C- 
















?RO 


C- 
































/ 


amb = 


125° 


C- 
































^5V 

tf r .= mo J 
































L 



















20 40 60 80 100 mA 
-/q 



Standby current drain as a function of 
input voltage 



mA 
5 















1i 


= fe 


















h 


= 
























































'amb 


= -5 


5°C 
















W) = 25 C 


















.-^T 



































































10 20 30 40 50 V 
*►/; 



306 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Typical performance curves for TDB 0723/A and TDC 0723 



Line regulation as a function of 
input/output voltage differential 



+0,3 



♦0,2 



-0.2 

















1 


= +5\i 


















"sc 

wnb 


= 
=25°C 
















JV=*3V 
/ q =1mA 















































































































































Load regulation as a function 

of input/output voltage differential 



♦0.2 



-0,2 



-0,3 















































































































































-*sr° 

dmb = 25 


V 
















°C 
















k 


-\ to 50 mA 

I I 















-5 5 15 25 35 45 V 



-5 5 15 25 35 45 V 



Current limiting characteristics as a 
function of junction temperature 



Line transient response 



V. 
0,8 



0,7 



0.6 



0,5 



0,4 



0,3 





























\ 














k 


'/*■ 
<$ 




te 












% 


fi^S 


3 
























































'tis 


2§v 


















? 





















































mA 
200 



160 



120 



A A 



40 



-2 - 







input voltage 












/ 






























1 










1 










1 










/ 


V 


















f 


>| 


^ 


OUtp 


jt vc 


Itagc 




















S 


' 






^+5 


V 
















7q-1m 


A 
'C 
















^C 


=0 

















-4 



-50 + 50 +100 +150 °C 
** 



• 4 ■— ' — ' — ' — ' — ' — ' ' ' — ' — ' -6 
10 20 30 40 50 ps 
*-t 



307 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC 0723 -723 



Load transient response 



mV 
12 



8.0 



4.0 



-4.0 



-8,0 



mA 





load current 














/ 




















^ 








\ 








































A 










J 


outp. 


Jt c 


jrre 


it- 


/ 


^ — 








' 


1 


r 




J 
























'V x -*\L-i 












\ 


[ / q = 40 n 

amb = 25 


A 

C 




I 










R X = 










-10 -S 



10 20 30 40 50 us 
►/ 



Output impedance as a function of 
frequency 



1.0 



II 










III! 








1 1 mill 












in 








\ - + 5V 










H 








«;r 




















'amb = 


50 mA 










%oJ 
































H 












W Cr ' 


M. 























































































































































































10 3 10° Hz 



Block diagram 



temperature compensated ^ 

zener ' 



frequency compensation 




series pass transistor 



currento ocurrent 

limit sense 

current limiter 



308 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Table I 

Resistor values (kQ) for standard output voltages 



Positive 


Applicable 


Fixed output 


Output 


adjustable 




output voltage 


figures 


±5% 




±10% (fig. 13) 








R, 


R 2 


*i 


P, 


R 2 


+ 3.0 


1, 5, 6, 9, 12 


4.12 


3.01 


1.8 


.5 


1.2 


+ 3.6 


1, 5, 6, 9, 12 


3.57 


3.65 


1.5 


.5 


1.5 


+ 5.0 


1, 5,6,9, 12 


2.15 


4.99 


0.75 


.5 


2.2 


+ 6.0 


1, 5, 6, 9, 12 


1.15 


6.04 


0.5 


.5 


2.7 


+ 9.0 


2,4 


1.87 


7.15 


0.75 


1.0 


2.7 


+ 12 


2, 4 


4.87 


7.15 


2.0 


1.0 


3.0 


+ 15 


2,4 


7.87 


7.15 


3.3 


1.0 


3.0 


+ 28 


2,4 


21.0 


7.15 


5.6 


1.0 


2.0 


+ 45 


7 


3.57 


48.7 


2.2 


10 


39 


+ 75 


7 


3.57 


78.7 


2.2 


10 


68 


+ 100 


7 


3.57 


102 


2.2 


10 


91 


+ 250 


7 


3.57 


255 


2.2 


10 


240 


- 6(+l/ cc >3) 


3 


3.57 


2.43 


1.2 


.5 


.75 


- 9 


3, 10 


3.48 


5.36 


1.2 


.5 


2.0 


- 12 


3, 10 


3.57 


8.45 


1.2 


.5 


3.3 


- 15 


3, 10 


3.65 


11.5 


1.2 


.5 


4.3 


- 28 


3, 10 


3.57 


24.3 


1.2 


.5 


10 


- 45 


8 


3.57 


41.2 


2.2 


10 


33 


-100 


8 


3.57 


97.6 


2.2 


10 


91 


-250 


8 


3.57 


249 


2.2 


10 


240 



Table II 

Formulare for intermediate output voltages 



Outputs from 
+ 2 to +7 volts 
[Figures 1,5, 6,9, 12] 

/?- 

V n = V r . 



/?t + R 2 



Outputs from 
+4 to +250 volts 
(Figure 7) 



V ri 



V n = 



R-> — R A 



R2~R^ 
*1 



Current limiting 



'limit — 



v s 



Outputs from 
+7 to +37 volts 
[Figures 2, 4] 



V n = V„ 



R, + R 2 



Outputs from 
-6 to -250 volts 
(Figures 3, 8, 10) 



V n = 



2 

Ra 



/?t + R 2 

/?1 



Foldback current limiting 

_ l/q " ^3 , ^sense (^3 + ^4 
'knee ~ d D D D 

n sc n 4 n sc n 4 

»=enac R 3 + R & 



309 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC 0723 -723 



Fig. 1 Basic low voltage regulator (V„ = 2 to 7 V) 




sc regulated 

output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage 5 V 

Line regulation (zll/j = 3 V) .5 mV 

Load regulation (zl/ q = 50 mA) 1.5 mV 

R • R 
Note: R 3 = -~ — -—■ for minimum temperature drift. 



Fig. 2 Basic high voltage regulator (l/ q = 7 to 37 V) 




SL,^ regulated 

*"~ output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage 15 V 

Line regulation (zl V, = 3 V) 1.5 mV 

Load regulation (zl/ q = 50 mA 4.5 mV 

R ■ R 
Note: /? 3 = 1 2 for minimum temperature drift. 
r?i +A?2 

/? 3 may be eliminated for minimum component count. 
310 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Fig. 3 Negative voltage regulator 




regulated 
output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage -15 V 

Line regulation U1V-, = 3 V) 1 mV 

Load regulation (zl/ q = 100 mA) 2 mV 

For metal can applications where V z is required, an external 6.2 V zener diode should be 
connected in series with V a . 



Fig.4 Positive voltage regulator (External NPN Pass Transistor) 




regulated 
output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage 
Line regulation (AV, = 3 V) 
Load regulation (zl/ q = 1 A) 



+ 15V 
1.5 mV 
15 mV 



311 



TDB 0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC 0723 -723 



Fig. 5 Positive voltage regulator (External PNP Pass Transistor) 




regulated 
output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage 
Line regulation l/iV-, = 3 V) 
Load regulation [AI Q = 1 A) 



+5 V 
.5 mV 
5 mV 



Fig. 6 Foldback current limiting 




regulated 
output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage +5 V 

Line regulation (AV-, = 3 V) .5 mV 

Load regulation (4I q = 10 mA) 1 mV 

Short circuit current 20 mA 



312 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Fig. 7 Positive floating regulator 



12V 



/? 5 3,9kQ 



9 K=85V 




regulated 
output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage +50 V 

Line regulation i4V t = 20 V) 15 mV 

Load regulation (AI q = 50 mA) 20 mV 

For metal can applications, where V z is required, an external 6.2 V zener diode should be 
connected in series with V n . 



Fig. 8 Negative floating regulator 

/ft. 10 kQ 




regulated 
output 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage -100V 

Line regulation (zH/, = 20 V) 30 mV 

Load regulation (zl7 q = 100 mA) 20 mV 

For metal can applications, where V z is required, an external 6.2 V zener diode should be 
connected in series with V„. 



313 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Fig. 9 Positive switching regulator 




i 

1,2 mH 
regulated 

output 



0,1 uF 

Typical performance 
Regulated output voltage 



Line regulation (A V, = 30 V) 
Load regulation (ztf q = 2 A) 
Z-t is 40 turns of No 20 enameled copper wire wound on pot core. 



+5 V 
10 mV 
80 mV 



Fig. 10 Negative switching regulator 




Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage -15 V 

Line regulation (4V-, = 20 V) 8 mV 

Load regulation (zl/ q = 2 A) 6 mV 

/., is 40 turns of No 20 enameled copper wire wound on pot core. 

For metal can applications, where V z is required, an external 6.2 V zener diode should be 

connected in series with V a . 



314 



TDB0723 -723 
TDB 0723 A-723 
TDC0723 -723 



Fig. 11 Remote shutdown regulator with current limiting 



regulated 
output 




CCSL 
logic input 



-odd if l$>10V 

Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage +5 V 

Line regulation (AV-, = 3 V) 0.5 mV 

Load regulation (zU q = 50 mA) 1.5 mV 

Note 1: Current limit transistor may be used for 

shutdown if current limiting is not required. 
Note 2: Add if l/ a >10 V 



Fig. 12 Shunt regulator 



Fig. 13 Output voltage adjust 















<; 


f K 










r 


r 














|Jl00fi 


J 


r 


















Cs 


_ 1 






, 


Inv. 


N.I. 
comp. 






n I 






^M 






J 

1 


L 

r 


^5nF 



regulated 
output 



-oN.l 



Typical performance 

Regulated output voltage 
Line regulation {AV-, = 10 V) 
Load regulation (AI q = 100 mA) 

For metal can applications where V z is required, an external 6.2 V zener diode should be 
connected in series with V„. 



+ 5V 
0.5 mV 
1.5 mV 



315 



Three-Terminal 

Positive Voltage Regulators 



TDB7800 -7800 
TDB 7800 T-7800 
TDC7800 -7800 



TDB 7800 and TDC 7800 are monolithic three-terminal positive regulators in packages 
similar to 3 A 2 DIN 41872 (TO-3). These regulators employ internal current limiting, thermal 
shutdown and safe-area compensation, without external components. If adequate heat 
sinking is provided, they can deliver over 1 A output current. These devices can be used with 
external components to obtain adjustable output voltages and currents and also as the power 
pass element in precision regulators. 

Output voltages: 5V, 6V, 8V, 12V, 15V, 18V and 24V in TO-3 and TO-220 packages. 



Package outlines 

for TDB 7800 and TDC 7800 



for TDB 7800 T 



2 04.1 f 1 




3 A 2 DIN 41872 (TO-3) 
Weight approx 16.5 g 



1 3 2 



o^ 



T5?§T 



-•46*12 



w 



- 13.5*1 - 



TTT- 



*i I 



8-aH^f 3 
- 15.4±03 



TO-220 AB 

Weight approx 18 g 

Pin 3 electrically connected 

with heat sinking 



Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings 



Input voltage (l/ q = 5 to 18 V) 

(l/ q = 24 V) 
Junction temperature 
Storage temperature 
Thermal resistance: 
System-case: TDB 7800, TDC 7800 
System-case: TDB 7800 7 
System-ambient air: TDB 7800, TDC 7800 
System-ambient air: TDB 7800 T 

Range of operation 

Ambient temperature in operation 
TDB 8700; TDB 8700 T 
TDC 7800 





TDB 7800 






TDB 7800 T 






TDC 7800 




v, 


35 


V 


v, 


40 


V 


h 


150 


°C 


T s 


-65 to +150 


°C 


"thScase 


4 


K/W 


'■thScase 


4 


K/W 


"thSamb 


35 


K/W 


"thSamb 


50 


K/W 



' amb 



Oto +85 
-55 to +125 



°C 
°C 



316 



TDB7800 -7800 
TDB7800T-7800 
TDC7800 -7800 



Circuit 




f — O input 



O output 



O ground 



317 



TDB7805 -7805 
TDB 7805 T-7805 
TDC7805 -7805 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TDB 7805 
TDB 7805 T 
TDC 7805 



Q67000-A1047 
Q67000-A1048 
Q67000-A1049 



Operating characteristics 

(l/i = 10 V;/ q = 500 mA 
7 amb = 25 °C) 

Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

7 V <!/, <25 V 

8 V<l/i <12 V 
Load regulation: 

5 mA</ q <1.5 A 
250 mA <I q <750 mA 

Output voltage: 

P<15W 7.0V<l/i<20V 
5 mA </ q <1.0 A 
°C <7 amb <70 °C 

P<15W 8.0V<l/i<20V 
5 mA </ <1.0A 
-55°C<r amb <+125°C 

Quiescent current 

Quiescent current change 

°C <7" amb <+70 °C: 

7 V <l/; <25 V 

5 mA</q <1.0 A 
-55°C<r amb < + 125°C: 

8 V <!/, <25 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
Output noise voltage: 
10 Hz</<100 kHz 
Long term stability: 

°C <7 amb <+70 °C 

-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 

Ripple rejection 

(f= 120 Hz; 8 V<l/i <18 V) 
°C <7 amb <+70 °C 
-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 

Dropout voltage (7 q = 1.0 A) 

Short circuit current 

Peak output current 

Output resistance (f = 1 kHz) 
0°C<r amb <+70°C 
-55°C<7 amb <+125°C 

Temperature coefficient of V q (/ q = 
°C <7 amb <+70 °C 
0°C<7 amb <+125°C 





TDB 7805 
TDB 7805 T 




TDC 7805 








min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




Vq 


4.8 


5.0 


5.2 


4.8 


5.0 


5.2 


V 






3 
1 


100 
50 




3 
1 


50 
25 


mV 
mV 






15 
5 


100 
50 




15 
5 


50 
25 


mV 
mV 


v. 


4.75 




5.25 








V 


v. 








4.65 




5.35 


V 






4.2 


8.0 

1.3 
.5 




4.2 


6.0 

.8 
.5 


mA 

mA 
mA 

mA 
mA 






40 


20 




40 


20 


mV/ 
1000 
mV/ 
1000 


^qsc 


62 


78 

2.0 
750 
2.2 




68 


78 
2.0 
750 
2.2 




dB 

dB 

V 

mA 

A 


/? q 




17 






17 




mQ 

mQ 


mA) 

«E 




-1.1 






-1.1 




mV/l 
mV/r 



318 



TDB7806 -7806 
TDB 7806 T-7806 
TDC7806 -7806 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TDB 7806 
TDB 7806 T 
TDC 7806 



Q67000-A1050 
Q67000-A1051 
Q67000-A1052 



Operating characteristics 

( V-, = 1 1 V; / q = 500 mA; T amb = 25 °C) 

Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

8V<l/i<25 V 
9 V<l/i<13 V 
Load regulation: 

5 mA</ q <1.5A 
250 mA</ q <750 mA 
Output voltage: 
P<15W 8 V<l/i<25 V 

5mA</ q <1.0A 
0°C<7- amb <70°C 
/><15W 9 V<Fi<21 V 

5 mA</< 1.0 A 
-55°C<r amb < + 125°C 
Quiescent current 
Quiescent current change 
0°Cgr amb <+70°C: 

8 V<l/i<25 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
-55°C<7- amb < + 125°C: 

9 V<»/i<25 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
Output noise voltage: 10 Hz<f<100 kHz 
Long term stability: 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 



-55°C<7\, 



+ 125°C 



Ripple rejection (f= 120 Hz; 9 V<V,< 19 V) 

0°C<7' amb <+70 o C 

-55°C<7- amb <+125°C 
Dropout voltage (/ q = 1.0 A) 
Short circuit current 
Peak output current 
Output resistance (f = 1 kHz) 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7- amb < + 125°C 
Temperature coefficient of l/ q (7 q = 5 mA) 



0°C<7\, 



:+70°C 



0°C<r amh < + 125°C 






TDB 7806 
TDB 7806 T 




TDC 7806 




mm 


typ 


max 


mm 


typ 


max 


5.75 


6.0 


6.25 


5.75 


6.0 


6.25 




5 
1.5 


120 
60 




5 

1.5 


60 
30 




14 
4 


120 
60 




14 
4 


60 
30 


5.7 




6.3 


5.65 




6.35 




4.3 


8.0 

1.3 
.5 




4.3 


6.0 




45 


24 




45 


.8 
.5 

24 


59 


75 

2.0 
550 
2.2 

19 
-.8 




65 


75 
2.0 
550 
2.2 

19 

-.8 





mV 
mV 

mV 
mV 



mA 



mA 
mA 

mA 
mA 
HV 

mV/ 
1000 h 
mV/ 
1000 h 

dB 

dB 

V 

mA 

A 

mQ 
mQ 

mV/K 
mV/K 



319 



TDB7808 -7808 
TDB 7808 T-7808 
TDC7808 -7808 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TDB 7808 
TDB 7808 T 
TDC 7808 



Q67000-A1053 
Q67000-A1054 
Q67000-A1055 



Operating characteristics 

(l/i = 14 V;/ q = 500 mA; 7- amb = 25°C) 

Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

10.5 V<l/i<25 V 

11 V<l/i<17 V 
Load regulation: 

5.mA</ q <1.5 A 

250 mA<7q<750 mA 
Output voltage: 
P<15\N 10.5 V<l/i<23 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
0°C<7- amb <70°C 
P<15W 11.5 V<l/i<23 V 
5 mA</ <1.0A 
-55°C<y amb < + 125°C 
Quiescent current 
Quiescent current change 
0°C<7 amb <+70°C: 

10.5 V<l/i<25 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
-55°C<7- amb < + 125°C: 

11.5 V<l/i<25 V 

5mA</ q <1.0A 
Output noise voltage: 10 Hz<f<100 kHz 
Long term stability: 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 



-55°C<T a 



;+125°C 



Ripple rejection 

(f= 120 Hz; 11.5 V<l/i<21.5 V) 

0°C<7 amb g+70°C 

-55°CS7- amb <+125°C 
Dropout voltage (7 q = 1.0 A) 
Short circuit current 
Peak output current 
Output resistance (f = 1 kHz) 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 
Temperature coefficient of V q (7 q = 5 mA) 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 

0°C<7 amb <+125°C 





TDB 7808 
TDB 7808 T 




TDC 7808 








min 


typ 


max 


min 


typ 


max 




V, 


7.7 


8.0 


8.3 


7.7 


8.0 


8.3 


V 






6 
2 


160 
80 




6 
2 


80 
40 


mV 
mV 






12 
4 


160 
80 




12 
4 


80 
40 


mV 
mV 


K 


7.6 




8.4 








V 


v. 








7.6 




8.4 


V 






4.3 


8.0 

1.0 
.5 




4.3 


6.0 


mA 

mA 
mA 






52 


32 




52 


.8 
.5 

32 


mA 
mA 

mV/ 
1000 
mV/ 
1000 


/ q sc 

I, 


56 


72 

2.0 
450 
2.2 




62 


72 
2.0 
450 
2.2 




dB 

dB 

V 

mA 

A 


R q 




16 






16 




mQ 
mQ 


a E 




-.8 








-.8 


mV/f 
mV/l 



320 



TDB7812 -7812 
TDB 7812 T-7812 
TDC7812 -7812 



Type 



TDB 7812 
TDB7812T 
TDC 7812 



Ordering codes 



Q67000-A1056 
Q67000-A1057 
Q67000-A1058 



Operating characteristics 

(V,= 19 V;/ q =500 mA; 7 , . mb = 25°C) 

Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

14.5 V<l/i<30 V 
16 V<Vi<22 V 
Load regulation: 

5 mA</ q <1.5A 
250 mA</ q <750 mA 
Output voltage: 
f<15W 14.5 V<U,<27 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
0°C<7- amb <70°C 
P<15W 15.5 V<\/i<27 V 
5 mA</<1.0A 
-55°C<r amb < + 125°C 
Quiescent current 
Quiescent current change 
0°C<7 amb <+70°C: 

14.5 V<l/i<30 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0A 
-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C: 
15 V<i/i<30 V 
5 mA</„<1.0 A 
Output noise voltage: 10 Hz<f. 
Long term stability: 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 



; 100 kHz 



-55°C<7" a 



+ 125°C 



Ripple rejection 

(f=120 Hz; 15 V<l/i<25 V) 
0°C<7 amb ^+70°C 
-55°C^7 amb < + 125°C 

Dropout voltage (/ q = 1.0 A) 

Short circuit current 

Peak output current 

Output resistance (f= 1 kHz) 
0°C<7 amb <+70°C 
-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 

Temperature coefficient of l/ q (/ q 
0°C<7 amb <+70°C 
0°C<7 amb < + 125°C 



5 mA) 



TDB 7812 
TDB 7812 T 

min typ max 



11.5 



11.4 



12 

10 
3 

12 
4 



4.3 



75 



55 



12.5 

240 
120 

240 
120 

12.6 



8.0 



1.0 

.5 



48 



TDC 7812 

min I typ 



11.5 



11.4 



71 

2.0 
350 
2.2 

18 



1.0 



12 

10 
3 

12 
4 



4.3 



61 



75 



12.5 

120 
60 

120 
60 



12.6 



6.0 



48 



71 
2.0 
350 
2.2 



18 



-1.0 



mV 
mV 

mV 
mV 



mA 



mA 
mA 

mA 
mA 

mV/ 
1000h 
mV/ 
1000h 



dB 

dB 

V 

mA 

A 

mQ 
mQ 

mV/K 
mV/K 



321 



TDB7815 -7815 
TDB 7815 T-7815 
TDC7815 -7815 



Type 

TDB 7815 

TDB7815T 

TDC7815 



Ordering codes 

Q67000-A1059 
Q67000-A1060 
Q67000-A1061 



Operating characteristics 

( V, = 23 V; / q = 500 m A; T amb = 25 °C) 

Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

17.5 V < l/ f < 30 V 

20 V<Vi<26 V 
Load regulation: 

5 mA</ q <1.5A 

250 mA</ q <750 mA 
Output voltage: 
P<15\N 17.5 V<l/i<30 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0A 
0°C<7- amb <70°C 
P<15W 18.5 V<l/i<30 V 
5 mA</ <1.0 A 
-55°C<r amb < + 125°C 
Quiescent current 
Quiescent current change 
0°C^7 amb <+70°C: 

17.5 V < 1/j < 30 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C: 

18.5 V<l/i<30 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
Output noise voltage: 10 Hz<r"<100 kHz 
Long term stability: 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7- amb <+125°C 

Ripple rejection 

(f=120Hz; 18.5 V <V,< 28.5 V) 

0°C<7 amb ^+70°C 

-55°C^r amb < + 125°C 
Dropout voltage (I q = 1.0 A) 
Short circuit current 
Peak output current 
Output resistance (f=1 kHz) 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 
Temperature coefficient of V q (7 q = 5 mA) 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

0°C<7 amb < + 125°C 



TDB 7815 
TDB 7815 T 

min typ max 



14.4 



14.25 



54 



15 

11 
3 

12 
4 



4.4 



90 



70 

2.0 
230 
2.1 

19 



-1.0 



15.6 

300 
150 

150 
75 

15.75 



8.0 



1.0 
.5 



TDC 7815 

min typ max 



14.4 



60 



14.25 



60 



15 

11 
3 

12 
4 



4.4 



90 



70 
2.0 
230 
2.1 



19 



-1.0 



15.6 

150 
75 

150 
75 



15.75 



6.0 mA 



60 



322 



TDB7818 -7818 

TDB 7818 T-7818 

— TDC 7818 -7818 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TDB 7818 
TDB 7818 T 
TDC 7818 



Q67000-A1062 
Q67000-A1063 
Q67000-A1064 



Operating characteristics 

(V, = 27 V; / q = 500 mA; 7 amb = 



25°C) 



Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

21 V<Vi<33 V 
24V<l/i<30 V 
Load regulation: 

5 mA</ q <1.5A 
250 mA</ q <750 mA 
Output voltage: 
/><15W 21 V<1/|<33 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0A 
0°C<7 amb <70°C 
P<15W 22 V<l/j<33 V 
5 mA</ <1.0 A 
-55°C<r amb < + 125°C 
Quiescent current 
Quiescent current change 
0°C<7 amb <+70°C: 

21 V<l/i<33 V 

5 mA</ q <1.0A 
-55°C<7 amb <+125°C: 

22 V<l/,<33 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0A 

Output noise voltage: 10 Hz<f'- 
Long term stability: 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 



;100 kHz 



-55°C<7 a 



+125°C 



Ripple rejection 

(f=120 Hz; 22 V<l/i<32 V) 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 
Dropout voltage (/ q = 1.0 A) 
Short circuit current 
Peak output current 
Output resistance (f = 1 kHz) 

0°C<7- amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7- amb < + 125°C 
Temperature coefficient of l/ q V q = 5 mA) 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

0°C<7 amb < + 125°C 






TDB 7818 
TDB 7818 T 

min typ max 



17.3 



17.1 



53 



18 

15 
5 

12 
4 



110 



18.7 

360 
180 

360 
180 

18.9 



TDC 7818 

typ 



17.3 



4.5 8.0 



1.0 
.5 



17.1 



72 



69 

2.0 
200 
2.1 

22 
-1.0 



18 

15 
5 

12 
4 



4.5 



59 



110 



18.7 

180 
90 

180 
90 



18.9 



6.0 



69 
2.0 
200 
2.1 



22 



-1.0 



72 



mV 
mV 

mV 
mV 



mA 



mA 
mA 

mA 
mA 
liV 

mV/ 
1000h 
mV/ 
1000h 



dB 

dB 

V 

mA 

A 

mQ 

mQ 

mV/K 
mV/K 



323 



TDB7824 -7824 
TDB7824T-7824 
TDC7824 -7824 



Type 



Ordering codes 



TDB 7824 
TDB 7824 T 
TDC 7824 



Q67000-A1065 
Q67000-A1066 
Q67000-A1067 



Operating characteristics 

(V, = 33 V; /„ = 500 mA; 7 amb = 25°C) 

Output voltage 
Line regulation: 

27 V < 1/, < 38 V 
30 V<l/i<36 V 
Load regulation: 

5 mA</ q <1.5 A 
250 mA</ q <750 mA 
Output voltage: 
/><15W 27 V<l/i<38 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0 A 
0°C<7- amb <70°C 
/><15W 28 V<l/i<38 V 
5 mA</<1.0A 
-55°C<r amb < + 125°C 
Quiescent current 
Quiescent current change 
o C=S7 amb <+70 o C: 

27 V<l/i<38 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0A 

-55°C<7 amb <+125°C: 

28 V < I/, < 38 V 
5 mA</ q <1.0 A 

Output noise voltage: 10 Hz<f<100 kHz 
Long term stability: 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 

Ripple rejection 

(f=120 Hz; 28 V<l/ ( <38 V) 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

-55°C<7 amb < + 125°C 
Dropout voltage (/ q = 1.0 A) 
Short circuit current 
Peak output current 
Output resistance (f= 1 kHz) 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

-55°C<r amb <+125°C 
Temperature coefficient of V„ (/„= 5 mA) 

0°C<7 amb <+70°C 

0°C<7 amb < + 125°C 



TDB 7824 
TDB 7824 T 

min typ max 



23 



22.8 



a E 



50 



24 

18 
6 

12 
4 



4.6 



170 



66 

2.0 
150 
2.1 

28 



-1.5 



25 

480 
240 

480 
240 

25.2 



8.0 



1.0 
.5 



96 



TDC 7824 

min typ max 



23 



22.8 



56 



24 

18 
6 

12 
4 



4.6 



170 



66 
2.0 
150 
2.1 



28 



-1.5 



25 

240 
120 

240 
120 



25.2 V 



8.0 



96 



324 



TDB7800 -7800 
TDB 7800 T-7800 
TDC7800 -7800 



w 

100 
A 50 



Maximum average power dissipation 
as a function of ambient temperature 



20 - 



to 


10 


to 

o 


5,0 


en 


2,0 
10 




0,5 



0,2 



















































































infinite heat 


sin 


< 




















h 
































(# 












1 — 1 


M 


f< 






r^ 



































































































































50 



125 150 °C 



W 
100 

50 

20 
| 10 
« 5,0 



1,0 



Maximum average power dissipation 
as a function of ambient temperature 

TDB 7800 T 



0,5 



0.2 









































1 — 








































infinite heat sink 


"N 


V 








1 












N 


v 










&h 






\ 










S^/f 




\ 


















\ 








fe 


l^t 






\ 


\ 











































































































25 50 75 100 125 150 °C 



Maximum average power dissipation 
as a function of ambient temperature 

TDC7800 



Dropout voltage as a function of 
junction temperature 



50 

20 
| 10 
1 5,0 



a, 2,0 

e 
§ 1,0 

0,5 



0,2 



0,1 



















































































infinite heat sink 












is* 


I 




&*», 


















iW 










reheat «,, 






















k 







































































































































50 



125 
' iimb 



150 °C 



V 
2,5 



2,0 



£ 1,5 



1,0 



0,5 





















































4: 


n 1 


1 














^ 


M 














sii 














r 


















































dropout condition 


5 












A 


\- 


-/•Hl 

















-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 °C 
►* 



325 



TDB7800 -7800 
TDB 7800 T-7800 
TDC7800 -7800 



Peak output current as a function of 
input/output differential voltage 



Ripple rejection as a function frequency 



A 
3,0 



2,5 



2,0 































































s- 




















\f- 




% 




















:* 
































































a 

^ 
^ 




















/ „ 


J c 
















i 





























































5 10 15 20 25 30 V 

input -output ► 

differential 



40 



























































If =8 to 18V 

|/ q -5V 






/q= 500mA 






/amb=2b u l 









10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 



10 5 Hz 



• frequency 



Output voltage as a function of 
junction temperature 



Dropout characteristics 



12,2 



12,1 



12,0 



11,9 



11,8 















Y 


19 V 


















/q=20m/ 


\ 

















































































































































































\ 


5V 
-25° 


C 














































4,= 


)-». 






^k 


= 10 


OmA 
















-/ q = 


500mA 














^ = 1A 
































^> 


J 















-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 °C 
**h 



2 4 6 8 10 V 

input voltage ► 



326 



TDB7800 -7800 
TDB 7800 T-7800 
TDC7800 -7800 



Current limiting characteristics 



Load transient response 





















































































































































^=10V 

U =5v 


































amb 































































































l,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 2,0 
output current +~ 



£ 2 















I 


r 
10V 
















U k 


= 5V 








load current 














/ 






\ 


















1 










































c 


utput voltage deviation 


l\ 












V 


' 

































































-i 1 



10 20 30 40 50 60 us 



Line transient response 



mV 
40 r 



=§ 20 



S 10 



































input w 


)ltac 


e 
















I 










, 














' 










1 






























































i 






















| 


I- 


xjtput V 


oltat 


je devia 


tion 




















f 










7 q =500m 


A 






1 








l$=5V 









































10 jf 



2 4 6 8 10 12 us 
^-time 



Quiescent current as a function of 
input voltage 



mA 



5,0 



3,0 































































































































































































" 


,=5V 
q =20mA 




1 












I 














'am 


»=2 


3 U L 



























5 10 15 20 25 30 35 V 

input voltage ►- 



327 



TDB7808 -7808 
TDB 7808 T-7808 
TDC7808 -7808 



Quiescent current as a function of 
temperature 



mA 
4.6 



4,4 



4,2 



4,0 



3,8 



3,6 















I 


1 
'=10 

-■in 


I 

V 


















V 
(1mA 


— 














4 



















































































































































-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 °C 



Output impedance as a function of 
frequency 



o-10 U 













r 


I III 
=10 V 
















«,=< 


















V 






























' 


r n,,c 
















4 








































































Fa 


= 20 


mA-l 




















































































































"V 


=500mA 










































- 












I 







i' in2 in3 m^ 



10' 10" 10 



10" 10 3 10" Hz 
frequency 



328 



Active Matrix-Point 



P1 



The active matrix-point P 1 is used for the switching of signals with a large bandwidth. It may 
be used, for example, in video distribution networks. 



Type 



Ordering code 



PI 



Q67000-A528 



Package outlines 

0OA5x 




Package 5 J 10 

DIN 41873 (similar TO-100) 

Weight approx. 1.1 g 

Dimensions in mm 



Maximum ratings (7" amb = 25 °C) 
Supply voltages 

Total power consumption 

(7"case= 45 °C) 

Ambient operating temperature 
Storage temperature 



V C c+ 
»/cc- 

'tot 



' amb 

7- s 



10 
10 
350 

-25 to +85 
-55 to +150 



V 
V 
mW 

°C 
°C 



Circuit diagram 



input 



5 4 
control inputs 



output 




329 



P1 



Operating characteristics at V cc = ±9 V, V, = 3 V and /? L = 2 kQ (T amb = 25 °C), 
for the test circuit shown below. 

If required, the circuits can be supplied in selected groups of dc-shift. 



Output dc-voltage 
DC-shift 1 ) 2 ) 
Max. output voltage 
Differential amplitude 
Differential phase 
Input current 
Control current 
Signal attenuation 
Cross-talk suppression 3 ) 
Cross-talk suppression 3 ) 
Input resistance 
Output resistance 
Input capacitance 
Output inductance 
Cutoff frequency (-3 dB) 
Current requirement 



Can be selected in groups of AV, 7 in 50 mV intervals. 

Connection in a matrix yields a cross-talk suppression which is typically higher than 8 dB. 





Test conditions 


min 


typ 


max 




K 




1.20 


1.40 


1.60 


V 


"l,7 




1.40 


1.60 


1.80 


V 


* qrms 


f = 1 MHz 


1.6 


2.0 




V 


DA 


f = 5 MHz 




.3 


.7 


% per Volt 


DP 


I/, = to 1 l/ pp 




.07 


.2 


7V 


h 






25 


80 


\xA 


U 






50 




[iA 


A 


f = 1 MHz 




.40 


.60 


dB 


Act 


f= 1 MHz 


82 


87 




dB 


Aci 


f = 5 MHz 




74 




dB 


/?. 






100 




kQ 


*n 


f= 1 to 5 MHz 




23 




Q 


c, 








3.4 


pF 


^ 






600 




nH 


fu 




20 


30 




MHz 


Icc + 


circuit 




11 


15 


mA 


^cc — 


conducting 




11 


15 


mA 


/cc+ 


circuit 




12 


16 


mA 


'cc — 


non-conducting 




16 


21 


mA 



Test circuit 




^9 60ft 



330 



Offices 



Federal Republic of Germany and Berlin (West) 



Siemens AG 
Salzufer 6-8 
Postfach 11 05 60 
1000 Berlin 11 

•5* (030) 39 39-1, 03 1 83 766 

Siemens AG 
Contrescarpe 72 
Postfach 10 78 27 
2800 Bremen 1 

^ (0421) 3 64-1, 03 2 45 451 

Siemens AG 
Lahnweg 10 
Postfach 11 15 
4000 Diisseldorf 1 

"5* (0211) 30 30-1 , El 8 581 301 

Siemens AG 
GutleutstraBe 31 
Postfach 41 83 
6000 Frankfurt 1 

^ (0611) 2 62-1, m 414131 



Siemens AG 

Lindenplatz 2 

Postfach 10 56 09 

2000 Hamburg 1 

^ (040) 2 82-1, El 2 162 721 

Siemens AG 
Am Maschpark 1 
Postfach 53 29 
3000 Hannover 1 

•& (0511) 199-1, El 9 22 333 

Siemens AG 

Richard-Strauss-StraBe 76 
Postfach 20 21 09 
8000 Miinchen 2 

V (089) 92 21-1, m 5 29 421 

Siemens AG 

Von-der-Tann-StraBe 30 
Postfach 48 44 
8500 Niirnberg 1 

■5" (0911)6 54-1,03 6 22 251 



Siemens AG 

Martin-Luther-StraBe 25 
Postfach 3 59 
6600 Saarbrucken 3 

•9" (0681) 30 08-1, El 4 421431 

Siemens AG 

Geschwister-Scholl-StraBe 24 
Postfach 1 20 
7000 Stuttgart 1 

•5* (0711) 20 76-1, El 7 23 941 

Siemens AG 
N 7, 18 (Siemenshaus) 
Postfach 20 24 
6800 Mannheim 1 

& (0621) 2 96-1, El 4 62 261 



Europe 



Austria 

Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 

Osterreich 

Apostelgasse 12 

Postfach 326 

A-1031 Wien 

& (0222) 72 93-0, El 11 866 

Belgium 

Siemens S.A. 

chaussee de Charleroi 116 

B-1060 Bruxelles 

^ (02) 5 37 3100, El 21347 

Bulgaria 

RUEN, 

Technisches Beratungsburo 

der Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 

uliza Nikolai Gogol 5, 

agal Boulevard Lenin 

BG-1504 Sofia 

•? 45 70 82, El 22 763 

Czechoslovakia 

EFEKTIM 

Technisches Buro Siemens AG 

Anglicka ulice 22 

P.O.B. 1087 

CS-12000 Praha 2 

•8" 25 8417, El 122 389 

Denmark 

Siemens A/S 
Borupvang 3 
DK-2750 Ballerup 

•5* (02) 65 65 65, El 35 313 

Finland 

Siemens Osakeyhtio 

Mikonkatu 8 

Fach 8 

SF-00101 Helsinki 10 

^ (90) 16 26-1, El 12 465 



France 

Siemens Societe Anonyme 
39-47, boulevard Ornano 
B.P. 109 

F-93203 Saint-Denis CEDEX 1 
^ (16-1) 8 20 61 20, El 620 853 

Great Britain 

Siemens Limited 
Siemens House 
Windmill Road 
Sunbury-on-Thames 

Middlesex TW 16 7HS 

«5* (09327) 85 691, El 89 51 091 

Greece 

Siemens Hellas E.A.E. 
Voulis 7 
P.O.B. 601 
Athen 125 

-5* (021) 32 93-1, El 216 291 

Hungary 

Intercooperation AG, 

Siemens Kooperationsburo 

Boszdrmenyi ut 9-11 

P.O.B. 15 25 

H-1126 Budapest 

■S» (01) 15 49 70, El 224 133 

Iceland 

Smith & Norland H/F 
N6atun 4 
P.O.B. 519 
Reykjavik 

"5* 2 83 22, El 2055 

Ireland 

Siemens Limited 

8, Raglan Road 

Dublin 4 

V (01) 68 47 27, m 5 341 



Italy 

Siemens Elettra S.p.A. 
Via Fabio Filzi, 25/A 
Casella Postale 41 83 
1-20124 Milano 

•8" (02) 62 48, El 36 261 

Luxemburg 

Siemens Societe Anonyme 

17, rue Glesener 

B.P. 17 01 

Luxembourg 

^•4 97 11-1, El 3430 

Netherlands 

Siemens Nederland N.V. 

Wilhelmina van Pruisenweg 26 

Postbus 16068 

Den Haag 2500 

f (070) 78 27 82, El 31 373 

Norway 

Siemens A/S 
0stre Aker vei 90 
Postboks 10, Veitvet 
N-Oslo 5 

•5* (02) 15 30 90, El 18 477 

Poland 

PHZ Transactor S.A. 
ul. Stawki 2 
P.O.B. 276 
PL-00-950 Warszawa 

& 39 8910, EI 8132 288 

Portugal 

Siemens S.A.R.L. 

Avenida Almirante Reis, 65 

Apartado 13 80 

Lisboa 1 

9 (019) 53 88 05, El 12 563 



332 



Rumania 

Siemens birou 
de consultatii tehnice 
Strada Edgar-Quinet 1 
R-7 Bucuresti 1 

^ 15 18 25, El 11473 

Spain 

Siemens S.A. 

Sede Central 

Orense, 2 

Apartado 155 

Madrid 20 

•5* (91) 4 55 25 00, El 27 769 

Sweden 

Siemens Aktiebolag 

Avd. elektronikkomponenter 

Norra Stationsgatan 69 

Stockholm 

(Fack, S-104 35 Stockholm) 

•8" (08) 2417 00, El 116 72 

Switzerland 

Siemens-Albis AG 
FreilagerstraBe 28 
Postfach 
CH-8047 Zurich 

V (01) 2 47 3111, m 52131 

Turkey 

Elektrik Tesiat ve Muhendislik A.?. 

Meclisi Mebusan Caddesi, 

55/35 Findikli 

P.K. 64, Tophane 

Istanbul 

■8 1 45 20 90, m 22 290 

U.S.S.R. 

Vertretung der Siemens AG 

Kurssowoj Pereulok, Dom 1/1, 

Kwartira 4, 

Wchod Sojmonowskij Projezd 

Postf. 77, Internationales Postamt 

SU-Moskau G 34 

& 2 02 7711, m 7413 

Yugoslavia 

Generalexport 
Masarikova 5/XV 
Postanski fah 223 
YU-11001 Beograd 

V (011) 68 48 66, El 11287 

Africa 
Algeria 

Siemens Algerie S.A.R.L. 
3, Vi3duc du Due des Cars 
B.P. 224, Alger-Gare 
Alger 

"B" 63 95 47/51, El 52 817 

Eqypt 

Siemens Resident Engineers 
6, Salah El Din Street, Zamalek 
P.O.B. 775 
Cairo 

V 8172 28, El 321 

Ethiopia 

Siemens Ethiopia Ltd. 

Ras Bitwoded Makonen Building 

P.O.B. 5505 

Addis Ababa 

& 1515 99, m 21052 



Libya 

Assem Azzabi 

17, 1 st September Street, 

Tariq Building 

P.O.B. 2583 

Tripoli 

•? 415 34, El 20 029 

Morocco 

SETEL S.A. 

km 1 , Route de Rabat 

Casablanca-Ain Sebaa 

'S- 3510 25, El 21914 

Nigeria 

Siemens Nigeria Limited 

Industrial Estate 3 f. 

Block A 

P.O.B. 304 

Lagos (Oshodi) 

T* 4 19 20, m 21 357 

South African Republic 

Siemens Limited 

Siemens House, 

Corner Wolmarans and 

Biccard Streets, Braamfontein 

P.O.B. 45 83 

Johannesburg 2000 

*? (011) 7 15 91 11, El 58-7721 

Sudan 

National Electrical 

& Commercial Company 

Murad Sons Building, 

Barlaman Street 

P.O.B. 12 02 

Khartoum 

•S" 8 0818, 03 642 

Tunisia 

Sitelec S.A., 

Societe d'lmportation 

et de Travaux d'Electricite 

26, Avenue Farhat Hached 

Tunis 

"5* 24 28 60, E) 12 326 

Zaire 

Siemens Zaire S.P.R.L 

1 222, Avenue Tombalbaye 

B.P. 98 97 

Kinshasa 1 

^ 22608, El 21 377 

America 
Argentina 

Siemens Sociedad Anonima 
Avenida Pte. Julio A. Roca 516 
Casilla Correo Central 1 2 32 
RA-1067 Buenos Aires 

& 30 0411,02 121812 

Bolivia 

Sociedad Comercial e Industrial 

Hansa Limitada 

Calle Mercado esquina Yanacocha 

Cajon Postal 14 02 

La Paz 

"8* 5 44 25, El 5261 

Brazil 

ICOTRON S.A., Indiistria de 
Componentes Electronicos 
Avenida Mutinga, 3716 
Caixa Postal 1375 
BR-05110 Sao Paulo 1 
& (011) 2 61 02 11 
El 11-23 633, 11-23 641 



Canada 

Siemens Electric Limited 

Montreal Office 

7 300 Trans-Canada Highway 

P.O.B. 7300 

Pointe Claire, Quebec H9R 4R6 

"S" (514) 6 95 7300, 

El 05-822 778 

Chile 

Gildemeister S.A.C., 
Area Siemens 
Amuncitegui 178 
Casilla 99-D 
Santiago de Chile 

m TRA SGO 392, TDE 40 588 

Colombia 

Siemens S.A. 
Carrera 65, No. 11-83 
Apartado Aereo 8 01 50 
Bogota 6 

•5* 61 04 77, EJ 44 750 

Ecuador 

Siemens S.A. 

Avenida America y 

Hernandez Giron s/n., 

Sector 28 

Casilla 35 80 

Quito 

^ 24 53 63, El 22190 

Mexico 

Siemens S.A. 

Poniente 116, No. 590 

Apartado Postal 1 50 64 

Mexico 15, D.F. 

^ 5 67 07 22, El 1 772 700 

Uruguay 

Conatel S.A. 

Ejido 1 690 

Casilla de Correo 13 71 

Montevideo 

^ 9173 31, E 934 

U.S.A. 

Siemens Corporation 
1 86 Wood Avenue South 
Iselin, New Jersey 08 830 
*? (201) 4 94-10 00 
El WU 844 491 

TWX WU 710 998 0588 

Venezuela 

Siemens S.A. 

Avenida Principal, 

Urbanizacion Los Ruices 

Apartado 36 16 

Caracas 101 

^ (02) 34 85 31, El 25131 



Asia 

Afghanistan 

Afghan Electrical Engineering 

and Equipment Limited 

Alaudin, Karte 3 

P.O.B. 7 

Kabul 1 

«g» 4 04 46, El 35 

Bangla Desh 

Siemens Bangladesh Ltd. 

74, Dilkusha Commercial Area 

P.O.B. 33 

Dacca 2 

•B» 24 43 81, El 824 



333 



Hong Kong 



Jebsen & Co., Ltd. 
Prince's Building, 23rd floor 
P.O.B. 97 
Hong Kong 

^ 5 22 5111,03 73 221 

India 

Siemens India Ltd. 

134A, Dr. Annie Besant Road, Worli 

P.O.B. 65 97 

Bombay 400.018 

•B" 37 99 06, 03 112 373 

Indonesia 

P.T. Siemens Indonesia 

Kebon Sirih 4 

P.O.B. 24 69 

Jakarta 

^ 510 51, 03 46 222 

Iran 

Siemens Sherkate S. (K.) 

Khiabane Takhte Djamshid 32, 

Siemenshaus 

Teheran 15 

•B" (021) 6 14-1, 03 212 351 

Iraq 

Samhiry Bros. Co. (W.L.L) 

Abu Nawas Street 

P.O.B. 300 

Baghdad 

V 9 00 21, 03 2255 



Japan 

Nippon Siemens K.K. 

Furukawa Sogo Building, 

6-1, Marunouchi 2-chome, 

Chiyoda-ku 

Central P.O.B. 1619 

Tokyo 100-91 

*& 00 81 32 84-01 73, 03 27 441 



Korea (Republic) 

Siemens Electrical 

Engineering Co., Ltd. 

Daehan Building, 8th floor, 

75, Susomun-dong, Chung-ku 

C.P.O.B. 30 01 

Seoul 

•& 7 77 75 58, 03 23 229 



Kuwait 

Abdul Aziz M.T. Alghanim Co. 

& Partners 

Abdullah Fahad Al-Mishan Building 

Al-Sour Street 

P.O.B. 32 04 

Kuwait, Arabia 

•B 1 42 33 36,53 2131 

Lebanon 

Ets. F.A. Kettaneh S.A. 

(Kettaneh Freres) 

Rue du Port, Immeuble Fattal 

P.B. 1102 42 

Beyrouth 

*B* 221180, IH 20 614 

Malaysia 

Guthrie Engineering (Malaysia) 

Sdn. Bhd., 

Electrical & 

Communications Division 

17, Jalan Semangat 

P.O.B. 30 

Petaling Jaya 

& 77 33 44, 03 37 573 

Pakistan 

Siemens Pakistan Engineering 

Co. Ltd. 

Ilaco House, Abdullah Haroon Road 

P.O.B. 7158 

Karachi 3 

"B* 51 6061, EJ 2820 

Philippinen 

Engineering Equipment, Inc. 

Machinery Division, 

Siemens Department 

E. Rodriguez Avenue 

Murphy, Quezon City 

Philippines 

P.O.Box 7160 

Airmail Exchange Office 

Manila International Airport 

Philippines 31 20 

•B" 77 30 11, 

IH RCA 722 2382, EEC 3695 

Telegramme: Engcomach Manila 

Saudi Arabia 

E. A. Juffali & Bros. 

Head Office 

King Abdul-Aziz-Street 

P.O.B. 10 49 

Jeddah 

•B* 2 22 22, 03 40130 



Singapore 

Siemens Components PTe. Ltd. 
Promotion Office 
19B - 45B, Jalan Tenteram 
Singapore 12 

•B- 55 08 11, tH 21 000 



Syria 

Syrian Import Export Et Distribution 

Co., S.A.S. SIEDCO 

Port Said Street 

P.O.B. 363 

Damas 

"B* 1 34 31, 03 11267 



Taiwan 

Delta Engineering Ltd. 

42, Hsu Chang Street, 8th floor 

P.O.B. 5 84 97 

Taipei 

•B* 31147 31, 03 21826 



Thailand 

B. Grimm & Co., R.O.P. 

1643/4, Petchburi Road (Extension 

P.O.B. 66 

Bangkok 10 

•& 252 4081, E3 2614 



Yemen (Arab. Republic) 

Tihama Tractors 

8- Engineering Co. Ltd. 

P.O.B. 49 

Sanaa 

<B> 24 62, m 217 



Australasia 



Australia 

Siemens Industries Limited 

Melbourne Office 

544 Church Street 

Richmond, Vic. 3121 

V (03) 4 29 7111, El 30 425 



10.78 



334 



SIEMENS 



2 

m 

I 
m 
Z 
01 









cuit i teg rat* 

In tea rate 
ted c egrate 

ni mitslnt 

circuits • Integrated circuits 
irated circuits tegrated circuits 
ted circuits * Inte ated circuits 
integrated circuits * Integrated < 

Integrated circuits * Integr 
uits * Ir rated circuits 






Ordering No B 1502-101 
Printed in Germany 
KG 04793. 



if ed circi